Skip to main content

Full text of "Two speeches on our home and colonial affairs, our national resources, their present and probable future condition; and The British colonies, their present condition and future prospects"

See other formats


OUR  HOME  AND  COLONIAL  AFFAIRS. 


TWO    SPEECHES 


ON 


OUR  HOME  AND  COLONIAL 
AFFAIRS. 


OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES : 

THEIR  PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION ; 

•J  *\ 

[0        fr  0} 

b  ™) 

,  v 

3  BRITISH  COLONIES: 

THEIR  PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS : 

(DELIVERED  IN  DUNDEE) 
I 


BY 


ALEXANDER    JROBERTSON,    M.A. 


BARR1STER-AT-LAW. 


DUNDEE: 

JAMES    P.    MATHEW    &   CO.,    17   COWGA 
1880. 


a 


TO 

The  Right  Honourable  VISCOUNT  SANDON, 

of  the  $oarb  of  fcrabe. 


MY  LOKL>. 

Believing  that  no  small  ignorance  existed  as  to 
the  National  Resources  of  the  United  Kingdom,  and  also  as 
to  the  condition  of  the  British  Colonies  and  Dependencies,  I 
resolved  to  give  to  my  fellow-townsmen  of  Dundee  sunn- 
information  on  those  subjects  by  delivering  the  two  follow- 
ing Discources;  and,  having  been  requested  to  publish  them. 
and  having  myself  derived  much  advantage  and  instruction 
from  the  studies  which  I  had  undertaken  as  to  our  Imperial 
Resources,  I  agreed  to  comply  with  the  request  as  early  as 
circumstances  would  allow.  I  now  submit  my  humble 
efforts  to  the  judgment  of  the  public  at  large;  and,  with 
your  permission,  I  have  much  pleasure  in  dedicating  the 
following  pages  to  your  Lordship. 

In  the  subjects  discussed,  there  is  plenty  of  room  for 
wide  divergence  of  opinion,  and  great  danger  of  falling  into 
error  in  matters  of  fact.  Therefore,  I  take  this  opportunity 
of  stating  that  the  opinions  and  statistics  were  propounded 
with  the  greatest  care ;  that  the  end  I  had  in  view  was  a 
truly  national,  not  a  partisan  object;  and  that  th<  whole 


VI 

responsibility  for  the  contents  of  this  pamphlet  rests  entirely 
,  upon  my  own  shoulders.  If  I  succeed  in  dissipating  some  of  the 
gross  errors  as  to  our  recent  prosperity  and  present  depres- 
sion in  trade  and  agriculture,  I  shall  accomplish  one  of 
my  chief  objects  in  delivering,  and  in  my  now  publishing 
the  first  speech.  If  I  shall  be  able  to  raise  the  minds  of 
my  fellow-townsmen  of  Dundee — perhaps  fellow-citizens  in 
other  places — to  the  vast  extent,  the  gigantic  resources  and 
magnificent  future  of  our  colonies  and  dependencies,  I  shall 
consider  my  labour  on  the  second  discourse  to  be  amply 
rewarded. 

I  am  convinced  that  a  grand  future  awaits  our  Colonies, 
and  that  there  is  no  ground  for  present  serious  alarm  in 
regard  to  the  future  resources  of  the  British  nation. 

Sincerely  thanking  your  Lordship  for  the  honour  you 
have  conferred  upon  me  by  kindly  authorising  me  to  dedi- 
cate my  humble  efforts  to  spread  reliable  information  as  to 
the  state  of  our  affairs  at  home  and  in  the  British  Colonies, 

I  have  the  honour  to  be, 
MY  LORD, 

Your  most  obedient  Servant, 

ALEXANDER  ROBERTSON. 


X4th  March  1880, 
BROUGHTY  FERRY. 


TABLE    OF   CONTENTS. 


OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  :    THEIR  PRESENT  AND 
PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION. 

5  to  54. 


Scope  of  Address.  —  Population  of  United  Kingdom.  —  Pauperism. 
—  Primary  education.  —  Area  and  cultivation.  —  Import  of  corn.  — 
Taxes  on  food.  —  Free  trade  enormously  increased  our  commerce  and 
responsibilities.  —  Other  food  imports  increased.  —  Agricultural  imports 
permanent.  —  Tea,  coffee,  and  sugar  imports  and  exports.  —  Imported 
spirits.  —  Excise  duty  on  spirits.  —  Imported  wine.  —  Tobacco  imported. 
—Our  commerce  supreme.—  Towns  as  centres  of  industry.—  U  nparallel- 
ed  growth  of  commerce.  —  Imported  and  exported  cotton.  —  Indian 
duty  on  cotton  goods.  —  Wool  imported  and  woollen  goods  exported.  — 
Jute  imports  and  exports.  —  Most  advantageous  trade.  —  How  success 
to  be  attained.  —  Silk  imports  and  exports.  —  Our  position  in  textile 
fabrics.  —  Imports  and  exports  of  iron.  —  Vigilance  and  skill  needed  to 
retain  commercial  prosperity.  —  Export  trade  in  coal.  —  Imports  and 
exports  of  leather.  —  Imports  of  wood.  —  Miscellaneous  exports  and 
imports.  —  Total  imports  and  exports.  —  No  alarm  at  imports  exceed  in  -_r 
exports.  —  Late  prosperity  largely  from  excessive  speculation.  —  Our 
fiscal  policy  is  based  on  free  trade.  —  Home  trade.  —  Mercantile  marine. 
^Railways.  —  Conclusion. 


viii  TABLK  OF  CONTENTS. 

THE  BRITISH  COLONIES :    THEIR  PRESENT  CONDI- 
TION AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS. 

Pas/eg  59  to  124. 

Colonization  by  Greece  and  Rome — Early  modern  colonization — 
Advantages  of  colonies — Modern  colonization  first  conducted  by 
monopolist  companies.  From  their  beginning,  the  English  colonies 
had  all  the  elements  of  a  great  future — Modern  policy  aimed  at  an 
exclusive  colonial  trade — English  colonies  had  many  signal  advantages 
— Modern  colonies  became  Asylums  from  political  and  religious  per- 
secutions— General  outline  of  Address — First  group  :  Canadian  domi- 
nions— Early  history,  area,  population,  and  encouragement  to 
agricultural  colonists — French  Canadians — Trade — Frequent  bank- 
ruptcies— Shipping  and  railways — Pacific  Railway  scheme — Russia  in 
the  Pacific — Constitution,  revenue,  and  expenditure — Forces  and 
loyalty  of  dominion. — Second  group  :  African — Present  war  not  to  be 
discussed — Dangers  arising  from  masses  of  savages  on  borders — The 
Zulus  and  their  chiefs — African  sources  of  wealth — Need  of  immi- 
grants— Splendid  future — Cape  and  Natal  colonies— As  to  African 
colonies  three  questions  arise  :  Peace,  burden  of  present  war,  and  con- 
federation.— Third  group,  Australian :  Large  British  investments  in 
Australian  colonies — Area,  population,  trade,  and  constitution,  &c.,  of 
New  South  Wales,  Victoria,  Queensland,  South  Australia,  Western 
Australia,  New  Zealand,  and  Tasmania — As  to  Australian  colonies 
three  questions  arise :  Commercial  policy,  defence,  and  confederation. 
— Fourth  group  :  West  Indian  colonies  and  minor  dependencies — (1.) 
West  India  colonies — Climate — Trade — Coolie  emigration — Sources 
of  sugar  supplies — (2.)  Ceylon  :  Area  and  population — Trade — 
Mercantile  system  predominates — Constitution —  (3.)  Hong  Kong  : 
Area,  population,  trade,  and  constitution — General  considerations  as 
to  the  whole  of  our  Colonial  empire  are  immigration,  commercial 
policy,  defence,  and  confederation — Conclusion, 


OUR 


NATIONAL  RESOURCES 


THEIR  PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE 
CONDITION. 


(DELIVERED  IN  DUNDEE,  30-rn  DEI  I.MBI ;u  187'J.) 


CONTENTS. 


Scope  of  Address. — Population  of  United  Kingdom. — Pauprri.-ni. 
— Primary  education. — Area  and  cultivation. — Import  of  corn. — 
Taxes  on  food. — Free  trade  enormously  increased  our  commerce  and 
responsibilities. — Other  food  imports  increased. — Agricultural  imports 
permanent. — Tea,  coffee,  and  sugar  imports  and  exports. — Imported 
spirits. — Excise  duty  on  spirits. — Imported  wine. — Tobacco  imported. 
— Our  commerce  supreme. — Towns  as  centres  of  industry. — Unparal- 
leled growth  of  commerce. — Imported  and  exported  cotton. — Indian 
duty  on  cotton  goods. — Wool  imported  and  woollen  goods  exported. — 
Jute  imports  and  exports. — Most  advantageous  trade. — How  success 
to  be  attained. — Silk  imports  and  exports. — Our  position  in  textile 
fabrics. — Imports  and  exports  of  iron. — Vigilance  and  skill  needed  to 
retain  commercial  prosperity. — Export  trade  in  coal. — Imports  and 
exports  of  leather. — Imports  of  wood. — Miscellaneous  exports  and 
imports. — Total  imports  and  exports. — No  alarm  at  imports  exceeding 
exports. — Late  prosperity  largely  from  excessive  speculation. — Our 
fiscal  policy  is  based  on  free  trade. — Home  trade. — Mercantile  marine. 
Railways. — Conclusion. 


OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES: 


THEIR  PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION. 


(DELIVERED  IN  DUNDEE,  30ra  DECEMB 


MR  CHAIRMAN  AND  GENTLEMEN, — 

We  meet  under  the  gloom  of  a  great 
and  lamentable  disaster.  The  Tay  Bridge  has 
given  way  ;  and,  in  a  moment,  between  seventy 
and  eighty  of  our  fellow-creatures  have  instan- 
taneously been  hurled  into  eternity.  This  is 
neither  the  time  nor  the  place  to  give  any  opinion 
as  to  the  terrible  calamity  which  has  overtaken 
us  ;  but  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  a  most  search- 
ing public  inquiry  as  to  its  cause  is  absolutely 
required,  and  will  unquestionably  be  made. 

Six  years  ago,  I  intimated  that,  as  opportunity 
arose,  I  would  endeavour  to  explain  my  views  as 
to  public  affairs  both  at  home  and  abroad.  What 
great  changes  have  since  occurred!  A  givat 
European  war,  involving  vast  consequences,  has 
been  waged  arid  brought  to  an  end.  A  great  wa  \ v 
of  bad  trade  has  swept  over  the  world.  I  have 
already  discussed  that  war  and  its  results  ;  and 
I  now  appear  before  you,  my  fellow-townsmen,  to 


6  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

lay  before  you  my  views  as  to  "  Our  national 
resources  :  their  present  and  probable  future 
condition/7 

We  have  many  things,  contributing  to  our 
wealth,  happiness,  and  refinement,  for  which  we 
ought  to  be  thankful.  We  possess  a  moderate 
climate.  At  home  we  have  a  rich  and  fertile 
territory,  intersected  by  splendid  rivers  for 
navigation  ;  and  abroad  we  have  abundance  of 
prolific  virgin  soil  in  our  colonies  for  our  surplus 
population.  Surrounded  by  the  ocean,  we  have 
a  great  highway  to  all  the  important  centres  of 
commerce  in  the  world,  and,  by  means  of  our 
rivers,  we  have  an  easy  access  to  every  district  in 
our  own  country.  We  have  canals,  bridges,  and 
railways  all  over  the  country  to  aid  us  in  trans- 
porting all  kinds  of  merchandise  from  one  place 
to  another  for  home  consumption  or  foreign 
commerce ;  and,  by  means  of  our  gigantic 
mercantile  navy,  we  have  surpassing  facilities 
for  supplying  ourselves  and  foreign  nations  with 
all  the  necessaries,  conveniences,  and  luxuries  of 
life.  We  have  also  a  free,  rich,  and  prolific 
literature  to  spread  abroad  intelligence  to  every 
city,  town,  and  hamlet  of  the  kingdom.  Great 
and  wealthy  institutions  have  been  dedicated  to 
]the  advancement  of  literature,  science,  and  art. 
(  Museums,  galleries  of  art,  and  public  and  private 
libraries  have  been  spread  all  over  the  country, 
and  are  effecting  a  grand  and  noble  work  in  con- 
tributing to  the  information,  the  refinement,  and 
the  civilization  of  the  people.  Schools,  colleges, 
and  universities  are  educating  the  best  spirits  of 
the  nation  up  to  a  higher  standard  of  excellence 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  7 

than  has  ever  yet  been  known.  Within  the 
limits  of  order  im<l  morality,  all  opinions  may  be 
expressed  without  fear  or  danger  of  punishment. 
Thought  is  here,  in  this  land  of  freedom,  ;is  five  as 
the  air  we  breathe.  The  telegraph  also  ihishrx 
our  lightning-sped  messages  to  every  part  of  the 
kingdom,  and  almost  to  every  part  of  the  globe. 
In  the  style  of  living,  not  only  of  the  nobility, 
but  of  the  commercial  classes,  there  is  great 
splendour.  Nay  more,  the  dwellings  of  the  poor, 
deficient  as  they  may  be  in  many  things,  indicate 
a  great  recent  advance  in  improvement  and 
comfort.  What  a  wonderful  progress  has  lately 
been  made,  in  all  the  great  towns  of  the  kingdom, 
in  all  that  appertains  to  civilization.  Truly, 
the  subject  upon  which  I  am  to  speak  this  even- 
ing is  far  too  great  for  one  single  discourse. 

The  total  population  of  the  United  Kingdom 
is  34,000,000 :  of  England  and  Wales,  26,000,000 ; 
of  Scotland,  3^  millions ;  and  of  Ireland,  5^ 
millions.  In  1840,  the  total  population  was  26^ 
millions  ;  and  that  of  England  and  Wales  was 
15f  millions ;  of  Scotland,  2£  millions ;  and  of 
Ireland,  8  millions.  Hence,  in  less  than  40  years 
the  population  of  England  and  Wales  has 
increased  about  10  millions,  and  of  Scotland 
1  million,  and  the  decrease  in  Ireland  has  been 
almost  3  millions.  Famine  and  emigration  have> 
depopulated  Ireland  ;  and  again  the  cry  of  im- 
pending famine  is  heard  in  that  unfortunate  and 
unhappy  country.  Idleness,  absenteeism  of 
landlords,  and  political  agitation  have  a  great 
deal  to  do  with  the  penury  and  distress  of 
Ireland.  But  this  is  not  the  time  to  condemn. 


OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

iThe  cry  of  real  distress  has  gone  forth  in  many 
(parts  of  Ireland,  and  that  cry  will  not,  I  feel 
Nsure,  be  raised  in  this  country  in  vain. 

The  total  amount  of  the  national  debt  is 
£778,000,000  ;  and  the  yearly  interest  amounts 
to  £28,000,000.  All  this  debt  has  been  of 
modern  creation — does  not  go  further  back  than 
the  reign  of  William  III. — and  has  chiefly  been 
incurred  in  the  prosecution  of  wars.  Jealousy 
and  aggrandisement  are  the  chief  mainsprings  of 
war.  Wars  beget  debt ;  and  debt  involves  the 
pledging  of  the  national  resources  for  payment  of 
the  principal  and  interest.  A  national  debt  such 
as  ours  is  a  serious  burden  upon  the  people,  and 
a  great  restraint  upon  our  productive  energies. 
I  am  in  favour  of  a  large  yearly  reduction  of  the 
national  debt,  and  I  think  that  a  considerable 
sum  should  be  annually  set  aside  in  the  Budget 
for  that  purpose. 

Our  population  is  large,  our  wealth  great ; 
but  throughout  the  United  Kingdom  the  cost  of 
pauperism  is  on  the  increase.  No  doubt,  pauper- 
ism, as  tested  by  numbers,  has  lately  been  on  the 
decrease  in  England  and  Scotland.  Since  1849, 
the  greatest  total  number  of  paupers  for  England 
and  Wales  was  attained  in  1871,  which  was  a 
year  of  great  prosperity  ;  and  the  lowest  point 
was  reached  in  1878,  and  since  then  the  tendency 
has  been  in  an  upward  direction.  In  actual 
public  relief  of  the  poor,  there  were  spent  in  Eng- 
land and  Wales  5|  millions  sterling  in  1849,  and 
above  7i  millions  sterling  in  1878.  What  is  the 
condition  of  legalised  pauperism  in  our  own  part 
of  Kingdom  ?  Till  1845,  the  poor  of  Scotland  were 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  VI 

maintained,  for  the  most  part,  by  the  Kirk-ses- 
sions of  the  Established  Church,  by  voluntary 
contributions,  and  without  the  imposition  of  any 
public  rate.  In  1846,  the  amount  of  rates  col- 
lected was  £300,000,  and  the  amount  has  gra- 
dually risen  till  it  was  trebled  in  1878.  In  1864, 
the  total  number  of  paupers  and  their  dependents, 
exclusive  of  casual  poor,  in  receipt  of  Parish  relief 
was  120,705  ;  and  in  1878,  was  reduced  to  94,671. 
Again,  take  the  numbers  for  Ireland.  The  num- 
ber of  paupers  in  receipt  of  Union  relief  in 
Ireland  was  68,135  in  1864,  and  91,807  in  1879. 
Thus,  the  paupers  have  been  on  the  increase, 
and,  strange  to  say,  in  an  exactly  opposite  direction 
to  the  pauperism  of  England  and  Scotland  ;  that 
is  to  say,  out-door  relief  is  on  the  increase  in 
Ireland,  and  on  the  decrease  in  Great  Britain. 
The  total  amount  expended  in  1878  for  the  relief 
and  management  of  the  poor  in  Ireland  was 
one  million  pounds  sterling. 

What  do  you  think  has  been  the  total  amount 
spent  in  the  United  Kingdom  for  the  relief  and 
management  of  the  poor  since  1840  ?  More  than 
£400,000,000,  which  is  a  larger  sum  than  the  half 
of  the  national  debt.  How  does  it  happen  that, 
in  the  richest  and  most  industrious  countiy  of 
the  world,  there  is  so  much  wretchedness  and 
poverty  ?  Because  our  fiscal  system  is  wrong 
in  raising  so  much  of  the  national  taxation 
from  customs  and  excise,  and  because  a  bad 
system  of  Poor  Law  administration  breeds, 
sustains,  and  nourishes  large  masses  of  the  people 
in  idleness,  improvidence,  and  vice. 

With  such  misery  around  us,  what,  let  me 


10  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

ask,  have  we  done  to  remove  ignorance,  and  to 
instil  the  youth  of  the  rising  generation  with  the 
seeds  of  knowledge,  the  elements  of  primary 
education  ?  For  Great  Britain  alone,  there  was 
an  average  attendance  of  children  at  the  primary 
schools  of  a  quarter  million  in  1851  ;  and  of  two 
and  a  half  millions  in  1878.  Hence,  the  average 
attendance  has  been  very  largely  increased  during 
the  last  quarter  of  a  century.  But,  of  course,  the 
national  expenditure  on  this  head  has  also  been 
very  largely  augmented.  The  Parliamentary 
grant  for  Great  Britain  alone  has  risen  from 
£164,312 in  1851  to  £2,750,000  in  1879.  Asyou 
are  aware,  the  expense  of  the  national  primary 
schools  is  defrayed  fromfees  and  imperial  and  local 
funds.  For  this  divided  responsibility  the  reason 
is  indefensible.  Doubtless  the  time  will  come— 
will  soon  arrive — when  the  whole  cost  will  be 
paid  out  of  the  national  exchequer,  and  primary 
education  will  be  free  and  compulsory  through- 
out the  kingdom. 

Gentlemen,  we  cannot  live  by  education,  nor 
by  political  institutions,  however  excellent.  We 
must  do  something  to  earn  our  daily  bread,  buy 
clothes,  and  provide  homes  for  ourselves  and  our 
families,  or  be  dependent  upon  others  for  the 
supply  of  those  absolute  necessaries  of  life. 
~,  the  soil  is  the  primary  source  of  all  wealth, 
and,  notwithstanding  the  widely  spread  and 
gigantic  nature  of  our  commerce,  its  cultivation 
gives  rise  to  the  greatest  industry  in  the  country. 
What  a  pity  it  is  that  we  do  not  direct  more 
attention  to  this  source  of  wealth.  Had  we  in- 
vested the  capital  we  have  lost  by  lending  our 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  11 

money  to  foreign  nations,  we  wolild  have  greatly 
developed  the  fertility  of  our  own  soil,  and  we 
might  almost  have  been  independent  of  foreign 
supplies  of  food.  The  value  of  British  agricul- 
ture, it  is  said,  on  good  authority,  could  be 
doubled  ;  and  the  nation  seems  indifferent  to  the 
loss — the  enormous  loss — we  sustain  by  not  fully 
utilizing  the  means  at  our  disposal  for  obtaining 
the  indispensible  necessaries  of  life.  People  must 
wake  up  to  this  great  national  loss.  They  must 
be  taught  that,  without  serious  neglect,  wealth 
cannot  be  thus  left  ungathered.  Much  has  been 
done  to  enrich  the  soil  and  make  it  more  prolific. 
Let  us  press  on  the  leaders  of  the  nation  that  the 
soil  ought  to  be  cultivated  to  the  highest  degree, 
and  that  measures  should  be  taken  to  encourage, 
and  if  necessary  enforce,  the  cultivation  of  the 
soil  as  a  duty,  as  well  as  a  right. 

The  total  area  of  the  British  Islands  is 
76,000,000  acres,  of  which  26,000,000  are  moun- 
tain pasture  and  waste,  and  50,000,000  acres  are 
in  grasses,  meadows,  permanent  pasture,  woods, 
and  forests.  Since  1869,  the  acreage  of  wheat 
in  Britain  has  been  diminished  by  about 
150,000  acres  ;  the  acreage  of  green  and  various 
crops  is  pretty  nearly  the  same  ;  and  that  of 
permanent  pasture  has  been  increased  nearly  by 
2,000,000  acres.  The  live  stock  of  Britain  has 
also  been  increased  since  1867.  With  regard  to 
Ireland,  the  falling  off  in  the  corn  crops  is  greatrr 
than  in  Britain,  and  shows  a  decrease  of  300,000 
acres,  of  which  100,000  acres  were  in  wheat  and 
200,000  in  oats.  The  green  crops  also  show  a 
falling  off  to  the  extent  of  100,000  acres,  and  the 


12  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

acreage  under  flax  has  been  diminished,  more 
than  100,000  acres  since  1867.  But,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  acreage  under  grasses  has  been 
increased  about  300,000  acres,  and  permanent 
pasture  is  very  much  the  same  as  it  was  in  1867. 
The  live  stock  of  Ireland  has,  on  the  whole, 
diminished.  The  general  result  is  that  there 
were  400,000  acres  less  under  corn  crops  in  the 
United  Kingdom  in  1878  than  in  1867  ;  that 
there  were  100,000  acres  less  under  green  crops  ; 
that  the  grasses  and  permanent  pasture  had 
been  increased  by  2,000,000  acres.  The  live 
stock  was  very  much  the  same  in  1878  as  in 
1867. 

The  extension  of  pasturage  and  the  diminu- 
tion of  arable  land  are  not  subjects  for  con- 
gratulation. In  a  national  point  of  view,  the 
cultivation  of  arable  land  is  more  advantageous 
than  an  extension  of  pasturage.  More  labour  is 
required  in  the  former  than  in  the  latter,  and 
less  dependence  on  foreign  nations  exists  when 
arable  land  is  cultivated  rather  than  pasture. 
Suppose  we  were  dependent  on  our  enemies  for 
a  considerable  portion  of  our  food  or  of  our  raw 
material :  we  might  be  instantly  brought  face 
to  face  with  famine  and  all  its  attendant  horrors, 
or  the  loss  of  our  trade  and  commerce,  with  all 
its  attendant  evils  of  loss  of  wealth,  loss  of  power, 
and  loss  of  people  by  emigration.  The  Dutch 
were  the  richest  people  in  the  world  in  the  17th 
century.  They  were  thrifty  and  simple  in  their 
mode  of  living,  but  a  time  came  when,  during  a 
war  waged  with  England  and  Prance,  there  was 
a  difficulty  in  procuring  a  sufficient  supply  of 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  13 

bread.  Wages  rose,  the  cost  of  production  of  all 
Dutch  commodities  increased,  her  manufactures 
were  adversely  affected,  and  ultimately  destroyed 
by  this  country,  and  have  never  recovered  the 
shock  of  the  last  century. 

The  condition  of  the  agricultural  interest  in 
this  country  is  far  from  being  satisfactory  ;  but, 
for  the  first  time  in  our  history,  the  food  of 
the  people  is  cheap  and  abundant.  What  re- 
medies will  be  suitable  for  agricultural  distress 
will  be  most  conveniently  discussed  after  the 
Royal  Agricultural  Commissioners,  lately  ap- 
pointed to  inquire  into  the  causes  and  remedies 
for  that  distress,  have  submitted  their  Report  to 
Parliament.  For  the  present,  I  would  ask  your 
attention  to  an  important  feature  in  our  national 
existence,  namely,  the  continually  increasing 
quantity  and  value  of  the  food  brought  to  us 
from  other  countries  for  home  consumption. 

Of  corn — namely  wheat,  barley,  oats,  maize, 
and  all  kinds  of  flour — the  total  number  of  cwts. 
imported  into  the  United  Kingdom  was  15J 
million  cwts.  in  1840,  31  i  million  cwts.  in  1849, 
75  J  million  cwts.  in  1870,  and  132£  million  cwts. 
in  1878,  and  the  values  for  1840  were  9J  millions 
sterling,  and  for  1878,  £59,000,000.  Hence, 
within  40  years,  the  total  importation  of  corn 
has  increased  nine  times  in  quantity  and  six 
times  in  value.  Our  exportation  of  corn  is 
small.  Therefore,  it  is  clear  that  we  are  largely 
dependent  on  other  countries  for  one  of  the 
prime  necessaries  of  life.  Not  only  so,  but  I 
may  add  further,  that  our  present  agricultural 
produce  could  not  supply  one-third  of  the  popu- 


14  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

lation  of  the  United  Kingdom  with  the  neces- 
saries, far  less  many  of  the  luxuries,  of  life. 

Almost  without  exception,  no  customs  duty  is 
imposed  on  articles  of  necessary  or  useful  food. 
The  exceptions  are  cocoa,  coffee,  currants,  raisins, 
and  tea.  As  to  all  these  articles,  except  the 
last,  there  would  be  no  difficulty,  and  con- 
siderable advantage  in  adopting  an  absolutely 
free  trade  policy.  With  the  exception  of  the 
duty  on  tea,  the  revenue  received  is  insignificant, 
and  the  percentage  of  duty  on  the  value  is  high. 
Tea  brings  £4,000,000  into  the  national  ex- 
chequer, and  the  percentage  of  duty  on  the  value 
is  upwards  of  40  per  cent. 

Since  1870,  the  last  remnant  of  the  import  duty 
on  corn  was  repealed.  Most  fortunately  is  this  the 
case;  for,ata  time  when,  under  the  old  corn  laws,  we 
would  have  been  paying  a  high  price  for  a  limited 
quantity,  we  have  an  abundant  and  cheap  supply. 
The  importance  of  a  cheap  and  abundant  supply 
of  corn — indeed,  of  all  food,  clothing,  and  lodging 
for  the  nation — cannot  be  exaggerated.  To  aid 
in  obtaining  this  supply  is  one  of  the  primary 
duties  of  Government ;  and  to  cheapen  the  means 
of  living,  to  free  agricultural-products  and  manu- 
factures from  all  shackles  of  taxgatherers,  and  to 
enable  useful  commodities  of  all  kinds  to  circulate 
freely,  are  principles  which  lie  at  the  foundation 
of  all  just  and  equitable  taxation.  Whatever 
taxation  makes  the  poor  contribute  more  to  the 
national  exchequer  than  the  rich,  which  strikes 
at  the  sources  of  the  poor  more  than  those  of  the 
rich,  or  which  restricts  the  natural  movements  of 
commerce,  is  unjust  and  pernicious.  Provided 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  15 

we  can  get  foreign  countries  to  give  us  their 
corn  for  our  manufactured  goods,  the  large  and 
increasing  importation  of  corn  is  neither  alarm- 
ing nor  unsatisfactory.  Still,  it  is  clear,  we  must 
have  markets  for  our  goods  before  we  can  have 
a  bare  supply  of  the  necessaries  of  life.  We 
must,  therefore,  be  prepared  to  prosecute  and 
defend  our  commerce  in  every  part  of  the  world. 
Free  trade  is  a  grand  system  ;  is  theoretically  the 
true  system  of  political  economy  ;  but  its  whole 
advantages  cannot  be  reaped  till  there  is  less 
jealousy  and  suspicion,  and  more  justice  and 
freedom  in  the  world  than  now  exist.  Free 
trade  has  enormously  increased  our  commercial 
relations.  Still,  do  not  forget  that  it  has  also  in- 
creased, and  will  still  further  increase,  our  arma- 
ments and  expenditure,  naval  and  military. 

The  importation  of  all  other  kinds  of  food  has 
also  been  lately  increased.  Oxen,  bulls,  cows, 
and  calves  were  prohibited  in  1840  ;  but  they 
were  allowed  to  be  imported  a  few  years  after- 
wards. As  you  are  also  aware,  a  large  and 
increasing  trade  is  carried  on  in  imported 
butcher  meat. 

The  number  and  value  of  live  animals 
have  been  gradually  increasing,  and  last 
year  1,000,000  cattle  and  sheep,  and  pigs, 
valued  at  7£  millions  sterling,  were  im- 
ported. In  1840,  about  6,000  cwts.  of  bacon 
and  ham,  valued  at  about  £15,000,  were  im- 
ported;  in  1878  there  were  4^  million  cwts., 
valued  at  nearly  8|  millions  sterling,  imported. 
In  1840,  about  £  million  cwts.  of  butter,  valued 
at  nearly  1  million  sterling,  was  imported ;  and 


16  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

in  1878  there  were  1|  million  cwts.,  valued  at 
nearly  10  millions  sterling,  were  imported. 
Eggs  have  also  become  an  important  item  in 
our  imports,  and  between  1840  and  1878  rose 
from  96,000,000,  valued  at  less  than  £1,000,000, 
to  783,000,000,  valued  at  2£  millions  sterling. 
Kice  has  also  been  increasing  in  favour  with  the 
public  within  the  dates  chosen  for  our  review. 
In  1840,  the  importation  of  rice  was  fully 
£  million  cwts.,  valued  at  close  on  a  \  million 
sterling  ;  and  in  1878  was  fully  6,000,000  cwts., 
valued  at  nearly  3£  millions  sterling.  The  value 
of  dead  meat  and  provisions  imported  in  1878 
has  been  estimated  at  29£  millions  sterling. 

Our  imports  thus  appear  to  be  enormously 
swollen  by  agricultural  produce,  corn,  cattle, 
&c.,and  certainly  do  not  reach  a  much  smaller  sum 
than  £100,000,000  annually;  while,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  value  of  our  home  agricultural 
produce  has  been  estimated  at  £260,000,000, 
The  importations  of  corn  and  animals,  and  other 
agricultural  produce,  must,  for  all  practical  pur- 
poses, be  dealt  with  as  a  permanent  and  increas- 
ing factor  in  all  our  calculations  as  to  the  future 
condition  of  the  country,  e.g.  rent,  &c. ;  and  in  all 
probability  it  will  go  on  increasing  in  quantity  as 
regards  corn  and  animals,  and  as  regards  all  of 
them  in  value.  To  re-impose  a  protective  tariff 
on  corn  is  downright  madness.  It  would  cause 
a  revolution.  The  loss  of  the  farmers  has  lately 
been  great,  and  there  is  no  immediate  appear- 
ance of  any  improvement.  A  lowering  of  rents 
is  therefore  an  absolute  necessity.  Eents  rose  with 
the  national  prosperity ;  they  must  fall  in  the  days 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  17 

of  adverse  fortune.  Commerce  and  agriculture  arc 
inseparably  linked  together.  The  prosperity 
of  the  one  means  the  prosperity  of  the  other,  and 
the  adversity  of  the  one  the  adversity  of  the 
other. 

Moreover,  landlords  and  farmers  must  direct 
their  attention  to  what  will  pay.  Russia  and 
Hungary  have  been  beaten  out  of  our  corn  mar- 
ket, and  the  United  States  have  taken  their  place. 
Our  transatlantic  brethren  in  the  States  might 
become  the  greatest  food  producers  in  the  world ; 
but  they  will  have  keen  competitors  in  Canada, 
Australia,  and  British  India. 

Of  tea,  there  were  imported  in  1840  about 
28,000,000  Ibs.,  valued  at  3^  millions  sterling  ; 
and  in  1878,  close  on  205,000,000  Ibs.,  valued  at 
£13,000,000.  Thus  the  quantity  has  been  in- 
creased seven-fold,  and  the  value  has  only  been 
increased  four-fold.  As  a  rule,  the  greater  the 
production  of  any  commodity,  the  cheaper  it  is. 
Increased  demand  enables  greater  improvements 
to  be  made  in  production,  and  most  of  all  in 
manufactures,  but  less,  though  yet  considerable, 
in  all  agricultural  products.  The  importation  of 
coffee  has  also  been  greatly  increased  both  in 
quantity  and  value  since  1840,  but  its  value  has 
been  somewhat  proportionately  increased.  Thus, 
in  1840,  there  were  70,250,000  Ibs.,  valued  at 
less  than  £2,250,000  imported  ;  and  in  1878, 
there  were  1£  million  cwts.,  valued  at  £6,000,000, 
imported.  Cocoa  and  chocolate  are  also  in 
greater  demand  than  ever  before. 

Sugar  is  largely  imported  into  this  country, 
and  the  importation  is  increasing.  In  1840, 


1  8  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

there  were  imported  4^  million  cwts.  of  sugar, 
valued  at  nearly  £10,000,000  ;  and  in  1878, 
19,000,000  cwts.,  valued  at  £21,000,000.  Com- 
paring the  years  1840  and  1878,  the  importation 
of  refined  sugar  has  been  almost  increased  20 
times  in  quantity  and  value,  and  was  even 
greater  in  1877.  The  importation  of  raw  sugar, 
for  the  same  years,  has  been  nearly  doubled  in 
value,  and  trebled  in  quantity. 

The  home  sugar  refiners  have  been  alarmed 
at  the  results  of  foreign  competition  in  their  in- 
dustry during  the  last  few  years,  and  complain — 
and  justly —that  their  trade  is  being  injured  by 
an  artificial  system  of  bounties  given  by  foreign 
countries  on  exported  sugar.  Practically,  we 
are  getting  sugar  in  this  country  at  less  than  it 
can  be  had  in  France.  The  amount  paid  out  of 
the  national  exchequer  of  France  alone  as 
bounties  on  exported  sugar  is  £1,000,000  a  year. 
This  state  of  matters  might  be  all  very  well  if  it 
were  to  last  for  ever  ;  but  as,  in  the  meantime, 
our  own  sugar  refiners  are,  or  where  till  lately, 
working  at  a  great  loss,  and  a  large  body  of 
workmen  are  in  danger  of  being  permanently 
driven  out  of  their  employment,  and  our  own 
trade  may  be  utterly  ruined,  a  Parliamentary 
Inquiry  has  been  ordered.  Whatever  the  Com- 
mission may  propose  as  a  remedy,  we  ought 
certainly  to  insist  upon  obtaining  our  rights 
under  treaty  with  foreign  powers. 

Retaliatory  duties,  or,  if  you  prefer,  counter- 
vailing duties,  may  sometimes  be  effective  in 
bringing  about  an  adjustment  of  international 
fiscal  duties  ;  but  they  are  not  always  con- 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.     19 

venient,  and  must  be  imposed  with  a  deliberate 
and  well  ascertained  object.  Remember  the 
end  of  such  duties  is  to  bring  about  a  just 
equality  in  international  taxation  ;  and,  when 
this  object  cannot  be  attained,  they  arc  worse 
than  useless.  The  French  and  English  followed 
the  Dutch  to  India,  monopolised  the  Eastern 
trade,  and  imposed  heavy  duties  on  Dutch 
goods  coming  into  their  Indian  territories. 
The  Dutch,  however,  did  not  impose  heavy 
port  and  customs  dues  against  them.  Why  ? 
Because  they  had  few  natural  sources  of  wealth  ; 
because  they  were  dependent  on  other  countries 
for  the  raw  materials  of  their  manufactured  goods ; 
and  because  a  taxation  on  those  articles  would 
have  been  imposed  on  themselves.  To  beggar 
yourself  is  not  the  way  to  become  rich  ;  to 
beggar  your  neighbour  is  neither  just  nor 
honest.  I  see  no  objection,  on  principle,  to 
retaliatory  duties  ;  but  I  see  many  practical 
difficulties  in  carrying  out  the  scheme  with 
success.  Such  a  policy  is,  e.g.,  sure  to  cause 
a  good  deal  of  ill-will  ;  and  may  involve  retali- 
ation, to  be  followed  by  retaliation  without  end. 
To  impose  retaliatory  duties,  in  order  to  convert 
protectionists  from  their  errors,  should  be  the 
last  resort  of  the  advocates  of  free  trade. 

We  have  also  an  export  trade  in  sugar,  and, 
notwithstanding  the  outcry  raised  against  foreign 
bounties,  and  the  alleged  threatened  extinction 
of  the  sugar  industry  in  this  country,  the  Parlia- 
mentary returns  show  a  continuous  and  almost 
uninterrupted  increasing  export  trade  in  refined 
sugar.  In  1864  the  refined  sugar  exported  did 


20  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

not  exceed  120,000  cwts.,  valued  at  £200,000  ; 
and  in  1878  there  were  exported  1,042,000 
cwts.,  valued  at  nearly  1J  million  sterling. 
Hence  it  appears  that  the  real  complaint  is 
not  that  the  export  trade  is  being  destroyed  by 
foreign  competition,  but  that  the  home  trade  has 
been,  and  is  still  being  injured  by  foreign  sugar 
refiners.  The  import  duty  on  sugar  was  finally 
abolished  in  1874. 

The  importation  of  spirits,  rum,  brandy,  and 
other  foreign  and  colonial  spirits  next  demands 
our  attention.  In  1864,  it  was  llf  millions 
proof  gallons,  valued  at  2J  millions  sterling  ; 
and  in  1878,  12^  millions  proof  gallons,  valued 
at  fully  2J  millions  sterling.  During  the  last 
14  years,  the  importation  was  highest  in  1876, 
when  the  quantity  was  21,000,000  proof  gallons, 
and  the  next  highest  point  was  reached  in  1870, 
when  it  was  17^  millions  proof  gallons.  The 
revenue  derived  from  the  customs  duty  on 
foreign  and  colonial  spirits  was  nearly  £3,000,000 
sterling  in  1864,  and  was  fully  5|  millions  ster- 
ling in  1879. 

The  quantities  I  have  just  given  do  not,  of 
course,  show  the  quantity  of  spirits  upon  which 
excise  duty  was  paid,  and  was  retained  for  home 
consumption,  nor  of  spirits  exported.  In  1864, 
duty  was  paid  on  nearly  52,000,000  bushels  of 
malt  for  home  consumption,  and  on  a  regularly 
increasing  quantity  up  to  last  year,  when  duty 
was  paid  on  64£  million  bushels.  Duty  was  also 
paid  on  20£  million  gallons  of  spirits  for  home 
consumption,  and  on  a  regularly  increasing 
quantity  up  to  last  year,  when  the  quantity  was 


PRESENT  AND  PRoiiAiiLi-:  i'i  Tt:i;i;  CONDITION.          21 

30,000,000  gallons.  What  all  this  malt,  and  all 
those  million  gallons  of  spirits  arc  ns  miicles  in 
the  hands  of  consumers,  1  do  not  know,  and  dare 
not  guess.  Certainly  the  total  quantity  must  be 
something  astounding.  The  exri>r  duty  paid 
on  spirits  and  malt  in  1864  amounted  to  15f 
millions  sterling,  and  on  spirits,  malt,  and  su^;u 
used  in  brewing  in  187J),  amounted  to  22f 
millions  sterling. 

Foreign  countries  complain  of  our  high  tariffs 
on  intoxicating  liquors,  and  complain  that,  what- 
ever the  cause,  the  tariffs  are  prohibitive.  Thus, 
the  Germans  complain  of  our  high  duties  on 
spirits,  and  the  Spaniards  and  Portuguese  of  our 
high  duties  on  their  wines.  Our  answer  is  that 
those  high  duties  have  been  imposed  for  revenue 
and  not  protection,  and  that  the  import  duty  has 
been  affixed  to  a  graduated  scale  of  alcoholic 
strength  by  way  of  compensation  to  the  excise 
duties  on  alcohol  made  in  this  country.  We 
must  not,  however,  conceal  from  ourselves  that 
all  high  duties  are  bad  in  their  very  nature,  and 
impose  restraints  on  free  trade. 

The  wine  imported  into  this  country,  I  need 
scarcely  say,  is  very  great.  We  imported  15^ 
million  gallons  of  wine,  valued  at  £5,000,000, 
in  1864;  in  1869,  fully  17,000,000  gallons, 
valued  at  5^  millions  sterling  ;  in  1874,  18 J 
million  gallons,  valued  at  fully  6f-  millions 
sterling ;  and  in  1878,  nearly  16^  million  gallons, 
valued  at  £6,000,000.  These  data  are  instruc- 
tive ;  for  they  are  a  clear  proof  of  the  recent 

rosperity  and  present  depression  of  our  affairs. 

eople  who  had  large  incomes  a  few  years  ago 


22  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

have  been  greatly  reduced  in  their  circumstances. 
Their  means  of  spending  on  luxuries  have  been 
diminished.  The  importation  of  wines  has, 
therefore,  been  a  good  deal  lessened.  Bad  trade 
in  1878  brought  down  the  importation  of  wine 
three  quarters  of  a  million  sterling  in  value  as 
compared  with  the  prosperous  times  of  1874.  In 
contrast  with  this  result,  I  would  call  your  atten- 
tion to  the  increase  in  the  excise  duties  on  malt 
and  spirits  in  1878.  I  believe  the  causes  of  this 
were  twofold,  namely,  spirits  and  beer  have 
taken  the  place  of  wine  to  a  certain  extent,  and 
the  habits  of  frugality  and  self-restraint  are  not 
so  highly  developed  in  the  great  mass  of  the 
people  as  in  those  who  are  better  educated,  have 
better  homes,  more  extensive  means  for  recrea- 
tion and  amusement  than  they.  The  customs 
duty  paid  on  wine  in  1864  was  1£  millions 
sterling ;  and  in  1878,  nearly  1£  millions 
sterling. 

Our  export  trade  in  British  spirits  has  been 
diminishing  in  quantity  and  value  since  1864, 
when  the  quantity  was  4£  million  gallons,  and  the 
value  half  a  million  sterling  ;  and  in  1878,  the 
quantity  was  1  i  million  gallons,  and  the  value 
£395,000.  The  export  of  beer  and  ale  has  also 
been  on  the  decrease,  but  not  to  the  same  extent 
as  British  spirits.  In  1864,  the  value  exported 
was  fully  If  millions  sterling,  and  was  slightly 
less  in  1878  than  in  1864.  The  year  1874, 
when  the  value  was  2£  millions  sterling,  is  the 
highest  for  the  exports  of  beer  and  ale  during 
the  last  fourteen  years.  Therefore,  however  much 
we  may  be  drinking  the  liquors  of  other 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  23 

countries,    foreigners   are  evidently  not  taking 
kindly  to  the  use  of  our  beverages. 

Tobacco  is  another  article  largely  imported 
into  this  country.  The  quantity  of  the  manufac- 
tured article  has  been  decreasing  since  1864,  and 
the  quantity  of  the  unmanufactured  article  has 
been  increased  by  one-third.  Taking  the  manu- 
factured and  unmanufactured  tobacco  together,  it 
appears  that,  in  1804,  the  quantity  imported  was 
(>7^  million  Ibs.,  valued  at  3?,  millions  sterling  ; 
and,  in  1878,  1)4  million  Ibsf,  valued  fully  at  3£ 
millions  sterling.  Thus  it  would  seem  the  Philipic 
against  the  use  of  tobacco,  written  by  King 
James,  has  not  had  much  influence  on  the  sub- 
jects of  his  successors.  The  customs  duty  paid 
on  tobacco  and  snuff  was  £6,000,000  in  1864, 
and  8J  millions  sterling  in  1879. 

I  now  wish  to  direct  your  attention  to 
another  branch  of  our  subject.  We  are  supreme 
in  the  arts  of  industry  and  the  pursuits  of 
commerce.  Our  pre-eminence  has  been  the 
result  of  many  important  circumstances. 

From  the  end  of  last  century,  we  took 
the  lead  of  all  nations  in  commercial  greatness. 
Two  periods  greatly  favoured  British  commerce  : 
First,  the  war  of  the  Spanish  succession 
from  1702  to  1713,  concluded  by  the  peace  of 
Utrecht ;  and,  secondly,  the  seven  years  war 
between  1756  and  1763,  terminated  by  the 
treaty  of  Paris.  At  the  beginning  of  this  cen- 
tury, the  estimated  annual  value  of  iron  manu- 
factured was  insignificant.  The  annual  total  value 
of  coals  and  iron  produced  in  the  United  King- 
dom now  amounts  to  £65,000,000.  The  cotton 


24  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES. 

trade  was  creeping  into  importance  towards  the 
latter  end  of  18th  century,  when  the  inventions 
of  Arkwright,  Hargraves,  Oompton,  and  Cart- 
wright  gave  it  an  impetus  which  it  has  felt  ever 
since.  In  fact,  inventions  and  discoveries  in 
the  last  century  greatly  augmented  our  indus- 
trial progress.  Watt  alone,  by  his  application 
of  steam  as  a  motive  power,  has  vastly  increased 
our  productive  capacity  ;  and  numerous  in- 
ventors have  also  conferred  incalculable  benefits 
on  our  industrial  capacity.  Take  a  single  in- 
stance of  what  has  been  achieved  in  one  of  our 
great  industrial  employments.  In  1741,  a  Ib.  of 
coarse  cloth,  half  cotton  and  half  linen,  cost  4s.  6d. ; 
now  the  same  article  can  be  had  for  2d.  The 
greatest  sources  of  our  commercial  prosperity- 
what,  above  all  things,  give  us  our  supremacy 
in  industrial  pursuits — are  our  immense  stored- 
up  capital,  our  highly  organised  division  of 
labour,  our  wonderful  mechanical  skill,  and  our 
great  practical  ability  in  superintending  and 
managing  our  stupendous  workshops  and  com- 
mercial undertakings.  Another  source  of  our 
commercial  prosperity  is  the  wide  extent  of 
our  markets,  and  the  wealth  of  our  colonies 
and  dependencies,  affording  us  ample  scope  for 
our  industrial  energy,  and  enabling  us  to  get,  in 
exchange,  from  every  quarter  of  the  globe,  the 
richest  and  choicest  articles  of  the  world's  best 
and  rarest  things  for  food,  for  use,  for  ornament. 
Our  conquests  in  the  East  and  West  have,  indeed, 
supplied  us  with  an  extensive  area  for  our  ener- 
gies in  commerce  as  well  as  in  the  power  to 
govern.  America,  Africa,  Australia,  and  our 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  -  "> 

numerous  colonies  ;m<l  dependencies  all  over  the 
world  have  also  afforded  us  ample  scope  for  the 
restless  energy  of  our  race  in  siilxluing  the  uncul- 
tivated and  unknown  places  of  the  earth,  and  in 
opening  up  markets  for  our  products  in  exchange 
for  the  corn,  wool,  and  cotton  which  our  hardy 
pioneers  of  civili/ation  produce  in  their  hoiiic» 
far  away  across  the  sea. 

Beyond  all  doubt,  we  are  ti  ivstlos,  ener- 
getic, and  intrepid  people,  deeply  enibued  with 
the  love  of  freedom,  and  with  habits  of  industry 
and  enterprise.  We  are  also  great  and  opulent 
above  all  the  other  nations  of  the  earth.  With 
commercial  greatness  as  our  aim,  we  have 
become  the  greatest  conquerors  of  the  world. 
Our  policy  of  conquest  and  acquisition  has  gone 
on  for  three  centuries.  Let  us  be  on  our  guard 
against  the  mad  thirst  for  conquest,  which  was 
the  proximate  cause  of  the  downfall  of  several 
great  and  powerful  ancient  Empires.  Strange  as 
it  may  seem,  we  have  made  our  greatest  and 
most  permanent  conquests  since  we  entered  on 
our  career  of  commercial  supremacy.  Those 
who  are  now  so  loud  in  crying  out  for  retrench- 
ment would  do  well  to  consider,  amongst  other 
things,  the  origin,  progress,  and  foundation  of 
our  commercial  greatness.  Do  not  let  us  forget 
that  we  have  the  most  powerful  reasons  for  keep- 
ing open  and  extending  the  markets  for  our 
trade  and  commerce  ;  and  that,  at  the  present 
time,  some  of  the  greatest  European  States  are 
deliberately  pushing  our  goods  away  from  them, 
and  have  entered  upon  a  career  of  protection, 
and  even  prohibition. 


26 


OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 


During  the  last  forty  years,  the  growth  of  our 
commerce  has  been  unparalleled  ;  and  of  this 
great  industrial  activity  the  towns  are,  of  course, 
the  great  centres. 

Nor  need  we  go  far  away  from  home  to  see 
what  our  commercial  success  has  effected.  What 
a  difference  there  is  between  what  our  own  town 
is,  and  what  it  was  at  the  beginning  of  the 
present  century.  Its  population  has  increased 
with  great  rapidity.  Its  wealth  has  been  augu- 
mented  to  an  incredible  degree.  Its  people,  its 
merchants  and  wealthy  burghers,  and  skilled 
workmen,  have  made  wonderful  advancement  in 
their  modes  of  living,  their  houses,  their  material 
comforts,  their  public  and  private  buildings,  their 
moral,  intellectual,  and  social  well-being.  Think 
for  a  moment  of  the  splendid  streets  opened,  the 
grand  buildings  erected,  the  magnificent  private 
houses  built,  the  spacious  docks  formed,  the  splen- 
did Esplanade  constructed,  the  gigantic  Bridge 
which  but  lately  spanned  our  magnificent  river- 
all  within  the  last  few  years — and  you  will,  at 
once,  understand  how  great  has  been  the  progress 
made  in  our  own  midst  in  the  last  quarter  of  a 
century. 

Other  causes  than  those  I  have  mentioned 
have,  no  doubt,  contributed  to  our  industrial  pros- 
perity. Thus,  freedom  of  trade  has  had  no  small 
— has  had  a  very  great — share  in  establishing  our 
commercial  greatness.  Freedom  of  trade  is  as 
yet  a  modern  principle  even  amongst  ourselves, 
and  is  in  no  great  favour  with  many  powerful 
nations  abroad,  and  is  even  in  disfavour  with 
some  of  our  own  colonies.  Still  I  believe  that 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  27 

the  principle  is  destined  to  be  accepted  by  all 
the  civilized  nations  of  the  world.  As  men 
grow  (Veer  and  more  enlightened,  and  are  less 
governed  by  the  crushing  force  of  military  des- 
potism, it  will  be  accepted  by  men  as  the  best 
guarantee  of  peace,  happiness,  and  prosperity. 
Whatever  the  immediate  destiny  of  this  prin- 
ciple, there  can  be  no  question  about  its  having, 
up  till  now,  given  us  a  great  advantage  over  pro- 
tectionist countries.  Its  adoption  has  effected 
an  entire  revolution  in  our  customs  and  excise 
duties,  and  the  result  is  that  there  are  very  few 
articles  imported  upon  which  any  tax  is  im- 
posed, and  several  of  these  duties  are  assessed 
merely  as  countervailing  taxes  on  articles  falling 
under  our  own  internal  excise.  Amongst  many 
other  beneficial  effects  of  free  trade,  one  has  un- 
questionably been  te^p^^t'S^the  predominant 
influence  in  the  motets  of  ttte\  world.  As  yet, 
where  there  is  fr^Pcompetitio%Vjwe  can  sell  all 
the  chief  article!*  of  ^our  ^taflp  industries  as 
cheaply  as,  nay  nWje^  cheaply  than,  any  people 
in  the  world.  For  t^fi^^j#ty-live  years  of  the 
present  century,  our  ilffp6rts  did  not  exceed 
£50,000,000  a-year,  nor  did  the  real  annual 
value  of  our  exports  exceed  £48,000,000.  Now, 
the  imports  are  valued  at  £368,000,000,  and  the 
exports  at  £245,000,000  a-year.  Let  me  now 
descend  to  the  arena  of  particular  articles,  and 
thus  give  you,  in  a  reliable  form,  some  details  as 
to  our  position  in  the  rank  of  industrial  nations. 
I  take  the  cotton  trade  first.  In  1864,  nearly 
8,000,000  cwts.  of  raw  cotton,  valued  at  78£ 
millions  sterling,  were  imported  ;  and,  in  1869, 


28  OUk  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

nearly  11,000,000  cwts.,  valued  at  slightly  less 
than  £57,000,000  ;  in  1874,  almost  14,000,000 
cwts.,  valued  at  46J  millions  sterling ;  and  in 
1878,  12,000,000  cwts.,  valued  at  33£  millions 
sterling.  These  quantities  and  values  are  re- 
markable, because  they  prove  a  very  gradual 
diminution  in  value,  and  an  unequivocal  increase 
in  quantity  of  the  raw  material  of  one  of  our 
principal  staple  trades.  Last  year,  raw  cotton 
was  nearly  four  times  as  cheap  as  it  was  in  1864. 
In  1840  the  quantity  of  raw  cotton  imported 
was  about  5,000,000  cwts.,  and  was  nearly  treble 
in  1878.  Let  me  now  give  you  the  exports  in 
cotton  goods.  In  1864,  there  were  exported 
nearly  75|  millions  Ibs.  of  cotton  yarn,  valued  at 
£9,000,000 ;  and,  in  1878,  fully  250^  millions 
Ibs.,  valued  at  £13,000,000.  Thus,  comparing 
1864  and  1878,  the  exported  cotton  yarns  have 
been  fully  trebled  in  quantity,  and  have  only  in- 
creased in  value  by  half,  and  a  comparison  insti- 
tuted between  1874  and  1878  would  show^  more 
unfavourable  results.  Rightly  to  understand 
these  remarkable  facts,  we  have  to  remember 
that  raw  cotton  imported  from  abroad  had 
greatly  fallen  in  value  ;  that  the  cost  of  produc- 
tion in  this  country  had  been  considerably 
diminished  ;  and  that  a  lucrative  trade  for  some 
years  had  attracted  capital  to  the  cotton  trade, 
and  caused  over  production,  and  brought  about 
an  almost  ruinous  reduction  of  price.  Doubt- 
less manufacturers  kept  on  producing  after  the 
trade  had  ceased  to  be  profitable,  and,  rather 
than  lessen  production,  worked,  in  many  in- 
stances, at  a  loss. 


IMM-SENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION. 


29 


As  to  cotton  piece  goods,  the  total  exported 
in  1864  was  1,752  million  yards,  valued  at  45f 
millions  sterling  ;  in  1869,  was  2,868  million 
yards,  valued  at  53  millions  sterling  ;  in  1874,  was 
3,606  million  yards,  valued  at  59|  millions  ster- 
ling ;  and  in  1878,  was  3,616  million  yards,  valued 
at  53  millions  sterling.  Hence,  in  14  year-. 
the  cotton  manufactured  goods  exported  has  been 
doubled  in  quantity,  and  only  increased  one-fifth 
in  value.  Here  again  the  considerations  which 
were  suggested  as  to  cotton  yarns  apply  to 
manufactured  cotton  goods  ;  and  will  explain 
why  the  values  have  not  held  pace  with  the 
increased  exported  quantities.  I  do  not  pretend 
to  say  that  the  disproportion  is  satisfactory.  On 
the  contrary,  I  think  it  is  not.  Still,  the  expla- 
nation as  to  the  causes  of  the  disproportion  ought 
to  allay  the  alarm  which  some  people  have 
displayed  in  speaking  of  our  ruined  cotton  trade. 
Improved  machinery  necessarily  diminishes  the 
cost,  and,  therefore,  value  on  exportation ;  and 
the  questions  which  arise  are  :  (1)  Can  we  be 
deprived  of  our  cotton  markets  ?  (2)  Can  we 
manufacture  cheaper  than  any  other  country  ? 
(3)  Are  the  profits  enough  to  satisfy  manu- 
facturers ?  and  (4)  Are  wages  high  enough  to 
satisfy  the  workers  ?  On  all  these  points,  I 
think,  we  are  at  least,  for  the  present,  more 
favourably  situated  than  any  other  country. 

An  important  and  pressing  question  here 
demands  a  passing  notice.  For  certain  classes 
of  cotton  goods,  India  has  long  been,  by  far,  our 
largest  customer.  But,  generally  speaking,  our 
whole  exports  to  India  have  lately  been  inflated  to 


30  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

a  very  great  extent, by  public  and  other  loans,  and 
by  a  huge  system  of  credit.  Without  borrowing, 
our  trade  to  India  cannot  be  further  increased 
to  any  large  extent,  or,  what  is  much  the  same 
thing,  India  cannot  pay  us  for  a  large  and  in- 
creasing supply  of  our  exports.  If  we  are  to 
keep  our  Indian  trade,  even  as  it  is,  we  must 
make  very  large  and  sweeping  alterations  in  our 
Indian  financial  policy.  As  regards  the  Indian 
import  duty  on  cottons,  I  think  it  ought  to  be 
repealed  without  delay.  It  is  not  a  benefit  to 
the  natives  of  India,  and  it  is  certainly  an  injury 
to  the  cotton  trade  of  Manchester. 

In  the  importation  of  raw  wool,  we  have  the 
same  result  as  in  the  importation  of  raw  cotton  : 
namely,  importation  increasing  in  quantity  and 
diminishing  in  value.  Of  raw  wool  of  all  kinds 
there  were  imported  in  1864,  206£  million  Ibs., 
valued  at  15 £  millions  sterling  ;  and  in  1878, 
400  million  Ibs.,  valued  at  nearly  23|  millions 
sterling.  Thus,  within  14  years,  the  quantity  of 
raw  wool  imported  has  been  doubled,  and  the 
value  has  been  increased  by  a  half.  The  increase 
in  the  importation  of  Berlin  wool  and  yarn  used 
for  fancy  purposes  is  even  more  remarkable. 
During  the  same  period,  it  has  been  increased 
nearly  sixfold  in  quantity,  and  slightly  more 
than  fourfold  in  value.  Still  further,  the 
quantity  of  woollen  yarn  imported  for  weaving  has 
been  increased  from  nearly  4£  million  Ibs.,  valued 
at  £1,000,000  in  1864,  up  to  close  on  11 J  million 
Ibs.,  valued  at  nearly  1^  millions  sterling  in  1878, 
and  exceeded  13,000,000  Ibs.  in  1873  and  1874. 
Thus,  the  imported  woollen  yarns  for  weaving 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  X  \ 

have  been  more  than  doubled  in  quantity,  and  only 
been  increased  one-half  in  value. 

How  stands  the  export  trade  of  woollens? 
Here  the  first  thing  to  be  noticed  is  that,  of 
late,  both  in  quantity  and  value,  there  is  a 
diminishing  export  trade  in  raw  wool.  Of 
sheeps'  and  lambs'  wool  there  were  exported  in 
1864,  7i  million  Ibs.,  valued  at  £673,000  ;  and 
in  1878,.  fully  6J  million  Ibs,  valued  at  £548,000. 
A  partial  explanation  of  this  phenomenon  is  that 
the  direct  trade  between  some  of  our  wool-grow- 
ing colonies  and  some  foreign  countries  is  on  the 
increase.  On  the  other  hand,  the  quantity  of 
woollen  and  worsted  yarn  was  substantially  the 
same  in  1878  as  in  1864,  and  the  value  had  con- 
siderably fallen  in  1878  as  compared  with  1864. 
For  1864,  the  exported  woollen  and  worsted 
yarns  amounted  almost  to  31,000,000  Ibs.,  valued 
nearly  at  5£  millions  sterling  ;  and  for  1878,  fully 
31,000,000  Ibs.,  valued  almost  at  4  millions  ster- 
ling. Hence  the  difference  in  value  in  1864  and 
1878  was  1£  millions  sterling,  for  a  larger  quan- 
tity in  the  former  year  than  the  latter.  The  fall 
in  value  is  partly  to  be  explained  by  the  low  price 
of  the  raw  material,  and  the  loss  must  have  fallen 
partly  on  the  home  and  partly  on  the  foreign 
graziers.  The  greatest  quantity  of  exported 
woollen  and  worsted  yarns  took  place  in  1871, 
when  it  was  43|  million  Ibs.,  and  a  falling  export 
trade  continued  till  1878,  when  a  rise  of 
4,000,000  Ibs.,  and  a  proportional  rise  in  price 
took  place. 

The   exported  woollen    and  worsted  manu- 
factures  are   distinguished  as   cloths,  coatings, 


32  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

&c.,  unmixed  and  mixed  ;  2d,  flannels,  blan- 
kets, blanketing,  and  baizes  ;  3d,  worsted 
stuffs,  unmixed  and  mixed  ;  and  4th,  carpets 
and  druggets.  Of  the  first  class  there  were 
exported  in  1864  fully  29^  million  yards, 
valued  at  4£  millions  sterling,  and  in  1878, 
43  £  million  yards,  valued  at  6^  millions  ster- 
ling. Here  the  state  of  our  export  trade 
appears  to  be  in  a  satisfactory  condition  ;  for  the 
exports  are  increasing  in  quantity,  and  the 
values  are  also  proportionally  increasing.  In 
the  second  class,  the  exports  have  fallen  off 
by  one-sixth  in  1878  as  compared  with  1864, 
and  the  values  have  fallen  in  a  greater  ratio. 
These  facts,  being  continuous,  indicate  a  fall- 
ing trade  ;  and  their  explanation  seems  to  be 
that  some  of  our  old  customers  are  supplying 
themselves,  or  are  being  supplied  by  a  nearer  or 
cheaper  market.  We  cannot  hope  to  have  a 
monopoly  of  the  trade  of  the  world  in  everything. 
The  number  of  yards  of  the  second  class  ex- 
ported was,  in  1864,  18,000,000  yards,  valued 
at  1£  millions  sterling  ;  and,  in  1878,  15£  million 
yards,  valued  at  1  million  sterling.  The  third 
class,  when  compared  in  1864  and  1878,  gives  us 
an  article  increasing  in  quantity  and  diminishing 
in  value,  and  showing  considerable  oscillations. 
Of  the  third  class,  worsted  stuffs,  there  were  ex- 
ported, in  1864,  187J  million  yards,  valued  at 
lOf  millions  sterling ;  and,  in  1878,  192  million 
yards,  valued  at  nearly  7£  millions  sterling.  The 
quantity  steadily  rose  till  1872,  when  it  reached 
the  enormous  quantity  of  345,000,000  yards,  and 
has  as  steadily  declined  till  it  reached,  in  1878, 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  33 

almost  the  sanw  point  as  it  started  from  in  1864. 
The  effect  has  been  disji>tn>us  to  all  engaged  in 
this  branch  of  industry,  and  we  have  had  the 
usual  concomitants  in  the  falling  away  of  what 
was  once  a  highly  flourishing  and  lucrative 
trade,  namely,  over-production,  diminished  pro- 
fits, and  lowered  wages.  Up  to  1872,  thN 
branch  of  trade  must  have  been  highly  profit- 
able to  all  concerned  ;  but  since  then  it  has 
been  most  unprofitable.  In  1872,  the  quan- 
tity exported  was  double  what  it  was  in 
1864,  and  the  value  was  proportionally  high. 
From  the  former  date,  the  quantity  has  been 
continually  falling,  and  the  value  even  in  a 
greater  ratio.  This  is  exactly  what  we  might 
expect.  Large  profits  urge  people  to  invest 
their  capital  in  highly  remunerative  concerns  ; 
the  new  investments  augment  productive  power; 
over-production  follows  ;  and  diminished  profits 
and  lowered  wages  follow  as  certainly  as  the 
night  follows  the  day.  The  lucky  are  those  who 
get  the  start  in  the  race,  and  the  unlucky  those 
who  think  they  can  win  at  a  canter  when  the 
race  is  well  nigh  finished. 

The  fourth  class  of  woollen  goods  compre- 
hends carpets  and  druggets.  In  1864,  of  this 
sort  there  were  exported  6,000,000  yards,  valued 
at  £870,000  ;  and,  in  1878,  fully  6£  million 
yards,  valued  at  £20,000  less.  Here  the 
highest  point  w^as  reached  in  1872,  when  the 
quantity  was  nearly  12,000,000  yards,  and  since 
then  the  fall  has  been  steady  ;  but,  on  the  other 
hand,  the  price  has,  roughly  speaking,  been  pro- 
portional to  the  variation  either  way,  whether  in 


34  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

decrease  or  increase.  Besides  those  four  classes 
of  woollen  goods,  we  exported  other  sorts  of 
woollen  goods  to  the  value  of  almost  £1,000,000 
in  1864,  and  here  the  rise  in  value  has  been  as 
much  as  one-third  during  the  last  fourteen  years. 

The  grand  total  values  of  our  exported  woollen 
and  worsted  manufactures,  which,  next  to  cotton, 
is  the  highest  in  value  of  any  of  our  industries, 
were — For  1864,  18£  millions  sterling ;  for 
1869,  21J  millions  sterling  ;  for  1874,  nearly 
23  millions  sterling  ;  and  for  1878, 16|  millions 
sterling. 

I  now  wish  to  direct  your  attention  to  the 
linen  industry.  First,  let  us  see  what  the 
imports  are  ;  and,  secondly,  what  the  exports. 

In  1864,  fully  If  million  cwts.  of  flax  and 
tow,  valued  at  fully  5 \  millions  sterling,  were 
imported  ;  and,  in  1878,  slightly  more  than  1  \ 
million  cwts.,  valued  at  3£  millions  sterling.  Of 
hemp  there  were  imported,  in  1864,  1,000,000, 
valued  at  If  million  sterling  ;  and,  in  1878,  1^ 
million  cwts.,  valued  at  fully  If  millions  sterling. 
Thus,  both  flax  and  hemp  were  somewhat 
cheaper  in  1878  than  in  1864.  I  turn  aside  to 
the  exported  linen  goods.  Here  there  is  an 
unmistakeable  decrease  in  quantity  and  value. 
In  1864,  there  were  exported  of  linen  yarn 
40,000,000  Ibs.,  valued  at  £3,000,000  ;  and  in 
1878,  18^  million  Ibs.,  valued  at  1^  millions  ster- 
ling. Roughly,  while  the  diminution  in  quantity 
is  undeniable,  the  ratios  throughout  between 
the  values  are  nearly  proportional.  Further,  the 
total  yards  of  piece  goods  exported  were,  in  1864, 
2104  millions,  and,  in  1878, 161  millions.  Thus, 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  35 

there  is  a  large  diminution  in  the  quantity  of 
exported  linen  goods  since  1864.  The  total 
number  of  Ibs.  exported  of  thread*  for  sewing  was, 
for  those  years,  respectively  4  millions  and  fully 
2 1  millions.  As  a  grand  total  in  value,  we  have, 
for  those  years,  8  millions  sterling  and  5£  millions 
sterling.  Here  I  have  not  the  means  of  institut- 
ing a  minute  comparison  between  the  fall  in 
quantity  and  value  ;  but,  comparing  1864  and 
1878,  I  think  I  am  not  far  from  the  mark  in 
saying  that  the  fall  in  both  is  nearly  propor- 
tional, and  that  the  reason  of  the  fall  does  not 
arise  from  excessive  competition  cutting  down 
prices,  nor  a  glutted  market  inducing  manufac- 
turers to  export  at  a  loss,  but  is  to  be  explained 
by  the  assumption  that  another  article  has  been 
substituted  for  many  purposes  for  which  linen 
was  formerly  used,  and  also  partially  from 
foreign  competition.  The  article  substituted  is, 
I  believe,  cotton,  and,  indirectly  perhaps,  also  in 
some  degree,  jute.  This  brings  me  to  the  con- 
sideration of  our  great  staple  trade. 

How  stands  our  trade  in  the  import  of  raw 
jute,  and  the  export  of  jute-manufactured  goods  ? 

Of  raw  jute  there  were  imported  in  1864 
above  2  million  cwts.,  valued  at  close  on  2£ 
millions  sterling  ;  and,  in  1878,  4|  million  cwts., 
valued  at  close  on  2  millions  sterling.  Roughly, 
therefore,  the  quantity  of  jute  imported  has  been 
doubled,  and  the  price  has  fallen  nearly  a  half 
within  the  last  14  years.  The  diminished  value 
and  the  increased  quantity  of  imported  jute 
have,  as  I  have  already  indicated,  a  most  im- 
portant bearing  in  arriving  at  an  exact  know- 


36  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

ledge  of  our  export  and  import  trade.  One 
effect  of  this  state  of  affairs  is  that  we,  in  this 
country,  can  sell  a  larger  quantity  of  goods  for  a 
smaller  price.  What  about  the  exports  ? 

In  1864,  there  were  exported  of  jute  yarns 
5£  million  Ibs.,  valued  at  £111,503  ;  in  1869, 
8  million  Ibs.,  valued  at  £126,691  ;  in  1874, 
15|  million  Ibs.,  valued  at  £245,784;  and,  in  1878, 
12^  million  Ibs.,  valued  at  £181,076.  Hence, 
the  jute  yarns  exported  were  more  than  doubled 
in  quantity,  and  only  somewhat  more  than  in- 
creased by  a  half  in  value  in  1878  as  compared 
with  1864  Thus  we  have  an  unmistakeably 
increasing  demand  for  jute  yarns  at  a  reduced 
price,  and  pre-eminently  is  this  the  case  between 
1874  and  1878,  or  at  a  time  coincident  with 
diminished  profits  and  low  wages  in  this  town 
and  neighbourhood.  The  raw  material  being 
cheap  in  those  years,  the  loss  to  us  is  not  so 
great  as  the  Parliamentary  Returns  would,  per- 
haps, appear,  at  first  sight,  to  suggest.  How  far 
the  diminished  value  is  consistent  with  a  healthy 
trade  is  not  within  my  province  to  determine. 
On  this  subject,  anything  I  could  say  would  be 
wide  of  the  mark,  and,  therefore,  I  leave  it  to  the 
decision  of  those  who  are  able  to  weigh  all  the 
facts.  But,  with  your  leave,  I  would  ask  your 
permission  to  point  out  that  an  increased  export 
trade  in  yarns  is  not  such  an  advantageous  trade 
to  the  town  as  an  increased  trade  in  manu- 
factured goods  ;  because,  in  the  former  case, 
our  workpeople,  manufacturers,  and  merchants 
enjoy  a  smaller  share  of  profits  and  wages  than 
in  the  latter.  It  is  better  for  us  to  sell  jute 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  •>, 

yarns  than  raw  jute,  mid  still  better  to  sell  the 
fully  made  article  than  the  yarns  of  which  it  i- 
composed.  (Jencrally,  it  is  belter  for  a  manu- 
facturing country  to  sell  the  article  partially 
finished  than  the  raw  material,  and  the  finished 
article  than  the  partially  finished.  Let  us  see, 
then,  how  we  stand  as  regards  our  fully  manu- 
factured jute  goods. 

Here  the  increase  N  something  astounding. 
In  1864,  there  were  exported  of  jute  manu- 
factures 14  million  yards,  valued  at  £356,764  ; 
in  1869,  fully  50  million  yards,  valued  at 
£742,801  ;  in  1874,  nearly  113  million  yards. 
valued  at  £1,679,266  ;  and,  in  1878,  123  million 
yards,  valued  at  £1,588,901.  Thus,  in  fourteen 
years,  the  jute  manufactures  have  increased  ten- 
fold in  quantity,  and  fully  fourfold  in  value. 

Have  we  a  flourishing  trade  in  jute  goods  ? 
No  one,  who  knows  anything  about  your  affairs, 
can,  for  a  moment,  doubt  that  you,  above  all  those 
who  have  engaged  in  the  jute  trade,  have  been 
exceedingly  prosperous.  The  question  comes  to 
be,  Will  your  prosperity  continue  ?  For  a  time, 
you  had  a  monopoly  of  the  jute  trade.  You 
have  this  no  longer.  For  a  long  period,  you 
reaped  great  profits,  and  received  high  wages  ; 
but  those  profits  and  wages  have  attracted  other 
and  no  less  energetic  competitors  than  yourselves 
into  the  field.  Coincident  with  the  hey-day  of 
prosperity  of  the  jute  trade,  as  disclosed  by  the 
Parliamentary  Returns  for  the  United  Kingdom, 
many,  in  this  town,  accumulated  large  fortunes  ; 
but  the  monopoly  being  gone,  such  instances  of 
good  luck  are  not  to  be  expected.  What  is  the 


38  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

result,  and  what  is  to  be  done  to  maintain  your 
hold  on  the  trade  ?  Do  as  you  have  done  before. 
Improve  your  machinery,  encourage  inventive 
skill.  Work  all  together  harmoniously,  both 
employers  and  employed,  as  persons  engaged 
in  a  common  undertaking.  Trade  disputes  will 
cause  you  to  lose  the  trade  as  certainly  as  it 
has,  in  several  instances,  driven  away  long- 
established  and  lucrative  industries  from  other 
places.  Want  of  strict  attention  to  business 
will  ruin  the  merchants  and  manufacturers  ; 
and  too  great  inclination  to  rest  on  your  oars 
and  to  be  content  with  your  past  achievements, 
will  end  in  your  having  empty  machine  shops, 
silent  spinning  jennies,  useless  weaving  looms, 
deserted  streets,  empty  docks,  and  ruin 
and  destitution  staring  you  in  the  face.  My 
friends,  let  me  urge  upon  you,  when  differ- 
ences arise,  to  act  in  a  friendly  and  amicable 
spirit  towards  each  other.  Workmen,  remember 
that  capital  is  essential  to  industrial  prosperity  ; 
and  capitalists,  remember  that  a  steady,  indus- 
trious, intelligent  body  of  workers  is  of  the 
utmost  value  in  maintaining  your  position.  To 
me  it  was  most  gratifying  to  learn,  the  other  day, 
that,  in  consequence  of  the  improved  state  of  the 
local  staple  trade,  the  wages  had  been  voluntarily 
|  raised  ;  and,  if  business  continued  to  be  favour- 
able, was  again  to  be  shortly  raised. 

The  silk  trade,  although  far  from  being  in  a 
flourishing  condition,  still  gives  work  to  a  good 
many  people;  and  the  importation  of  silk,  both  raw 
and  manufactured,  forms  a  very  important  item 
in  our  national  accounts.  The  quantity  of  raw 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION. 


39 


silk  imported  in  1864  was  5£  million  Ibs.,  valued 
at  6J  millions  sterling  ;  and  in  1878  was  only 
slightly  more  than  4,000,000  Ibs!,  valued  at  fully 
3£  millions  sterling.  Thus,  the  importation  of 
raw  silk,  in  quantity  and  value,  has  largely  dimi- 
nished. The  regularity  of  the  fall,  during  the 
last  fourteen  years,  clearly  leads  to  the  inference 
that  the  silk  manufactures  are  in  a  decaying 
state.  On  the  other  hand,  the  importation  of 
manufactured  silk  has  gone  on  increasing  con- 
temporaneously with  the  decline  of  raw  silk 
imported,  and  is  rapidly  increasing.  These  facts 
are  exactly  what,  considering  the  great  wealth  of 
the  country,  might  have  been  expected.  In  1864, 
the  imported  silk  broad  stuffs  were  valued  at 
4£  millions  sterling  ;  and  in  1878,  close  on  7f 
millions  sterling.  Of  ribbons,  in  1864,  the 
value  was  close  on  2  millions  sterling  ;  and,  in 
1878,  2.J  millions  sterling  ;  and  other  silk 
manufactures,  close  on  1J  millions  sterling  in 
1864,  and  2£  millions  in  1878. 

I  turn  to  the  other  side  of  the  account,  namely, 
our  export  trade  in  manufactured  silk.  Of  broad 
piece  goods  the  quantity  exported,  in  1864,  was 
2|-  million  yards,  valued  at  half  a  million  sterling  ; 
and,  in  1878,  close  on  5  million  yards,  valued 
at  fully  three-quarters  of  a  million  sterling.  Of 
other  kinds,  the  values  alone  are  given  in  the 
Statistical  Abstract,  and,  for  the  years  I  have  taken 
for  comparison,  they  were  close  upon  1  million 
sterling,  and  fully  1  million  sterling.  The  total 
silk  exports  amounted,  in  1864,  to  fully  2£  millions 
sterling  ;  and,  in  1878,  to  2£  millions  sterling  ; 
and  the  price  of  broad  piece  goods 


40  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

out  of  all  proportion  to  any  improvements 
introduced  into  the  manufacture,  lower.  Of 
course,  we  ought  to  recollect  that  the  value  of 
the  raw  material  had  fallen  in  1878  as  com- 
pared with  1864. 

What  is  the  conclusion  which  we  ought  to  draw 
as  to  our  chief  textile  industries  ?  Justly,  as  I 
think,  we  have  a  right  to  say  that  we  have  undis- 
puted supremacy  in  the  aggregate  extent  of  the 
textile  industries.  Our  potential  power  consider- 
ably exceeds  that  of  all  our  competitors  combined. 
We  have  lost  nothing  in  our  former  excellence 
of  workmanship,  quality,  colour,  or  finish,  and 
we  have  no  present  indication  that  our  textile 
fabrics  will  be  vanquished  by  foreign  compe- 
tition. We  have,  in  a  word,  all  the  essential 
elements  for  ascendency  in  this  department  of 
industrial  pursuits.  We  have  cheap  capital ; 
we  have  a  rich  inheritance  in  the  administrative 
faculties  of  our  great  commercial  leaders  ;  we 
are  endowed  with  great  enterprise  in  the  manage- 
ment of  immense  commercial  undertakings  ;  and, 
lastly,  we  possess  high  and  many  excellent 
qualities  in  the  workmanlike  capacity  of  our 
operatives.  Here  we  have  nothing  to  fear  in  a 
fair  and  honest  competition  with  any  country  in 
the  world.  All  we  need  is  a  fair  field,  and  no 
favour. 

I  now  ask  your  attention  to  another  branch 
of  our  trade,  namely,  in  minerals. 

1st,  Asto  iron.  For  iron  in  bars,  the  value  of  the 
imports,  in  1864,  was  nearly  the  same  as  in  1869  ; 
and  a  slightly  increased  quantity  imported  was, 
in  1874,  valued  at  close  on  double  the  values  of 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  41 

1809,  and  a  fourth  Ijirirrr  quantity  was  valued, 
in  1878,  at  the  same  amount  as  the  total  quantity 
imported  in  1874.  The  quantity  of  iron  and  steel 
wrought  or  manufactured  imported,  during  the 
last  fourteen  years,  is  well  worthy  of  your  atten- 
tion. It  appears  that  the  quantity  and  value 
were  much  the  same  in  1864  and  1869  ;  were 
treble  in  1874  what  they  were  in  1864  ;  and 
sixfold  in  quantity  and  fourfold  in  value  in  1878 
what  they  were  in  Ib64. 

The  export  trade  in  iron  and  steel  has  also, 
during  the  last  fourteenyears,been  subject  to  gi cat 
oscillations.  The  climax  was  reached  in  1872, 
when  the  direction  became  steadily  downward. 
Pig  iron  stands  highest  in  the  class  of  iron  and 
steel,  railroad-iron  follows,  bar-iron  succeeds,  and 
then  come  hoops,  &c.  It  also  appears  that  the  total 
tons  of  iron  and  steel  imported  in  1 864  were  1  £ 
millions,  valued  at  15  millions  sterling  ;  in  1869, 
were  fully  2£  millions,  valued  at  22£  millions 
sterling ;  in  1874, were  nearly  2  millions,  valued  at 
31  millions  sterling;  and,  in  1878, were  2£millinns. 
valued  at  1 9  millions  sterling.  Those  data  afford 
much  food  for  reflection.  The  first  epoch — 
between  1864  and  1869 — was  one  of  satisfactory 
and  progressive  trade  ;  the  second — between 
1869  and  1874 — of  wild  and  reckless  specula- 
tion ;  and  the  third — between  1874  and  1878 — 
was  the  natural  rebound. 

It  is,  gentlemen,  to  the  consideration  of  facts 
such  as  these  that  you  must  give  your  attention. 
No  fixed  price  can  be  predicated  for  any  commo- 
dity ;  and,  therefore,  there  is  no  fixed  ratio  of 
profits  or  of  wages.  As  a  rule,  people  go 


42  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

where  they  can  get  the  best  article  at  the 
lowest  price  ;  and,  if  we  cannot  satisfy  these 
conditions,  some  other  nation  will  get  our  cus- 
tomers. 

Let  me  here  submit  to  your  consideration 
some  facts  as  to  the  trade  closely  related  to  the 
iron  manufactures  of  this  country.  Thus,  both 
in  number  and  value,  our  exports  of  railway 
carriages  have  been  on  the  decrease  since  1864. 
Again,  the  value  of  exported  implements  and 
tools  of  husbandry  since  1864  indicate  a  very 
slowly  increasing  trade,  and  is  probably  retarded 
by  the  industrial  activity  of  the  United  States  in 
the  manufacture  and  export  of  this  class  of  goods. 
On  the  other  hand,  our  export  of  machinery  has 
been  on  the  increase  during  the  last  14  years. 
Indeed,  the  value  of  exported  machinery  has 
nearly  doubled  since  1864,  and  had  actually  been 
doubled  in  1873-74  and  75  ;  that  is  to  say, 
after  the  years  of  highest  inflation  in  our  recent 
days  of  prosperity.  The  downward  tendency 
was  unmistakeable  in  1874,  and  has  continued 
ever  since. 

Arms  and  ammunition  were  exported  to  the 
value  of  1  million  sterling  in  1864 ;  and  very 
nearly  1£  million  sterling  in  1878.  The  highest 
points  were  reached  in  1870  and  1875,  when  the 
values  were  2  millions  sterling  ;  and,  in  1871, 
when  they  approached  2£  millions  sterling. 
You  will,  at  once,  observe,  I  hope,  that,  in  this 
class  of  goods,  the  exports  were  highest  in  time  of 
war — 1870  and  1871  coinciding  with  the  French 
and  German  war,  and  1874  and  1875  coincid- 
ing with  the  preparations  for  the  Turkish- 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  43 

Russian  war.  A  primary  law  of  political 
economy,  namely,  supply  follows  the  demand, 
finally  determines  the  direction  of  human  energy. 
The  subsequent  stages  are  easily  indicated  : 
Increased  supply  follows ;  thence  follows  over- 
production ;  then  reaction,  with  diminished 
profits,  and  low  wages.  The  only  other  cl:t«  I 
can  here  notice  consists  of  hardware  and  cutlery, 
which  have  fallen  since  1872,  when  the  value  was 
5  millions  sterling.  Hardware  and  cutlery,  I  may 
observe  in  passing,  sprung  up  into  a  great  trade 
in  Birmingham  and  Sheffield  by  the  invention  of 
the  puddling  furnace  by  Cost  in  1783. 

Our  export  of  coal  has  been  keenly  sensitive 
to  all  the  progressive  and  retrograde  movements 
of  our  commerce  for  the  last  fourteen  years.  In 
1864,  there  were  exported  of  coal,  fuel,  and 
cinders,  nearly  9  million  tons,  valued  at  4£ 
millions  sterling ;  in  1869,  lOf  million  tons, 
valued  at  fully  5  millions  sterling ;  in  1874, 
close  on  14  million  tons,  valued  at  12  millions 
sterling ;  and,  in  1878,  15^  million  tons, 
valued  at  7|  millions  sterling.  Thus,  the 
export  values  in  1864  and  1869  were  prac- 
tically the  same  for  the  same  quantities, 
and  the  value  in  1874  was  nearly  double 
what  it  was  last  year.  With  the  excep- 
tion of  the  year  1873,  when  there  was  a  fall  in 
the  exported  quantity  of  half  a  million  tons  as 
compared  with  the  previous  year,  the  increase  of 
exported  coal  was  progressive  ;  but  the  largest 
quantity  was  exported  in  1876,  when  it  was  16£ 
million  tons,  and  was  sent  abroad  in  a  falling 
market.  The  highest  value  was  reached  in  1873, 


44  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

and  since  then  the  value  has  been  falling,  and 
the  quantity,  except  in  1877,  increasing  every 
year.  Further,  the  state  of  the  coal  trade  is 
even  still  worse  than  our  exports  would  appear 
to  make  it ;  because  coal  enters  into  all  home  in- 
dustries, which  were  slack  and  unremunerative 
during  the  last  period.  Nay  more,  steel  rails, 
manufactured  by  a  new  process,  were  substituted 
for  iron  rails,  and  greatly  depressed  the  demand 
for  coal  at  home.  Previously,  every  ton  of  iron 
rails  required  3  or  4  tons  of  coal,  but  this  new 
process  requires  little  or  no  coal  at  all. 

An  old  adage  affirms  that  there  is  nothing 
like  leather.  Whatever  the  truth  contained  in 
this  saying,  most  assuredly  our  import  and 
export  trade  in  this  article  has  been  largely 
developed.  Of  hides,  there  were  imported,  in 
1878,  fully  1 J  million  cwts.,  valued  at  6£  millions 
sterling  ;  and  of  sheep  and  lamb,  seal  and  goat 
skins,  there  were  imported,  in  the  same  year, 
nearly  20  millions,  valued  at  2£  millions  sterling. 
Our  exports  of  leather,  including  boots  and  shoes, 
saddlery  and  harness,  amounted,  in  1878,  to 
fully  3  millions  sterling  in  value. 

Our  foreign  trade  in  wood  and  timber  almost 
entirely  consists  of  imports,  which,  in  1864  and 
1869,  amounted  to  about  13  millions  sterling ;  in 
1874  to  22  millions  sterling  ;  and  in  1878  to  14 
millions  sterling.  Most  of  the  wood  imported 
is  needed  for  home  consumption.  Our  export 
trade  in  furniture  is  small. 

The  miscellaneous  exports  have  been  more 
than  doubled  between  1864  and  1878,  and  last 
year  were  1 6  millions  sterling  in  value.  The  mis- 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  45 

cellaneous  imports  have  also  been  fully  doubled 
within  the  same  period,  and  mi  died  39  millions 
sterling  in  1878. 

To  give  you  some  idea  of  our  -lupendous 
foreign  trade,  and  its  recent  increase,  I  must  now 
trouble  you  with  some  more  figures.  In  1864,  the 
total  imports  from  foreign  countries  and  British 
possessions  were  valued  at  275  millions  sterling  ; 
and,  in  1878,  at  368f  millions  sterling  ;  and  the 
total  exports  to  foreign  countries  and  Brit  Mi 
possessions,  in  1864,  were  valued  at  212$  millions 
sterling,  and,  in  1878,  at  245$  millions  sterling. 
During  the  last  fourteen  years,  the  total  imports 
were  highest  in  1877,  when  they  reached  the 
grand  total  of  395$  millions  sterling  ;  and  the 
exports  reached  their  highest  point  in  1872, 
when  they  amounted  to  fully  314$  millions 
sterling,  and  the  latter  have  since  fallen  on  an 
average  of  10  millions  sterling  a-year.  The  great 
excess  of  our  imports  over  our  exports  has 
caused  great  alarm  in  the  minds  of  some.  For 
such  alarm  there  is  no  good  foundation.  The 
exports  give  no  assurance  of  the  satisfactory 
condition  of  a  country,  and  may  be  a  strong 
evidence  of  its  decay.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
imports  afford  the  best  proof  of  the  growing 
wealth  and  resources  of  a  country  in  the  same 
way,  and  for  the  same  reasons,  as  I  or  you  or 
any  one  is  rich  in  proportion  to  what  we  receive, 
and  not  in  proportion  to  what  we  are  obliged  to 
pay. 

The  causes  of  this  excess  of  imports  over 
exports  deserve  more  than  a  passing  notice,  but 
I  have  not  time  to  discuss  them  at  length.  All 


46  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

I  can  say  is,  that  one  of  the  main  causes  is  that 
large  payments  have  to  be  made  to  this  country 
by  foreigners  and  British  colonists  as  interest  and 
in  repayment  of  the  debs  due  by  them  to  us. 

With  regard  to  the  enormous  development  of 
our  trade  in  1871  and  1872,  I  have  to  observe 
that  it  arose  from  a  wild  and  over-speculative 
spirit  which  spread,  with  great  rapidity,  over 
the  Continent  and  in  America.  Companies  were 
formed  in  Austria  and  Germany  for  all  sorts  of 
business,  and  ended  in  tremendous  losses.  Rail- 
ways were  extended  in  the  United  States  beyond 
what  prudence  dictated,  prices  in  coal  and  iron 
rose  to  a  great  height,  a  wild  paroxysm  of 
gambling  took  the  place  of  legitimate  business, 
a  reaction  was  bound  to  come,  and  came  with 
a  vengeance.  Much,  not  all,  of  our  seeming 
prosperity  was  deceptive  and  ruinous,  because 
it  was  built  up  on  a  system  of  credit  which  had 
no  substantial  foundation.  This  system  of  trad- 
ing on  credit  is  more  than  ever  to  be  guarded 
against.  Between  1866  and  1875,  30,000  miles 
of  railway  were  constructed  in  the  United  States, 
and  largely  by  British  capital.  The  collapse 
came  in  1873,  and  we  suddenly  woke  up  to 
the  fact  that  we  were  constructing  unproductive 
railways  out  of  our  own  pockets  for  the  im- 
mediate advantage  of  a  gang  of  reckless  specula- 
tors, and  only  for  the  advantage  of  our  American 
cousins  and  ourselves  at  some  indefinitely  dis- 
tant period  !  The  Governments  of  Turkey  and 
Egypt  have  taught  us  the  same  lesson.  Both 
spent  our  capital  in  a  most  reckless  fashion,  and 
the  unfortunate  creditors,  as  well  as  debtors, 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  47 

suffer  the    consequences    of    excessive    prodi- 
gality. 

Gentlemen,  the  prime  cause  of  the  last  sus 
pension  of  our  industry,  and  the  temporal*] 
exhaustion  of  our  resources,  was  the  reckless 
misapplication  of  labour  and  capital,  involving 
inflation  of  prices,  over  production,  unwholesom< 
and  fictitious  trade,  and  fraudulent  speculation 
The  recent  depression  in  trade  was  not  caused  by 
the  late  war  between  Russia  and  Turkey,  and  was 
not  to  any  great  extent  increased  by  it.  Our 
commerce  is  as  wide  as  the  world,  and  the  depres- 
sion has  been  general,  not  local.  It  is  chiefly  to 
be  explained  by  the  deplorable  commercial  and 
agricultural  condition  of  our  own  and  all  foreign 
countries.  For  years  previous  to  the  present  | 
lull  in  trade,  our  commerce  was  carried  on  to  a 
large  extent  by  means  of  a  gigantic  system  of] 
credit.  When  this  system  came  to  an  end,  our 
fabulous  trade  began  to  shrink.  We  made  the 
world  our  debtors  by  our  loans,  received  a  portion 
of  the  capital  in  the  form  of  high  interest,  lost 
the  balance  through  gamblers  on  the  stock  ex- 
change, and  by  swindling  dealers  in  foreign  trade, 
and  thought,  for  a  while,  that  we  were  becoming 
amazingly  rich.  The  failures  of  1875  and  1878 
prove  what  I  am  now  asserting. 

After  all,  when  the  quantities  and  values  of  ' 
our  export  trade  are  duly  weighed,  there  is  no 
evidence  of  our  having  lost  any  great  or  lucrative 
trade  we  once  enjoyed.  What  are  the  facts  ? 
Our  goods  have  not  been  driven  out  of  any  im- 
portant market  in  any  appreciable  degree,  and  no 
other  country  can  yet  successfully  compete  with 


48  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

us  in  those  articles  which  form  the  staple  industries 
of  our  people.  Bearing  in  mind  the  protective 
and  even  prohibitory  tariffs  of  Continental  coun- 
tries, of  the  United  States,  of  the  Canadian  domin- 
ions, and  of  some  parts  of  Australia,  we  have  good 
cause  to  be  proud  of  our  industrial  achievements. 
Those  high  tariffs  abroad  will  yet  have  to  be  re- 
pealed, as  the  high  tariffs  had  to  be  repealed  in 
this  country  ;  but  they  will  not  be  so  until  greater 
enlightenment  exists  amongst  statesmen  and 
peoples  as  to  the  grand  truths  of  economic  science. 
Between  all  nations,  exchange  should  be  as  com- 
plete as  between  different  counties  in  the  United 
Kingdom.  Necessary  taxation  should  be  raised 
internally  from  the  subjects  of  a  country,  according 
to  their  respective  incomes  and  means  of  living. 

We  are  advised  by  a  certain  class  of  poli- 
ticians to  have  nothing  to  do  with  Continental 
disputes,  and  devote  our  whole  energies  to  home 
affairs.  When  we  adopt  this  craven-hearted 
policy,  the  greatness — commercial  and  political 
—of  our  country  will  not  be  of  long  duration. 
Wherever  we  carry  on  trade,  there  we  must  have 
influence ;  and  as  with  individuals,  so  with  nations, 
our  commerce  will  be  most  successfully  conducted 
where  our  power  is  greatest  and  our  reputation 
for  greatness  is  beyond  dispute.  Truthfulness, 
honesty,  and  fair  dealing  must  be  at  the  basis  of 
commercial  success  ;  but  we  cannot  safely  trust 
to  these  qualities  alone.  Let  our  prestige  be  once 
lost,  and  we  would  soon  be  driven  from  all  our 
commercial  stations  and  nearly  all  of  our  colo- 
nies and  dependencies,  and  our  trade  would 
be  ruined. 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  49 

What  shall  we  say  as  to  our  external  trade 
with  the  British  possessions  ?  Undoubtedly,  that 
there,  at  least,  we  have  a  great  field  for  our 
capital,  industry,  and  enterprise.  In  1878, 
the  imports  from  the  British  possessions 
amounted  to  nearly  78  millions  sterling,  and 
the  exports  to  them  to  72  millions  sterling. 
With  one  single  and  important  exception, 
all  the  British  possessions  evince  an  increas- 
ing ability  to  take  our  goods  and  a  will- 
ingness to  pay  for  them.  That  exception  is 
British  India.  In  1864,  the  value  of  the  imports 
from  India  amounted  to  52J  millions  sterling, 
and  the  exports  to  20f  millions  sterling ;  and 
both  the  exports  and  imports  steadily  fell  until  last 
year,  when  the  imports  were  27£  millions  sterling, 
and  the  exports  24£  millions  sterling.  Though 
falling  now  and  again,  the  exports  to  India  have 
been  comparatively  steady. 

Whatever  may  be  the  ultimate  effects  of  pro- 
tection upon  our  trade  with  foreign  countries,  and 
whatever  the  backsliding  tendencies  of  some  of 
our  own  colonies,  we  have,  I  believe,  good  reason 
for  saying  that  our  trade  with  the  British  pos- 
sessions is  in  a  satisfactory  condition,  is  advancing 
with  rapid  strides,  and  will  still  further  advance 
with  greater  rapidity  in  the  future.  Let  us,  by  all 
means,  give  free  scope  to  our  commercial  relations 
with  every  part  of  the  British  Empire.  By 
acting  on  this  principle,  we  will  increase  the  happi- 
ness and  prosperity  of  every  portion  of  Her 
Majesty's  widespread  dominions,  and  secure  for 
ourselves  the  most  enduring  and  most  lucrative 
sources  of  our  commercial  greatness.  With  India 


50 


OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 


and  the  Colonies  as  our  allies  and  customers,  we 
are  strong  in  all  that  forms  a  great  country  and  a 
powerful  state — in  all  that  contributes  to  the 
greatness  and  power  of  a  mighty  empire. 

Under  existing  circumstances,  what  ought  to 
be  our  fiscal  policy  ?  Freedom  of  trade  has  at- 
tracted to  our  shores  the  wealth,  the  comforts, 
and  the  luxuries  of  the  world.  Indeed,  all  experi- 
ence has  taught  us  that  the  freer  trade  is,  the 
larger  and  more  profitable  it  is ;  and  the  more 
restricted,  the  smaller  and  less  profitable  it  is. 
Restriction,  sprung  from  the  time  of  the  Common- 
wealth, when  the  Navigation  Act  was  passed,  and 
when  heavy  import  duties  were  imposed  to  en- 
force self-reliance  and  home  production,  has  been 
fostered  by  many  subsequent  adventitious  circum- 
stances at  home  and  political  events  abroad,  and 
has  merely  crippled  industry  and  our  mercantile 
marine  !  Subsequent  restrictions  were  imposed  in 
France  and  England  in  the  17th  and  18th  cen- 
turies ;  and,  while  a  favourable  balance  in  gold  and 
silver,  under  the  mercantile  system,  was  aimed  at, 
a  diminished  trade,  in  the  real  wealth  of  the  nation, 
was  the  result.  The  aggressive  wars  of  the  18th  and 
19th  centuries  have  led,  by  an  absolute  necessity, 
to  the  adoption  of  heavy  import  duties  by  most 
of  the  nations  on  the  Continent,  and  left  them 
poorer  than  ever.  We,  on  the  other  hand,  have  now 
adopted  a  free  trade  policy  in  recent  times,  and  have 
gone  on  removing  obnoxious  import  duties  of  all 
kinds  until  there  are  only  a  very  few  articles  upon 
which  any  import  duties  are  imposed,  and  these 
almost  exclusively  as  countervailing  duties  to  those 
payable  under  our  own  Excise. 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  51 

Free  trade,  although  adopted  by  Huskisson, 
was  really  inaugurated  by  Sir  Robert  Peel  in 
1846,  and  has  largely  contributed  -to  our  commer- 
cial supremacy.  Peel  was  of  opinion  that  the  best 
way  to  compete  with  hostile  tariffs  was  to  en- 
courage free  imports.  We  have,  for  some  time  past, 
acted  on  this  principle,  and  \ve  have  surpassed  all 
our  greatest  epochs  of  former  prosperity.  I  then  - 
fore  submit  that  our  general  policy  should  be — 
(1)  to  cultivate  imports  and  leave  exports  to  cul- 
tivate themselves ;  and  (2)  to  regard  the  benefit 
of  the  consumer  as  the  paramount  object  to  be 
attained  in  our  commercial  policy. 

As  you  must  have  already  perceived,  I  have 
intentionally  omitted  to  lay  before  you  any  details 
as  to  our  home  trade.  Our  trade  at  home  far 
exceeds  our  foreign  commerce.  Thus,  the  food 
we  import  is  almost  exclusively  for  the  home 
trade,  and  amounts  to  about  150  millions  sterling 
a-year  in  value,  and  exceeds  the  value  of  the  food 
imported  in  1840  by  no  less  a  sum  than  100  mil- 
lions sterling.  Again,  the  imports  of  raw  cotton 
and  wool,  the  British  produce  in  agricultural  com- 
modities, and  the  coal  and  metals  produced  in 
the  United  Kingdom,  are  largely  consumed  at 
home.  These  products  are  of  very  great  yearly 
value.  All  figures  are  difficult  to  understand 
when  millions  of  pounds,  or  cwts.,  or  tons,  are 
involved.  I  won't  try  to  give  you  any  notion  of 
our  trade  for  home  consumption  in  this  fashion. 
The  best  idea  I  can  suggest  to  you  of  this  part  of 
our  subject  is  to  ask  you  to  remember  that  our 
home  trade  deals  with  all  that  is  necessary  to 
feed,  clothe,  and  lodge  34  millions  of  people ;  to 


52  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES  : 

supply  most  of  them  with  the  comforts  of  life, 
and  to  bestow  its  luxuries  on  a  larger  number 
of  persons  than  in  any  previous  time  in  our 
history. 

To  aid  us  in  doing  this,  we  have  enormously 
developed  our  resources  by  two  things,  amongst 
many  more,  namely  :  first,  the  supremacy  we  have 
attained  in  the  bulk  of  the  carrying  trade  of  the 
world ;  and,  secondly,  the  vast  railway  system  which 
has  been  developed  in  all  parts  of  the  country. 
The  British  shipping  is  equal  to  the  combined 
mercantile  marine  of  the  world ;  and  our  steam 
vessels  have  given  us  a  greater  pre-eminence  in 
the  carrying  trade  than  ever.  Success  in  this 
branch  of  industry  is  a  sure  indication  of  high 
personal  qualities  of  mind  and  body  in  our  people. 
Our  sailors  are  brave,  daring,  and  skilful ;  have 
carried  our  commerce  through  many  and  serious 
difficulties  ;  and  have  maintained  the  honour  of 
the  British  flag  in  all  parts  of  the  world. 

Without  our  railways,  we  could  not  carry  on 
our  present  traffic.  Railways  were  originated  in  this 
country,  and  have  been  largely  developed  through- 
out the  world  by  the  British  people.  They  are 
the  great  overland  highways  of  nations ;  and,  in 
some  countries,  form  part  of  the  national  public 
property.  In  1878,  there  were  17,335  miles  of 
railway  opened  in  the  United  Kingdom  ;  and  of 
these  England  had  12,230,  Scotland  2,845,  and 
Ireland  2,260  miles.  The  total  paid-up  capital  in 
1878  was  700£  millions  sterling,  and,  therefore, 
closely  approached  the  total  amount  of  our 
national  debt. 

I  must  bring  this  long  address  to  a  close,  and 


PRESENT  AND  PROBABLE  FUTURE  CONDITION.  53 

a  few  practical  observations  are  all  I  now  intend 
to  make. 

To  advance  the  technical  education  of  the 
people  is  a  high  national  duty,  which  cannot  be 
neglected  without  great  loss  of  time,  capital,  and 
resources. 

To  secure  freedom  to  all,  whether  capitalists 
or  workmen,  to  pursue  their  own  interests,  is  es- 
sential to  all  material  progress  and  social  well- 
being.  Let  us,  in  the  words  of  Adam  Smith, 
support,  with  all  our  might,  the  unrestricted  free- 
dom of  labour  and  the  unrestricted  exchange  of 
commodities. 

The  Government  should  also  be  urged  to  take 
a  more  energetic  and  practical  interest  in  the 
industry,  commerce,  and  agriculture  of  the  country 
than  it  has  ever  done.  Information,  not  interfer- 
ence, is  all  that  is  required. 

We  have  at?  last  reached,  I  believe,  the  lowest 
point  of  the  present  deplorable  and  long- 
continued  depression  in  trade,  and,  let  us 
hope,  in  agriculture  as  well.  Still,  Gentle- 
men, let  us  remember  that  material  prosperity 
is  nothing  more  than  the  means  to  an  end.  To 
attain  the  highest  possible  human  improvement, 
physically,  morally,  and  intellectually,  ought  ever 
to  be  the  goal  of  all  our  endeavours  after  per- 
fection. We  are  rich  in  stored-up  capital,  and  in 
the  qualities  of  mind  and  body  of  our  people. 
Let  us  take  care  that  we  do  not  injure  them.  Let 
us  do  all  we  can  to  improve  them. 

Let  us  also  learn  wisdom  by  the  experience 
of  the  past,  and  invest  our  immense  yearly  savings 
— immense  even  now — nearer  home  than  we  have 


54  OUR  NATIONAL  RESOURCES, 

lately  been  in  the  habit  of  doing,  and  in  the 
development  of  our  own  soil,  and  in  that  of  our 
colonies  and  dependencies,  and  in  works  of  a 
national  character.  We  have,  I  think,  much  need 
to  be  on  our  guard  against  the  seductions  of  large 
and  speculative  adventures.  A  moderate  and 
sound  trade  is  better  than  a  doubtful  and  specu- 
lative business. 

Gentlemen,  if  we  are  only  true  to  ourselves, 

\  if  we  would  only  remember  that  idleness  produces 
j  poverty  and  weakness,  and  industry  brings  wealth 

<  and  power,  we   have  nothing  to  fear  as  to  our 
future  commercial  or  agricultural  condition,  or  the 
future  happiness,  welfare,  and   prosperity  of  the 
^British  people. 


THE 


BRITISH  COLONIES: 


THEIR  PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE 


PROSPECTS. 


(DELIVERED  IN  DUNDEE,  30TH  SEPTEMBER  1879.) 


(    n  NT  E  N  T  v 


Colonization  by  Greece  and  Rome — Early  modern  colonization — 
Advantages   of   colonies — Modern    colonization    first    conducted   by 
monopolist  companies.     From  their  beginning,  the  English 
had  all  the  elements  of  a  great  future — Modern  policy  aimed  at  an 
exclusive  colonial  trade — English  colonies  had  many  signal  advantages 
— Modern  colonies  became  Asylums  from  political  and  religious  per- 
secutions— General  outline  of  Address — First  group  :  Canadian  domi- 
nions— Early    history,    area,    population,    and    encouragement    to 
agricultural  colonists— French    Canadians — Trade — Frequent  bank- 
ruptcies— Shipping  and  railways — Pacific  Railway  scheme — Russia  in 
the  Pacific — Constitution,    revenue,    and    expenditure — Forces   and 
loyalty  of  dominion. — Second  group  :  African — Present  war  not  to  be 
discussed — Dangers  arising  from  masses  of  savages  on  borders — The 
Zulus  and  their  chiefs — African  sources  of  wealth — Need  of  immi- 
grants— Splendid  future — Cape  and  Natal  colonies — As  to  African 
colonies  three  questions  arise  :  Peace,  burden  of  present  war,  and  con- 
federation.— Third  group,  Australian  :    Large  British  investments  in 
Australian  colonies — Area,  population,  trade,  and  constitution,  &c.,  of 
New  South  Wales,  Victoria,  Queensland,  South  Australia,  Western 
Australia,  New  Zealand,  and  Tasmania — As  to  Australian  colonies 
three  questions  arise :  Commercial  policy,  defence,  and  confederation. 
— Fourth  group  :  West  Indian  colonies  and  minor  dependencies — (1.) 
West  India  colonies — Climate — Trade — Cooley  emigration — Sources 
of   sugar   supplies — (2.)    Ceylon  :  Area    and    population — Trade — 
Mercantile   system   predominates — Constitution — (3.)   Hong   Kong: 
Area,  population,  trade,  and  constitution — General  considerations  as 
to  the  whole  of  our  Colonial  empire  are  immigration,  commercial 
policy,  defence,  and  confederation — Conclusion. 


THE  BRITISH  COLONIES: 


THEIR  PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS. 


(DELIVERED  IN  DUND 


MR  CHAIRMAN  AND  GENTLEMEN,— 

Colonization  has  been  attempted 
by  all  energetic  nations,  and  has  been  forced 
upon  the  less  active  as  a  dire  necessity. 

The  Greeks  were  great  colonizers,  and  spread 
their  name  and  race  in  the  Levant  and  the 
Mediterranean,  in  Africa  and  India,  in  Italy 
and  Sicily.  Syracuse  and  Agrigentum  in  Sicily, 
Ephesus  and  Miletus  in  Asia  Minor,  were  Greek 
colonies,  and  in  all  of  them  philosophy  and 
poetry,  eloquence  and  the  fine  arts,  were  estab- 
lished and  cultivated  to  the  highest  degree.  The 
Romans  also  founded  colonies  in  many  regions 
of  continental  Europe,  and  laid  the  foundations 
of  modern  free  institutions  in  France  and  Spain, 
Germany  and  Britain.  The  Roman  colonies  had 
not  such  a  brilliant  career  as  the  Greek  ;  but 
some  of  them,  for  example,  Florence,  attained 
great  power  and  refinement. 

The  Greek  colonies  were  entirely  independ- 


tf  0  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

ent  of  the  parent  state ;  the  Roman  colonies 
were  held  in  strict  subjection  to  the  Imperial  city. 
The  former  usually  enjoyed  the  favour  and 
assistance  of  the  cities  from  which  they  sprung, 
but  were  under  no  obligation  to  obey  the  com- 
mands of  the  parent  state.  They,  in  fact,  settled 
the  Government,  enacted  laws,  elected  magis- 
trates, and  made  peace  or  war  as  independent 
nations.  The  latter  were  invariably  the  pos- 
sessors or  occupiers  of  the  territory  conquered 
by  the  Imperial  army.  They  could  enact  bye- 
laws  for  their  government,  and  were  not  inde- 
pendent of  Rome,  but  dependent  upon  it,  and 
were  subject  to  its  jurisdiction  and  authority. 

After  the  destruction  of  the  Roman  empire, 
Europe  was  over-run  by  the  fierce  and  lawless 
hordes  who  settled  down  on  the  plains  and  along 
the  shores  of  what  formerly  had  been  the  terri- 
tories of  the  Roman  empire.  The  luxury,  vice, 
and  corruption  of  the  Romans  gave  way  to  the 
hardihood,  bravery,  and  energy  of  the  modern 
rulers  of  Europe.  At  last,  peace  and  order  arose 
out  of  the  war  and  disorder  of  the  dark  ages  ; 
and  civilization  and  refinement  began  to  advance 
at  a  rapid  pace. 

Venice  became  the  centre  of  a  great  and  in- 
creasing commerce  with  all  parts  of  the  known 
world.  The  great  profits  she  enjoyed  in  her 
overland  trade  with  Hindostan  tempted  the 
cupidity  of  the  Portuguese,  who,  in  the  fifteenth 
century,  undertook  several  perilous  voyages  by 
sea,  and  were  rewarded  by  discovering  Madeira, 
Guinea,  and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  At  the 
Cape,  the  Dutch  made  a  settlement,  because  it 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.  61 

afforded  them  a  convenient  place  halfway  lx -t  \\  <  •<  -i 
Europe  and  their  East  Indian  possessions,  an< 
at  which  ships  might  call  in  going  and  rclin  nin; 
from  the  East.  Subsequently,  in  1497,  Vai 
de  Gamo  sailed  from  Lisbon  in  search  of 
oceanic  highway  to  the  East;  and,  ai't< T 
voyage  of  eleven  months,  arrived  on  the  coasl 
of  Hindostan.  Previous  to  this  voyage,  in 
1492,  Columbus,  a  native  of  Genoa,  thoroughly] 
believing  in  the  existence  of  a  western  oceanic, 
highway  from  Europe  to  Hindostan,  induced! 
Isabella  of  Spain  to  help  him  to  undertake  an 
expedition  to  the  East.  After  an  absence  of 
two  or  three  months,  he  discovered  Behama  or 
the  Lucyan  Islands  and  St  Domingo.  Under 
the  belief  that  he  had  arrived  at  the  banks  of 
the  Ganges,  he  called  the  newly-discovered  terri- 
tory by  the  name  of  India,  and  his  mistake  had 
afterwards  to  be  rectified  by  designating  those 
islands  on  the  coast  of  America  as  the  West 
Indies.  He  subsequently  arrived  at  Terra  Firina 
and  the  Isthmus  of  Darien. 

Thus,  a  project  for  reaching  the  East  Indies 
by  sea  led  to  the  discovery  of  America  and  the 
West  Indies.  Filled  with  insatiable  thirst  for 
gold,  the  Spaniards  neglected  the  cultivation  of 
the  soil  and  the  pursuits  of  useful  industry,  and 
perpetrated  the  most  abominable  cruelties  on 
the  natives  of  Mexico  and  Peru.  The  thirst 
for  gold  has  played  an  important  part  in  all 
European  colonization,  and  led  to  an  appropria- 
tion of  our  own  Australian  colonies  ;  but  the 
pursuits  of  agriculture  and  manufactures  have 
always  been  ultimately  found  to  confer  tin- 


62  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

greatest  rewards,  and  the  most  enduring  bless- 
ings. Gold  is  only  one  form  of  wealth,  and  by 
no  means  the  most  valuable.  The  acquisition 
of  waste  or  sparsely  occupied  fertile  territory 
rapidly  increases  the  wealth  and  greatness  of  the 
colonists  of  a  civilised  people  ;  because,  although 
labourers  are  not  easily  obtained,  no  rent  has  to 
be  paid  to  a  landlord,  and  the  taxes  payable  to 
the  State  are  necessarily  low. 

The  discovery  of  America  by  Columbus,  and 
of  the  Cape  route  to  the  East  Indies  by  Vasco 
de  Gamo,  have  very  materially  influenced  the 
subsequent  history  of  Europe.  Two  worlds  were 
opened  up  to  European  industry;  and  their  pro- 
ducts and  manufactures  have  been  exchanged  in 
Europe  with  great  and  increasing  advantage 
to  all  the  world. 

In  the  early  progress  of  modern  colonization, 
companies  were  established  by  the  various 
aspirants  to  Colonial  empire.  Their  rights  ex- 
cluded others  from  the  newly-discovered  country, 
and  their  main  object  was  the  extension  of 
trade,  and  the  reaping  of  profit.  Thus,  St 
Thomas  and  Santa  Cruz  were  colonized  by  the 
Danes,  and  placed  under  the  exclusive  control 
of  a  company  of  merchants  ;  in  the  East  and 
West  Indies,  companies  were  established  by  the 
Dutch ;  in  Canada  and  St  Domingo,  exclu- 
sive companies  were  founded  by  the  French  ; 
and,  in  the  vast  regions  of  North  America,  the 
Hudson  Bay  Company  was  established  by  the 
English.  Such  a  form  of  colonization  was  far 
from  successful  ;  and,  considering  that  gain  is 
the  main  object  of  mercantile  ambition,  it  could 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.  63 

not  very  well  be  otherwise.  As  laid  down  by 
Adam  Smith,  it  is  the  interest  of  a  sovereign 
to  open  the  most  extensive  markets  for  the  pro- 
duce of  his  country,  and  allow  the  most  perfect 
freedom  of  commerce  to  increase  the  number 
and  competition  of  buyers,  and  thru-fore  to 
abolish  not  only  all  monopolies,  but  all  restraint- 
on  production  at  home,  all  restrictions  on  \ 
carriage  of  goods  from  one  district  of  the  count  ry 
to  another,  or  on  the  exportation  and  importa- 
tion of  goods  to  or  from  one  country  to  another. 
The  interests  of  the  sovereign  and  people  are 
always  identical.  Those  of  the  sovereign  and 
the  mass  of  the  nation  are  antagonistic  to  those 
of  exclusive  mercantile  companies.  A  Govern- 
ment based  on  purely  mercantile  principles  is, 
perhaps,  the  worst  form  of  government. 

All  monopolies  are  baneful,  and  ought  to  be 
swept  out  of  existence.  They  cripple  business, 
they  lessen  industry,  they  diminish  wages,  they 
destroy  the  parsimony  of  the  merchants,  they 
engender  the  baneful  opinion  that  the  sober 
virtues  are  superfluous,  and  that  extravagant 
and  expensive  luxury  are  compatible  with  public 
and  private  prosperity.  "  Light  come,  light  go," 
is  a  true  and  sensible  proverb  as  to  their  general 
inutility. 

This  monopolist  aim  was  carried  out  with 
such  a  reckless  indifference  to  the  interests  of 
the  Colonists  as  to  be  highly  reprehensible,  and 
ultimately  brought  about  the  war  between  the 
States  of  the  American  Union  and  the  mother 
country.  It  compelled  the  Colonies  to  sell  all 
their  goods  to  us,  and  to  make  all  their  purchases 


64:  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

from  us.  The  monopoly  of  the  Colonial  trade 
was  once  the  sole  object  of  the  Colonial  policy  of 
the  whole  of  Europe  ;  and,  when  the  insurrection 
of  the  North  American  States  was  imminent, 
our  merchants  thought  they  saw  ruin  and  dis- 
aster for  themselves,  and  our  workmen  thought 
they  saw  a  great  loss  of  employment,  in  the  war 
that  was  then  about  to  break  out,  by  their  total 
exclusion  from  their  trade  with  the  Colonies. 
Then,  the  exports  to  the  United  States  were  3J 
millions  sterling,  and  the  imports  from  them 
were  about  1  million  sterling  a-year  ;  and  now 
the  former  are  17 \  millions  sterling,  and  the 
latter  89  millions  sterling.  The  total  declared 
value  of  British  and  Irish  produce  exported 
from  the  United  Kingdom  to  the  United  States 
amounts  to  14£  millions  sterling. 

Than  the  English  colonies  in  North  America, 
subsequently  erected  into  the  United  States, 
none  were  more  successful.  They  had  plenty  of 
good  land  and  ample  liberty  to  manage  their 
own  affairs,  and  they  had  political  institutions 
far  more  favourable  to  the  improvement  and 
cultivation  of  land  than  the  Spaniards,  the 
Portuguese,  or  the  French.  In  the  English 
American  colonies,  the  most  imperative  obliga- 
tion was  the  cultivation  of  the  land,  and  its 
neglect  was  punished  with  forfeiture.  In  some 
of  the  provinces,  as  Pennsylvania,  land  as  well 
as  movables  were  equally  divided  among  all  the 
children  of  a  deceased  proprietor ;  and,  in  all  the 
English  Colonies  everywhere,  land  was  held  by 
freehold  tenure,  and  its  alienation  was  facilitated 
to  the  utmost  possible  extent.  Plenty  and  cheap- 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  KUTUHK  I  'INSPECTS.  65 

ness  of  good  laud  give  rise  to  rapid  prosperity  ; 
and  its  cultivation  affords  the  most  valuable 
produce  to  society. 

Very  odious  and  unjust  restrictions  on  free 
interchange  were  imposed  on  the  -n-ar,  iron,  and 
woollen  industries  of  the  Colonies  ;  but  these 
violations  of  one  of  the  mo>i  sirred  rights  of 
mankind,  imposed  for  the  advantage  of  the 
merchants  and  manufacturers  of  the  mother 
country,  have  long  been  abrogated.  So  far  as 
we  are  concerned,  the  Colonial  trade  is  now 
absolutely  free,  and  is  allowed  to  flow  in  it> 
natural  channels. 

England  acted  generously  towards  her  Colo- 
nies by  conferring  many  great  and  signal  benefit  > 
upon  them  by  means  of  bounties  and  differential 
duties,  and  by  drawbacks  on  the  re-exportation 
of  Colonial  produce.  Except  as  regards  trade, 
the  British  colonist  had  as  full  and  complete 
liberty  as  his  fellow-countryman  at  home,  and 
enjoyed  even  more  equality  in  his  new  home 
than  in  the  old  country.  As  to  the  administra- 
tion of  justice,  he  was,  in  all  respects,  on  an 
equality  with  his  highly-favoured  fellow-subject 
in  England. 

Still,  neither  in  the  British,  nor,  indeed,  in 
any  of  the  European  Colonies,  was  personal 
freedom  universal.  Almost  in  every  European 
Colony,  the  dark  spot  of  slavery  was  to  be  found. 
This  foul  pollution  long  contaminated  the 
national  life  in  one  of  its  fountain  heads,  and 
blighted  the  fair  fame  of  our  own  otherwise 
blameless  conduct  towards  the  native  and  inferior 
races  which  have  come  under  our  sway. 


66  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

Another  feature  of  modern  Colonial  life  was 
the  refuge  it  afforded  to  the  wretched  and 
miserable,  to  the  poverty-stricken  and  down- 
trodden, and  to  the  political  and  religious  refugees 
of  all  nations.  The  English  Puritans  fled  from 
our  shores,  and  settled  in  four  of  the  provinces 
of  New  England.  The  English  Quakers  settled 
down  in  Pennsylvania,  and  the  English  Catholics 
in  Maryland.  The  Portuguese  Jews  fled  to 
Brazil. 

The  spirit  of  adventure  and  enterprise  did 
not  burn  feebly  in  the  breasts  of  our  ancestors. 
Drake,  Raleigh,  and  Cook,  immortalized  our 
country,  and  conferred  lasting  blessings  on  the 
human  family  by  the  success  which  attended 
their  dauntless  bravery  in  their  search  for  new 
regions  in  which  to  plant  the  hardy,  energetic, 
and  industrious  Anglo-Saxon  race. 

To  attempt  to  give  a  history  of  our  various 
colonies  is  no  part  of  my  present  design.  The 
object  I  shall  endeavour  to  attain  on  this  occa- 
sion is  very  much  more  humble,  but  not,  I 
hope,  altogether  without  interest  or  advantage. 
Combining  all  our  colonies  and  dependencies 
into  four  groups,  namely,  the  Canadian  dominions, 
the  African  colonies,  the  Australian  colonies,  and 
the  West  Indian  colonies  and  minor  dependencies, 
I  shall  glance  at  the  origin  of  their  connection 
with  our  country,  and  then  proceed  to  determine 
the  positions  and  areas,  the  products,  the 
population  and  races,  the  education  and  religion, 
and,  lastly,  the  revenue,  expenditure,  and  debts 
of  the  various  groups.  I  shall  then  conclude  my 
sketch  of  these  matters  by  drawing  your  atten- 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.  67 

tion  to  several  points  of  great  national  as  well 
as  colonial  importance. 

My  first  group  is,  as  I  have  said,  composed 
of  the  territories  known  as  the  British  Canadian 
dominions. 

Nearly  three  and  a  half  centuries  ago,  in  1534, 
Jacques  Cartier,  in  command  of  two  or  three 
French  vessels,  sailed  up  the  Gulf  of  St  Lawrence, 
and  made  known  to  the  nations  of  Europe  the  vast 
region  now  called  Canada,  which  was  held  by 
France  for  a  century  and  a  half—from  1608  to 
1750 — and  has  since  belonged  to  Britain. 
General  Wolfs  capture  of  Quebec,  a  place  of 
great  importance  as  a  commercial  depot  and  a 
military  stronghold,  is  one  of  the  most  heroic 
seiges  in  the  record  of  British  military  triumphs. 
Torn  by  the  revolutionary  struggles  a  century 
ago,  and  unconquered  in  the  war  waged  in  1812 
between  the  United  States  of  America  and  this 
country,  Canada  has  developed  a  hardy  people, 
full  of  pluck  and  vigour.  An  insurrection  in 
1837  drew  the  attention  of  the  mother  country 
to  a  new  and  rising  community,  and  ultimately 
brought  about  the  establishment  of  a  free  local 
legislature.  Subject  to  the  acknowledgment  of 
the  sovereignty  of  Britain,  all  the  privileges  of 
an  independent  state  have  been  conferred  upon 
it.  These  rights  were  followed  by  the  confedera- 
tion of  the  British  Colonies  in  North  America 
in  1867. 

The  dominion  of  Canada  consists  of  the  pro- 
vinces of  Ontario,  Quebec — formerly  known  as 
Upper  and  Lower  Canada — Nova  Scotia,  New 
Brunswick,  Manitoba,  British  Columbia,  and 


68 


THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 


Prince  Edward  Island.  Newfoundland  refuses  to 
enter  the  Confederation.  The  territory  of 
Canada  is  enormous,  and  consists  of  the  northern 
half  of  the  North  American  Continent ;  but  the 
half  of  it  is  absolutely  useless  for  cultivation. 
The  extent  of  Canada,  inclusive  of  British 
Columbia,  covers  a  superficial  area  greater  than 
that  of  the  United  States,  and  comprehends 
586,225  square  miles  suitable  for  growing  wheat, 
and  928,000  square  miles  well  adapted  for  grow- 
ing coarser  grains  and  grasses.  Hence,  while  the 
total  area  of  Britain  and  Ireland  amounts  to  fully 
120,000  square  miles,  and  of  France  to  202,000 
square  miles,  and  both  France  and  this  country 
combined  feed,  clothe,  and  maintain  about 
80  millions,  the  Canadian  territory — capable  of 
feeding,  clothing,  and  maintaining  inhabitants — 
extends  to  upwards  of  one  million  and  a  half 
square  miles,  or  five  times  the  combined  area  of 
the  whole  of  France  and  the  United  Kingdom  of 
Great  Britain  and  Ireland.  On  the  land  now 
covered  with  vast  forests,  and  in  the  boundless 
prairies  of  Canada,  there  is  ample  space  for  the 
peaceful  energies  of  hundreds  of  millions  of  men  I 
It  was  only  recently  that  the  whole  of  the 
Canadian  territory  was  explored,  and  its  vast 
interior  is  still  undeveloped.  Immense  tracts  of 
land  are  as  yet  covered  with  forests,  which  only 
need  to  be  removed  to  make  them  suitable  for 
cultivation.  Such  a  rich  territory — which  is  only 
at  such  a  distance  from  Ireland  as  to  deprive  one 
of  the  sight  of  land  for  six  days  and  a  half — could 
not  fail,  and  did  not  fail,  to  attract  large  numbers 
of  immigrants  from  all  parts  of  the  world.  A 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTO.  (50 

century  ago,  the  population  was  150,000  ;  and 
now  it  is  nearly  four  millions,  or  as  great  as  the 
population  of  Scotland.  The  increase  of  popula- 
tion has  chiefly  arisen  from  iimniirnition,  The 
great  flow  of  immigration  has  been  towards  the 
western  parts — Ontario,  the  new  provinces  <>i 
Manitoba,  and  the  territory  of  the  North-West ; 
but  it  has  been  steadily  increasing  in  all  the 
provinces  at  a  fair  ratio.  At  the  same  time,  there 
can  be  little  doubt  that  many  immigrants  have 
returned  from  Canada  grievously  disappointed. 
That  they  should  have  done  so  is  not  at  all  sur- 
prising, and  is  easily  explained.  A  new  country 
does  not  present  an  unlimited  supply  of  vacant 
situations.  Capital  is  needed  for  industry  in 
Canada  as  anywhere  else,  and  the  dominion  can 
supply  itself  with  all  the  clerks,  shopkeepers,  and 
the  like,  whom  it  requires.  For  agricultural 
labourers  and  skillful  artizans,  there  is  abundant 
room.  To  those  who  are  able  to  follow  the 
plough  and  tend  cattle,  build  houses,  or  make 
useful  articles  of  daily  life  for  a  country  chiefly 
agricultural,  great  advantages,  and  bright  pros- 
pects of  independence,  are  offered.  Hardy  and 
thrifty  men,  accustomed  to  rural  life,  can  hardly 
fail  to  be  far  more  successful  in  Canada  than 
at  home. 

We  must  not,  however,  close  our  eyes  to  an 
ominous  factor  in  the  political  situation  of 
Canada.  The  population  is  far  from  being 
homogeneous  in  origin,  religion,  or  sympathy. 
In  the  province  of  Quebec,  situated  between  the 
maritime  and  interior  provinces  of  the  dominion, 
there  are  one  million  and  a  quarter  of  inhabit- 


70  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

ants,  or  nearly  one-third  of  the  whole  popula- 
tion, alien  in  race,  language,  religion,  and  laws. 
These  are  of  French  extraction.  Between  them 
and  the  other  Canadians  there  are  no  signs 
of  approaching  political  unanimity.  Even  now, 
the  French  Canadians  live  the  primitive  life  of 
their  ancestors  of  three  hundred  years  ago. 

No  State  Church  exists  in  the  Canadian 
dominions,  and  the  religious  denominations  are 
mainly  Eoman  Catholics,  Presbyterians,  Angli- 
cans, Wesleyans,  Methodists,  and  Baptists.  In 
the  province  of  Quebec  alone,  there  are  upwards 
of  a  million  Roman  Catholics.  A  system  of 
common  schools  is  widely  spread  throughout  the 
whole  of  the  Canadian  dominion,  and  is  sup- 
ported by  the  Government,  by  local  rates,  and 
sometimes  by  the  payment  of  small  fees  ;  and, 
on  the  whole,  is  making  fair  progress,  and,  in 
some  provinces,  as  Ontario  and  Nova  Scotia,  is 
in  successful  operation.  Schools  of  a  superior 
kind  are  also  to  be  found  in  a  fair  proportion. 

The  trade  and  industry  of  Canada  are  very 
considerable,  and  the  facilities  for  the  transport 
of  goods  has  lately  been  wonderfully  developed. 
Railways,  ships,  canals,  and  telegraphs  have 
recently  been  largely  augmented.  Nearly  the 
whole  of  the  Canadian  imports  were  formerly 
sent  from  this  country.  In  1864,  the  imports 
from  the  North  American  colonies  were  close 
on  7  millions  sterling,  and  the  exports 
were  6|  millions  sterling,  and  the  combined 
imports  and  exports  for  the  last  six  years  have 
amounted  to  20  millions  sterling  ;  and,  in  1878, 
the  imports  9£  millions  sterling,  and  the 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.  71 

exports  7  millions  sterling.  Great  commercial 
activity  exists  between  the  Canadian  dominions 
and  (jreat  Britain,  the  West  Indies,  and  the 
United  States.  The  greater  part  of  the  exports 
are  sent  to  the  United  States.  The  staple  export  - 
are  bread  stuffs  and  timber.  In  1875,  Canada 
exported  corn  and  flour  to  the  value  of  upwards 
of  3  millions  sterling,  and  wood  and  timber  t<> 
the  value  of  nearly  4£  millions  sterling  In  the 
same  year,  the  British  produce  imported  stood 
thus  : — Iron,  wrought  and  unwrought,  nearly  2 
millions  sterling ;  apparel  and  haberdashery, 
1^  millions  sterling;  woollen  manufactures  1£ 
millions  sterling ;  and  cottons,  upwards  of  1 
million  sterling. 

Still,  in  the  business  relations  of  the  Canadian 
dominions,  there  must  be  something  radically 
wrong.  Failures  in  business  are  frequent.  "Why 
is  this  ?  Because  trade  has  over  and  over  again 
been  inflated  by  reckless  credits,  and  not  by  an 
honest  profitable  business,  and  importation  in 
excess  of  the  available  means  of  the  people  has 
taken  place.  Trade  has  also  been  stunted  and 
crippled  by  a  misapplication  of  the  national 
resources.  Free  trade  has  been  sorely  pressed 
in  Canada,  and  its  life  almost  extinguished. 
Heavy  taxes,  under  the  plea  of  public  necessity, 
but  practically  creating  large  monopolies  in 
favour  of  its  home  manufactures,  have  been 
imposed.  The  energies  of  the  people  have  been 
diverted  from  agriculture,  the  natural  and  pri- 
mary interest  of  ali-ryo^ng  communities,  and 
have  been  direct^w^^sindustrial  pursuits, 
which  can  be /Carried  onofar  more  advan- 

/..  f~.  -r-A 


72  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

tageously  in  old  countries,  with  long  established 
manufactures,  with  large  stores  of  realized 
capital,  and  with  the  newest  machinery.  The 
divergence  of  commercial  policy  between  this 
country  and  Canada  and  some  other  British 
Colonies  ought  to  be  removed  to  the  utmost ;  for 
it  cannot  fail  to  cause  a  good  deal  of  heartburn- 
ing between  those  who  ought  to  be  on  the  most 
friendly  terms. 

The  shipping  of  the  Canadian  dominions  is 
also  very  great ;  and,  in  1875,  was  composed  of 
nearly  7,000  vessels,  with  a  tonnage  close  on  1^ 
million.  In  1878,  Canada  had  nearly  6,000 
miles  of  railway,  and  2,000  in  construction. 

Here  an  important  point  demands  our  atten- 
tion. I  refer  to  the  construction  of  a  railway 
crossing  the  whole  of  the  Canadian  territory, 
and  passing  over  vast  plains  and  through  a 
sparse  population.  This  great  work,  which  is 
known  as  the  Pacific  Eailway  Scheme,  and 
would  join  the  Atlantic  and  the  Pacific  Oceans 
by  Railway,  must  be  viewed  as  imperial  as  well 
as  Canadian, — as  one  involving  important  issues 
as  between  the  Canadian  dominions  and  the 
British  Empire  in  all  its  parts.  This  scheme, 
if  carried  out,  would  open  up  a  nearer  road  to 
Australia  and  also  to  India,  and  would  also 
largely  develop  the  resources  of  the  British 
Canadian  dominions.  I  think  this  Pacific  Rail- 
way ought  to  be  undertaken.  Ontario,  from  a 
commercial  point  of  view,  is  at  present  at  the 
mercy  of  the  United  States.  To  make  this  great 
wheat-growing  country  independent  of  the 
United  States  is  a  matter  of  vital  importance  to 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PR08PEC!  7^» 

the  future  welfare  of  Canada.  Where  the  in- 
terests of  a  people  lie,  t hither  their  hearts 
follow. 

Moreover,  far  away  to  the  west  of  British 
Columbia,  and  bordering  on  the  Pacific  Oce;m. 
was  a  great  power,  with  different  interests  and 
aspirations  from  our  own.  Previous  to  the 
Crimean  War,  the  nearest  military  post  of 
Russia,  in  1850,  was  2,300  mile-  distant  from 
the  seaboard  of  the  Pacific.  In  1851,  a  Russian 
post,  Nikolai vsky,  and,  in  1854,  a  Russian 
military  station  up  the  Amoor  River,  were 
established.  Russia  has  now  Saghalien,  and 
1,500  miles  of  seaboard  exactly  opposite  Van- 
couver's Island.  She  has  also  pushed  railway- 
from  St  Petersburg  towards  the  Amoor,  and 
constructed  a  telegraph  line  from  the  Russian 
capital  to  Nikolaivsky.  Were  hostilities  to  break 
out  between  Russia  and  this  countiy,  where  could 
we  find  a  reliable  basis  of  defence  for  British 
Columbia  ?  This  Pacific  Railway  is  of  the  very 
greatest  consequence  in  a  systematic  defence  of 
Britain  and  her  Colonial  dependencies ;  for, 
unless  the  British  Colonies  in  this  quarter  of  the 
world  can  be  defended,  the  Australian  Colonies 
would  be  in  great  peril.  Hence,  I  say,  this 
railway,  which  would  knit  together  important 
land  centres,  and  would  keep  up  our  base  of 
operations  in  the  Canadian  dominions,  in  the 
Pacific  Ocean,  and  in  Australia  and  India,  ought 
to  be  constructed  as  early  as  possible. 

Canada,  placed  at  the  door  of  a  powerful  and 
ambitious  neighbour,  with  whom  she  is  now  on 
the  best  terms,  but  against  whom  she  has  been 


74 


THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 


arrayed  in  order  of  battle,  and  may,  of  course,  be 
so  again,  and  may  also  be  involved  in  the  con- 
sequences of  a  European  war  between  ourselves 
and  some  other  power,  as  she  has  been  before, 
has  taken  a  calm  view  of  the  situation,  has 
carefully  prepared  for  it,  and  has  taxed  her- 
self to  hold  her  proper  place  as  one  of  the 
greatest  dependencies  of  the  British  Empire. 
Canada  has  always  nobly  responded  to  the 
national  wishes  of  the  mother  country.  And,  in 
any  struggle  hereafter,  it  may  be  in  a  death-and- 
life  struggle  of  the  British  Empire,  whether  the 
contest  shall  take  place  in  Canada,  in  India,  or 
on  the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean,  we  may  feel 
assured  that  neither  we,  nor  the  Canadians,  will 
be  slow  to  acknowledge  the  high  duty  devolving 
upon  us  of  maintaining  the  honour  and  the  in- 
tegrity of  the  British  Empire,  and  the  glory  of  the 
British  name.  The  Dominion  forces  for  this 
year  consisted  of  45,000  officers  and  men,  and 
the  reserve  militia  comprised  655,000,  rank  and 
file,  for  the  same  period.  Besides  these  local 
forces  in  Canada,  there  were  2,000  men  located 
at  the  imperial  military  station  of  Halifax. 

The  constitution  of  the  Canadian  dominions  is 
similar  in  principle  to  that  of  the  United  King- 
dom. The  executive  power  is  vested  in  the 
British  Crown,  and  is  exercised  by  a  Governor- 
General  and  a  Privy  Council.  The  legislative 
power  is  exercised  by  a  Parliament  composed  of 
two  Houses,  the  Senate  and  the  House  of  Com- 
mons. The  Speaker  and  Members  of  the  House 
of  Commons  are  paid.  For  1878,  the  total 
revenue  was  4£  millions  sterling,  and  the  total 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.  75 

expenditure  nearly  4|  millions  sterling,  and 
the  estimates  for  1878  and  1879  show  very 
considerable  deficits.  As  to  the  revenue, 
there  appears  to  be  a  gross  blunder  made 
in  treating  money,  derived  from  the  sale  of 
the  State  land,  as  income.  It  ought  to  be  treated 
as  capital.  It  is  to  be  feared  that  in  Canada,  as 
in  the  United  States,  and  also  in  some  of  the 
Australian  Colonies,  much  of  the  State  Land  is 
absolutely  squandered.  In  1877,  the  public 
debt,  which  has  been  incurred  chiefly  for  public 
works,  amounted  to  27|  millions  sterling. 

This  much  as  to  the  Canadian  dominions. 
Let  us  consider  the  position  of  our  Colonies  in 
Africa. 

On  the  present  occasion,  I  do  not  propose  to 
discuss  the  policy  of  the  war  now  waged  in  South 
Africa ;  because  it  does  not  fall  within  the  scope 
of  the  object  I  have  in  view,  and  because  we  do 
not  have  sufficient  materials  to  enable  us  to  form 
a  just  conclusion.  But  I  do  most  strongly  pro- 
test against  the  criticism  which  condemns  the 
acts  of  the  British  rulers  in  South  Africa  as  gross 
blunders,  as  bloodthirsty  and  wicked,  and  as 
reckless  aggrandisement,  and  as  utterly  at  vari- 
ance with  truth  and  justice. 

The  position  of  this  country  as  to  our  South 
African  possessions  is  one  of  extreme  difficulty 
and  grave  peril.  This  difficult  and  grave 
position  is  not  of  recent  date.  It  has  long  been 
in  existence,  and  as  to  which  no  clear,  wise,  or 
prudent  line  of  policy  has  been  applied.  The 
treatment  of  the  natives  involves  consequences 
of  stupendous  magnitude  ;  for  all  our  African 


76  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

colonies  have  swarms  of  warlike  savages  hanging 
around  our  borders.  The  dangers  arising  from 
large  masses  of  Kaffirs  crowded  together,  and 
allowed  to  squat  down  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the 
white  races,  and  no  serious  attempts  being  made 
to  bring  them  within  the  restraints  of  civilized  life, 
have  often  been  pointed  out.  All  endeavours  to 
improve  them  have  been  neglected  ;  money  has 
been  squandered  in  repressing  them;  and  the 
necessity  for  improvement  has  become  greater 
than  ever. 

A  few  particulars  as  to  the  Zulus  may,  at  the 
present  moment,  not  be  without  interest. 
Ketchwayo,  king  of  the  Zulus,  with  whom  we 
are  now  at  war,  is  as  warlike  and  bloodthirsty 
as  his  uncle  Chaka,  who,  from  1800  to  1828, 
was  the  great  native  ruler  of  South  Africa,  the 
terror  of  the  Cape,  and  the  destroyer  of  South 
Africa  up  to  the  border  edges  of  Cape  Colony. 
From  1856,  Ketchwayo,  in  the  lifetime 
of  his  father,  who  succeeded  Chaka,  was 
virtually  king.  In  1872,  he  was  crowned, 
or  acknowledged  as  the  native  sovereign, 
by  the  representative  of  Britain.  Whether 
the  ceremony  involved  subjection  to  the 
British  sovereign  or  not,  certain  promises  were 
then  made  to  the  British  representative  by 
Ketchwayo  for  the  better  government  of  his 
people.  These  promises  have  been  ignored  by 
Ketchwayo.  From  1877,  Ketchwayo,  with  his 
300,000  or  400,000  people,  and  his  military 
forces  of  30,000  or  40,000,  appeared  on  the 
horizon  of  our  South  African  possessions,  and 
forboded  no  good  to  us,  or  to  African  peace  or 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURK  PROSPECTS.  77 

European  civilization.  To  the  Transvaal  he 
was  also  a  standing  menace,  and  a  ]><T|M 'tual 
source  of  danger.  In  1878;  Ketchwayo  and 
another  native4  chief,  King  Kreli  were  l>elieved 
by  the  British  officials  in  South  Africa  to  be  the 
mainspring  of  our  trouble  with  the  natives. 
Kreli  was  subdued  and  his  forces  rotted,  and 
Sir  Bartle  Frere  afterwards  determined  to  Milxlue 
Ketchwayo.  How  far  Frere's  policy  will  receive 
the  approval  of  his  fellow-countrymen  at  home 
is  bitterly  contested.  But  that  he  was  bound 
to  secure  the  safety  and  the  future  peace  of  South 
Africa  is  beyond  all  dispute.  That  he  in- 
tended to  fulfil  his  duty  to  the  best  of  his  ability, 
and,  as  he  thought,  in  the  interests  of  hi> 
country,  which  has  ever  been  regardful  of  the 
happiness  of  the  nations  with  whom  our  foreign 
possessions  have  brought  us  into  contact,  is 
equally  certain.  To  Frere's  general  policy,  sill 
the  chief  men  of  the  British  South  African 
possessions  agreed  in  all  material  points.  For 
the  present,  I  need  not  say  more  as  to  the  pre- 
sent war  in  South  Africa. 

Our  South  African  colonies  were  not,  in  the 
first  instance,  peopled  by  the  English.  For 
150  years  the  Dutch  held  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope  ;  and,  to  this  day,  the  majority  of  the 
Europeans  in  South  Africa  are  of  Dutch  origin  ; 
and,  in  the  Transvaal,  all  the  Europeans  are 
Dutch.  This  state  of  affairs  has  involved  us  in 
a  great  deal  of  trouble  ;  and,  coupled  with 
frequent  bickerings  with  the  natives,  has  led  to 
a  gradual  extension  of  the  British  power  in 
Africa.  The  north  Transvaal  and  the  colon io> 


78  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

of  Natal  and  the  Cape  embrace  a  territory  as 
large  as  France  and  Germany  combined.  Much 
of  this  territory  is  uninhabitable,  and  much  of  it 
is  pastoral.  But,  in  the  vicinity  of  the  coast,  and 
in  the  valleys  along  the  banks  of  the  rivers, 
there  are  splendid  tracts  of  agricultural  land 
capable  of  the  highest  cultivation,  and  well 
adapted  to  the  cultivation  of  every  semi- 
tropical  product.  African  produce  consists  of 
food  and  raw  materials,  such  as  wool  for  manu- 
factures. Africa,  has  no  coal  or  iron ;  and,  for 
generations,  is  not  likely  to  develop  manu- 
factures of  her  own.  The  discovery  of  diamonds 
in  Griqualand  gave  a  great  impulse  to  her 
prosperity  within  recent  times.  The  great 
Kimberley  mine  alone  has  furnished  12  millions 
sterling  worth  of  diamonds. 

The  continent  of  Africa  is,  indeed,  teeming 
with  rich  sources  of  wealth  ;  and,  if  inhabited  by 
the  vast  population  which  it  is  capable  of  sustain- 
ing, would,  on  the  one  hand,  bring  into  existence 
great  sources  of  agricultural  wealth,  growers  of 
corn,  and  raisers  of  animal  food  ;  and,  on  the 
other  hand,  would,  in  exchange,  bring  into  our 
markets  large  purchasers  of  our  manufactured 
goods.  The  Cape  and  Natal  Colonies  have  not 
yet  entered  the  lists  as  competitors  with  America 
in  the  supply  of  butcher  meat,  corn,  or  cotton ; 
but  there  is  no  reason,  in  the  nature  of  things, 
why  they  should  not  do  so  in  each  of  these 
articles.  They  are  as  favourably  situated  as 
America  for  the  contest ;  and,  in  butcher  meat  or 
corn,  are  more  so  than  Australia.  They  have  a 
magnificent  coast  line,  and  the  geographical  posi- 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTLl;i:  I' INSPECTS.  79 

tion  of  the  Cape,  jis  <>nr  <>f  the  great  centres  of 
our  highway  to  India,  has  always  been,  and,  the 
Suez  Canal  notwithstanding,  will  always  be  <»t 
vital  importance  to  us  in  our  political  and  com- 
mercial intercourse  with  the  East.  The  Cape 
commands  the  eastern  route  to  India  SUM! 
Australia. 

With  a  favourable  climate,  with  rich  tracts  of 
soil,  with  immense  plains — if  judiciously  tilled, 
irrigated,  and  planted  with  trees — capable  of 
being  raised  to  the  highest  degree  of  fertility,  with 
vast  mines  of  immense  wealth  in  copper  ;  with 
splendid  harbourage  ;  and  with  a  magnificently 
central  position,  there  is  good  reason  for  believ- 
ing that  a  splendid  career  is  in  store  for  South 
Africa.  To  attain  this  end,  emigration  must  be 
established  on  an  extensive  scale,  and  the 
country  reduced  to  peace  and  order  under 
British  rule.  The  greatest  want  of  our  South 
African  possessions  is  a  large  supply  of  emigrant  s 
acquainted  with  agricultural  pursuits,  or  able 
to  supply  agricultural  wants,  that  is  to  say, 
masons,  joiners,  carpenters,  smiths,  shepherds, 
and  ploughmen,  men  with  a  little  money,  or 
what  is  as  good  as  money  in  Africa,  knowledge 
and  handiness  in  agricultural  and  cognate  in- 
dustrial pursuits. 

The  first  European  colony  in  Africa  was 
founded  by  the  Dutch  about  1652.  The  colony 
was  taken  by  the  British  in  1796  ;  was  given  up 
to  the  Netherlands  in  1803  ;  and,  since  1806, 
has  been  permanently  occupied  by  the  British. 
Since  our  permanent  occupation,  it  has  been  very 
largely  extended.  British  Kaffraria  was  an- 


80 


THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 


nexed  in  1866  ;  Bastutoland,  at  the  head  of  the 
Orange  River,  in  1868  ;  and  the  vast  unexplored 
districts  of  Fingoland,  Nomansland,  and  Griqua- 
land  in  1875  and  1876  ;  and  the  Transvaal  in 
1877.  The  total  area  of  the  Cape  Colony  in  1877 
was  348,000  square  miles,  and  the  population 
was  nearly  1£  millions, — of  whom  the  Cape  had 
721,000  inhabitants ;  Fingoland  and  Nomans- 
land  140,000  ;  and  the  Transvaal  300,000. 

The  European  inhabitants  consist  partly  of 
the  British  authorities  and  the  English  colonists  ; 
but  the  majority  of  them  are  of  Dutch,  German, 
and  French  extraction,  and  mostly  descendants 
of  the  original  settlers.  The  coloured  people  are 
Hottentots  and  Kaffirs,  and  the  remainder  are 
Malays  and  Africanders  or  half-casts,  born  of 
European  and  African  parents. 

There  are  sheep  farms  of  immense  extent, 
often  ranging  from  three  to  fifteen  thousand  acres. 
The  tillage  is  yet  small.  Until  this  state  of 
matters  is  changed,  none  of  our  African  colonies 
can  attain  any  high  degree  of  power.  No  great 
nation  can  be  merely  pastoral.  The  graziers  and 
proprietors  of  the  soil  pay  small  quit  rents  to  the 
Government.  In  1875,  the  cattle  in  the  colony 
numbered  692,514,  and  the  sheep  9,830,065. 

The  importation  in  1871  amounted  to  2J 
millions  sterling  ;  in  1873,  to  nearly  5J  millions 
sterling ;  in  1875,  to  of  millions  sterling  ;  and, 
in  1877,  to  fully  5  millions  sterling.  The  ex- 
ports of  the  same  years  respectively  were  nearly 
3£  millions  sterling ;  4  millions  sterling ;  fully 
4£  millions  sterling  ;  and  fully  3£  millions  ster- 
ling. The  commercial  intercourse  of  Cape  Colony 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  I  r  J  IRE  PROSPECTS.  81 

is  almost  entirely  carried  <m  with  the  United 
Kingdom.  Wool  is  the  great  article  of  export, 
and  forms  !)-10ths  of  the  Cape  Colony  exports 
Copper  ore  is  exported  to  the  value  of  £  million 
sterling  ;  feathers,  chiefly  ostrich,  for  which  there 
are  large  farms  established,  fully  of  i  million 
sterling  ;  and  sheep  skins  of  nearly  i  million 
sterling.  The  British  imports  are  apparel  and 
haberdashery,  cotton  manufactures,  and  wrought 
and  unwrought  iron. 

The  constitution  and  government  of  the  Cape 
Colony  was,  in  its  present  form,  introduced  in 
1853,  and  was  amended  in  1872,  when  a  repre- 
sentative system  of  government  was  established. 
The  executive  power  is  entrusted  to  a  Governor 
and  a  Council  appointed  by  the  Crown.  The 
revenue,  chiefly  derived  from  import  duties, 
which  are  very  light,  averaged,  from  1869  to  1873, 
about  £  million  sterling  per  annum,  and  has 
since  been  largely  increased.  For  1878,  it 
slightly  exceeded  2  millions  a-year.  The  expen- 
diture has  kept  pace  with  the  revenue,  and  ex- 
ceeded the  revenue  of  1873,  and  is  now  2  millions 
sterling.  The  large  increase  in  the  revenue  has 
largely  arisen  from  loans,  and  the  increase  in  the 
expenditure  has  been  for  public  works.  The 
Cape  debt  in  1878  amounted  to  10£  millions 
sterling.  Thus,  Cape  Colony  has  not  escaped  the 
tendency  of  all  modern  governments  to  get  into 
debt.  There  are  580  miles  of  railway  in  the  colony, 
and  450  miles  in  construction.  Much  requires 
to  be  done  in  laying  down  railways,  and  inter- 
secting the  country  with  good,  substantial  waggon 
roads  or  highways.  Till  roads  are  constructed, 


82  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

a  country  can  only  be  very  imperfectly  developed. 
This,  both  from  a  commercial  and  military  point 
of  view,  is  the  experience  of  all  times,  and  of 
all  countries.  There  are  3,380  miles  of  tele- 
graphs, which  have  been  constructed  at  the  ex- 
pense of  the  government. 

Natal,  the  land  of  the  nativity,  and  so  called 
because  it  was  first  seen  by  the  Dutch  on  Christ- 
mas-day 1487;  was  discovered  by  Yasco  de  Gamo. 
It  was  long  considered  of  little  consequence  by 
Europeans.  In  the  early  years  of  the  present 
century,  it  was  laid  waste  by  Chaka,  the  founder 
of  the  Zulu  nation,  and  the  terror  of  Kaffirland. 
Dutch  emigrant  farmers,  driven  out  of  Cape 
Colony  by  the  British,  invaded  Natal  in  1839, 
and  entered  into  a  Treaty  of  Alliance  with 
Duigan,  Chaka's  brother.  Soon  afterwards,  a 
band  of  English  adventurers  at  Durban  lodged 
a  complaint  with  the  British  authorities  against 
the  oppression  to  which,  under  the  rule  of  the 
Dutch  Boers  of  Natal,  they  were  exposed  ;  and, 
about  thirty  years  ago,  Sir  George  Napier  an- 
nexed the  colony  of  Natal  to  Britain.  The 
British  flag  was  subsequently  hoisted  at  Pieter- 
maritzburgh,  and  has  since  waved  unchallenged 
in  Natal 

The  Boers  have  not  much  to  cause  them  to 
love  us  ;  for  we  drove  them  beyond  the  English 
pale.  They  were  first  driven  out  of  the  Cape, 
and  afterwards  out  of  Natal.  They  then  settled 
down  in  the  Transvaal,  where  they  are  likely 
enough  to  give  us  no  small  trouble.  Many  com- 
plications on  our  own  frontiers  have  already 
taken  place,  and  our  dealing  with  the  natives 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS. 


83 


have  often  been  hampered  by  our  relations  with 
the  Boers,  whose  isolation  1ms  produced  gross 
ignorance  and  moroseness  of  temper. 

The  colony  has  many  climates,  and  iN  winter 
begins  in  mid  April  and  lasts  till  September,  and 
its  summer  begins  in  November  and  culminates 
in  March.  If  Natal  had  emigrants  of  a  good 
stamp,  experienced  in  agricultural  affairs,  it 
would  become  one  of  the  most  flourishing  pro- 
vinces of  South  Africa.  Its  great  wants  are 
roads,  railways,  and  labourers.  Recently  a  s 
tern  of  free  emigration  was  carried  on  by  govern- 
ment assistance,  which  has  been  stopped  for  the 
present ;  but  which,  I  think,  ought  to  be  renewed 
with  increased  vigour  and  liberality.  English, 
Scotch,  and  Irish  emigrants  would  do  well  to 
settle  in  Africa. 

The  estimated  area  of  the  colony  of  Natal  is 
18,000  English  square  miles,  and  there  is  a  sea- 
board of  150  miles.  The  population  in  1877 
consisted  of  350,000  coloured  people,  and  20,000 
persons  of  European  descent.  Coolie  emigration 
to  this  colony  began  in  1859,  and  has  been  of 
great  advantage  in  the  cultivation  of  the  soil. 
The  Coolies  are  mostly  natives  of  India.  As 
there  is  undoubtedly  an  element  of  bondage  in 
the  Coolie  immigration,  the  Government  has 
done  all  in  its  power  to  prevent  the  introduction 
of  slavery,  in  any  form,  into  the  colony.  No 
slave,  no  matter  for  what  reason  he  may  be 
needed,  can  be  permitted  to  exist  in  any  part  of 
the  British  dominions. 

The  greatest  difficulty  with  which  this  colony 
has  to  contend  arises  from  the  large  infusion  of 


S4  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

the  natives  within  its  borders.  Thirty  years  ago 
there  were  not  70,000  Kaffirs  in  Natal,  and  now 
there  are  350,000.  They  are  refugees  who  have 
fled  from  the  cruel,  bloody,  and  detestable  rule 
of  their  native  chiefs,  and  have  come  to  nestle 
under  the  shadow  of  our  own  mild,  just,  and 
humane  government.  Unless,  in  so  far  as  re- 
pugnant to  the  principles  of  humanity,  they  live 
under  their  own  laws,  manners,  and  customs. 
They  are  massed  in  certain  localities  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Natal,  and,  as  they  did  ages 
ago,  live  the  easy  life  of  savages. 

The  commerce  of  the  colony  of  Natal  is 
almost  wholly  carried  on  with  Britain.  The 
staple  exports  of  the  colony  are  sheep-wool, 
meat,  sugar,  ivory,  and  hides.  Within  the  last 
thirty  years,  the  exports  and  imports  have  been 
enormously  increased.  In  1846,  the  imports  were 
valued  at  £41,598,  and,  in  1877,  at  fully  1  million 
sterling ;  and  the  exports  were  respectively 
£17,142  and  £690,000. 

Natal  was  erected  into  a  separate  colony  in 
1856,  and  is  ruled  by  a  Governor,  who  is  assisted 
by  an  Executive  and  Legislative  Council.  Its 
public  revenue  for  1878  wras  £370,000,  and  its 
public  expenditure  £387,000.  The  total  debt  of 
the  colony  is  nearly  2  millions  sterling. 

With  regard  to  our  African  colonies,  three 
points  require  to  be  noticed.  These  are — 
peace,  the  burden  of  the  present  war,  and  inter- 
colonial confederation. 

A  serious  war  is  now  being  waged  in  Natal 
against  the  Zulus.  To  bring  it  to  a  satisfactory 
conclusion  is  an  imperative  necessity.  No  alter~ 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.          85 

native  is  open  to  us,  with  a  due  regard  to  the 
safety  of  our  African  possession^,  unless  by  the 
subjugation  of  Katchwayo  and 'also  of  Secoconi, 
and  utterly  and  for  ever  breaking  their  military 
power,  and  by  the  substitution  of  the  authority 
of  the  Queen  in  the  place  of  those  native  chiefs. 
When  the  honour  of  our  flag  has  been  vindi- 
cated, and  the  consequences  of  the  disaster  at 
Isandula  wiped  away,  we  will  be  in  a  position 
to  dictate  the  terms  of  a  lasting  peace,  and  bring 
about  a  reconciliation  amongst  the  discordant 
elements  of  a  barbarous  native  government.  We 
must  substitute  the  blessings  of  our  own  civiliza- 
tion for  the  barbarity  of  the  African  chiefs.  We 
must  conquer  the  opposition  of  the  natives  to 
our  rule  by  justice,  mildness,  and  generosity. 
To  the  utmost  of  our  power,  we  must  strive  to 
preserve  the  wretched,  ill-used  Zulus  and  the 
native  tribes,  who  will  now  come  under  our  rule, 
from  destruction  at  the  hands  of  cruel  and  blood- 
thirsty native  rulers.  We  should  take  due  care 
that  the  tribal  lands  of  the  natives  are  preserved 
to  them.  We  must  also  guard  against  the  per- 
petration of  injustice  upon  the  natives  by  our- 
selves, our  colonists,  or  any  of  the  Europeans 
under  our  control. 

Who  ought  to  bear  the  cost  of  the  present 
war  ?  Clearly  those  who  get  the  benefit  of  its 
operations.  Who  are  they  ?  According  to  my 
opinion,  the  whole  of  the  British  colonists  in 
Africa,  and  especially  those  of  Natal.  For  their 
protection,  the  war  has  been  undertaken  ;  for 
their  advantage  and  safety,  the  British  troops 
have  been  sent  to  the  field  of  battle  ;  and  I'm- 


00  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

their  future  prosperity,  the  blood  of  our  soldiers 
has  been  poured  out.  True,  these  colonists  are 
under  the  sacred  guardianship  of  the  British  flag, 
and  are  entitled  to  its  protection  ;  but  the  Afri- 
can colonists  make  no  contribution  towards  the 
general  expense  of  the  Imperial  army,  and  are 
not  so  poor  as  to  be  entitled  to  ask  the  mother 
country  to  pay  for  what  has  been  done  exclu- 
sively, or,  at  all  events,  primarily,  for  their  ad- 
vantage. Let  us,  by  all  means,  deal  liberally 
with  our  fellow-citizens  in  Africa  ;  but,  on  the 
other  hand,  let  them  deal  in  a  fair  and  honour- 
able spirit  towards  us.  If  they  cannot  afford  to 
pay  the  whole  cost  of  the  war,  let  us  fix  the 
amount  they  can  easily  contribute,  and  let  the 
amount  be  paid  by  them  according  to  their  wishes, 
and  in  due  regard  to  their  necessities.  For  the 
future,  they  must  abandon  their  supine  ease  and 
indifference  to  their  own  defence,  and  take  upon 
their  own  shoulders  the  duty  of  effectively  secur- 
ing themselves  against  the  recurrence  of  wars 
which  have  already  cost  us  no  small  amount  of 
money,  and  the  lives  of  not  a  few  brave  men ;  and, 
acting  like  free  men,  take  upon  themselves  the 
responsibility  for  all  future  disturbances  with 
the  natives  of  Africa,  unless  in  great  emergencies, 
when  we  will  always  stand  by  their  side,  with 
all  our  power,  to  defend  them  from  harm,  and 
maintain  their  and  our  own  just  rights. 

After  peace  has  been  attained,  the  future 
government  of  the  South  African  colonies  will 
necessarily  engage  our  attention. 

The  greater  part  of  South  Africa  is  under 
British  rule,  and  administered  by  British  officials. 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.          87 

The  Orange  Free  State  is  alone  independent. 
The  aggregate  population  of  the  European  settle- 
ments and  native  states  under  our  government 
may  be  approximately  given  at  2£  millions; 
and,  in  a  few  years,  the  European  population 
will  be  largely  increased  along  with  the  increase 
of  prosperity  of  the  colonists. 

Some  people,  well  entitled  to  give  an  opinion 
on  this  intricate  question,  are  strong  advocates 
of  an  immediate  Confederation  co-extensive  with 
our  African  possessions  ;  and  others,  perhaps  no 
less  well  qualified,  are  strongly  opposed  to  such 
Confederation.  Perhaps,  as  is  usually  the  case, 
the  best  and  safest  policy  lies  between  these  ex- 
treme opinions.  To  force  confederation  upon 
the  African  colonies  would  be  the  greatest  folly. 
To  be  lasting,  union  between  states,  as  between 
individuals,  must  be  based  not  only  on  common 
interests,  but  on  a  common  feeling  of  interest. 
Almost  all  are  agreed  that  confederation  must 
come  sooner  or  later.  Let  confederation,  there- 
fore, be  one  of  the  goals  towards  which  we  ought 
to  strive.  Almost  all  are  agreed  that  we  must 
maintain  the  presently  existing  forms  of  repre- 
sentative government  in  Africa,  and  give  a 
helping  hand  to  its  further  extension.  Let  this 
also  be  another  object  aimed  at  in  our  general 
policy.  In  a  lasting  confederation,  in  a  new 
state  like  Africa,  equality  must  be  the  basis  of 
the  whole  structure.  Let  us,  therefore,  start  edu- 
cational and  such-like  institutions,  so  as  to  bring 
about  the  indispensible  necessities  of  all  free 
governments,  namely,  enlightenment,  truth, 
justice,  and  honesty.  The  inhabitants  of  our 


00  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

African  possessions  are  not  homogeneous.  On 
the  contrary,  they  are  widely  opposed  in  many 
aspects,  and  are  neither  reconciled  to  our 
sovereign  authority,  nor  prepared  to  act  justly 
towards  one  another.  Let  us,  therefore,  keep  a 
firm  hold  of  the  supreme  power,  so  as  to  prevent 
all  contests,  all  quarrels,  all  heartburnings,  and  all 
senseless  endeavours  to  throw  off  allegiance  to  the 
British  crown.  All  of  you  can  easily  understand 
that  our  Eastern  possessions  would  not  allow  us  to 
permit  any  other  power,  opposed  to  us  in  our 
general  policy,  to  hold  the  Cape,  or  in  any  way 
endanger  the  Eastern  route  to  India  and  Aus- 
tralia. While  all  the  colonists  and  provinces  of 
British  Africa  may  be  allowed  ample  time  to 
arrive  at  a  common  understanding,  we  would  be 
false  to  our  own  interests,  and,  I  believe,  their 
own  as  well,  if  we  failed  to  impress  the  British 
colonists  in  South  Africa  with  the  imperative 
duty  of  consolidating  their  power  upon  the  just 
and  firm  basis  of  a  federative  union,  based  on  per- 
fect equality.  Combined,  the  British  colonists  in 
Africa  would  speedily  become  a  mighty  people; 
and,  for  ages  to  come,  might  stand  forth  to  the 
world  as  one  of  the  greatest  monuments  of 
British  sagacity  and  power. 

I  turn  aside  from  the  coast  of  Africa,  and 
have  to  call  your  attention  to  the  state  of  our 
affairs  in  Australia,  in  the  South  Pacific. 

The  Australian  group  of  Colonies  is  com- 
posed of  New  South  Wales,  Victoria,  Queensland, 
South  Australia,  West  Australia,  New  Zealand, 
and  Tasmania.  I  propose  to  treat  each  separately, 
and  then  make  some  observations  applicable 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.          89 

to  the   whole   group.      But    ;i    ll»w    |nvliminury 
observations  may  be  here;  interposed. 

Australia  owes  her  origin  and  much  of 
her  prosperity  to  English  capital.  Strange  as  it 
may  appear,  Australia,  like  all  new  count m--, 
has  not  realized  capital  of  its  own  to  carry  on  its 
industrial  activity  to  any  great  extent,  and  tli<i 
interest  of  money  there  is  therefore  high.  A-  a 
matter  of  fact,  I  may  tell  you  that  the  capital  <>t 
the  Australian  and  New  Zealand  Banks,  whose 
capital  is  estimated  at  9  millions  sterling,  ha- 
been  found  in  this  country.  The  Australian 
mining  adventures,  of  any  magnitude,  are  also 
carried  on  by  English  capital ;  and  an  estimate 
has  been  made,  by  which  it  appears  that  no  less 
a  sum  than  20  millions  sterling  of  English  money 
has  been  embarked  by  English  Finance-  Com- 
panies in  the  internal  development  of  the 
Australian  Colonies.  If  we  were  to  add  the 
amount  advanced  by  private  capitalists,  this 
large  sum  would,  at  least,  be  trebled.  Besides, 
it  is  notorious  that  loans  to  an  enormous  extent 
are  made  by  the  banks  at  home  on  Australian 
produce,  and  even  on  Australian  land.  Doubt- 
less, a  crash  will  come  by-and-by,  and  the  usual 
stagnation  in  trade,  and  liquidation  of  bankrupt 
concerns  will  follow.  Doubtless,  the  effects  of  the 
collapse  will  speedily  pass  away,  and  the  colonies 
become  more  prosperous  than  ever.  In  the  mean- 
time, the  business  of  the  Australian  Colonies  is 
conducted  with  no  small  vigour.  Still,  our 
immense  loans  to  the  Australian  and  other 
colonies,  although  they,  on  the  one  hand,  give 
rise  to  prolific  production,  and  bring  us  large 


90  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

supplies  in  food  and  raw  materials  for  manu- 
factures, are  undoubtedly  a  source  of  future 
danger  to  us.  To  be  much  dependent  on  others, 
or  on  investments  placed  beyond  the  limits  of 
personal  supervision,  must  always  involve  the 
danger  of  serious  inconvenience  and  loss.  Be- 
tween 1848  and  1876,  emigrants  remitted  about 
20  millions  sterling  to  their  friends  to  be  invested, 
and  made  available  in  our  spending  power. 

Formerly,  nearly  all  the  Australian  colonies 
imported  every  manufactured  article  from  this 
country.  Now,  they  import  less  and  less  of  such 
articles ;  and,  henceforward,  we  will  be  fortunate 
if  we  retain  our  trade  with  them  in  cottons, 
woollens,  and  hardware. 

All  the  Australian  colonies  are  endowed  with 
free,  'constitutional,  and  representative  govern- 
ments. Each  colony  has  a  Parliament  consist- 
ing of  two  houses,  namely,  a  Legislative  Council 
and  a  Legislative  Assembly,  by  which  the  legis- 
lative power  is  exercised.  The  Council  is  ap- 
pointed by  the  Crown,  and  the  Assembly  by  the 
people.  The  representatives  of  the  people  are 
paid  for  their  services.  The  executive  power  is 
entrusted  to  a  Governor  appointed  by  the  Crown, 
and  the  Governor  is  assisted  by  a  responsible 
Ministry  in  the  discharge  of  his  duties.  The 
Ministry  is  responsible  to  the  Legislative  or 
popular  Assembly  for  its  actions. 

I  begin  my  details  as  to  the  Australian  group 
of  Colonies  by,  first  of  all,  asking  your  attention 
to  the  Colony  of  New  South  Wales. 

It  was  discovered  by  Captain  Cook  in  1770, 
and  was  colonized  by  convicts  in  1788.  It  con- 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.  9  \ 

tains  323,437  English  square  miles.  Its  greatest 
length  is  900  miles,  and  breadth  850  miles,  and 
its  average  length  and  breadth  are  500  miles. 
Its  population  in  1810  was  8,293  ;  ;md  in  1877, 
exclusive  of  aborigines,  was  662,000.  A  system 
of  free  immigration,  by  which  41,794  people 
were  settled  in  the  colony,  existed  from  1829  to 
1840,  when  the  colony  was  released  from  the 
necessity  of  receiving  transported  convicts  from 
this  country. 

This  colony  is  very  prosperous.  It  has 
splendid  mineral  resources  of  great  value,  and 
is  rich  in  coal.  Its  gold  mines  cover  a  vast 
area.  The  export  of  gold  dust  and  bars  and 
coin  in  1873  amounted  to  2\  millions  sterling, 
but  has  been  largely  on  the  decrease  for  the  last 
few  years.  It  has  also  valuable  copper  mines. 
Such  rich  mineral  wealth  could  not  fail  to  attract 
thousands  of  immigrants,  and,  as  we  all  know, 
actually  did  attract  them,  and  largely  swelled  a 
population  which  had  afterwards  to  devote  their 
energies  to  agricultural  and  ordinary  industrial 
pursuits. 

It  carries  on  a  direct  trade  with  India  and 
China ;  and  the  direct  trade  with  Asia  is  likely 
to  increase.  It  largely  supplies  itself  with 
many  articles  originally  imported  from|*this 
country.  It  remains  true  to  the  principle  of 
free  trade,  and  its  customs  duties  are  light.  Its 
trade  was  more  than  quadrupled  between  1850 
and  1864,  was  on  the  decline  between  1864  and 
1870,  and  has  since  been  on  the  increase.  Its 
imports  in  1870  amounted  to  7f  millions  ster- 
ling, and  in  1878  to  14|  millions  sterling  ;  and 


92  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

its  exports  in  these  years  amounted  respectively 
to  close  on  8  millions  sterling,  and  nearly  13 
millions  sterling.  Fully  a  third  of  the  exports 
and  of  the  imports  are  sent  to  and  from  the 
United  Kingdom,  and  the  remainder  chiefly  to 
and  from  the  British  possessions.  The  staple 
export  is  wool,  and  the  British  imports  are 
notably  textile  fabrics  and  iron. 

There  are  millions  of  acres  of  magnificent 
land  entirely  desolate  in  the  colony,  and  the 
greatest  want  is  population  so  as  to  bring  the  land 
into  cultivation.  In  1876,  it  had  24,500,000 
sheep,  fully  3,000,000  horned  cattle,  358,000 
horses,  and  190,000  pigs.  The  total  area  under 
cultivation  is  297,575  acres,  of  which  154,000 
acres  are  under  wheat.  The  total  number  of 
freeholders  and  leaseholders  has  been  estimated 
at  31,272. 

The  revenue  of  the  colony  is  chiefly  derived 
from  customs,  of  which  one  half  is  received  from 
the  import  duty  paid  on  spirits.  The  other 
revenue  receipts  are  derived  from  the  sale  and 
the  rent  of  Government  land.  Including  loans, 
the  revenue,  in  1870,  was  2^  millions  sterling  ; 
and,  in  1878,  nearly  5  millions  sterling  ;  and  the 
expenditure,  including  public  works,  was,  for 
1870,  2\  millions  sterling  ;  and,  for  1878,  4| 
millions  sterling.  The  public  debt,  in  1860,  was 
close  on  4  millions  sterling  ;  in  1870,  was  fully 
9£  millions  sterling;  in  1875,  was  nearly  11£ 
millions  sterling,  and  is  now  15f  millions  sterling. 
The  debt  has  been  incurred  chiefly  for  railways 
and  public  works.  In  1878,  nearly  700  miles  of 
railway  were  open,  and  fully  8,000  miles  of 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTUli!-:  I  IM'SPECTS.  93 

telegraph  wires  had  been  laid.  The  dangers 
arising  from  too  great  railway  extension  are  not 
to  be  overlooked;  because  they  involve  heavy 
taxation  for  what  may  be,  for  years,  an  unre- 
raunerative  investment. 

Victoria  is  the  next  colony  in  order.  Its 
first  colonists  settled  in  1835.  It  \v:is  known  as 
the  Port  Philip  district,  and  was  disjoined  from 
New  South  Wales,  and  erected  into  a  separate 
colony  in  1853.  It  has  an  area  of  88,198  English 
square  miles.  The  total  area  of  the  colony  is 
556,447,000  acres,  of  which  16,000,000  acres 
were  alienated  in  1874,  and  12,500,000  acres 
were  occupied  in  1875.  Not  much  more  than 
1 ,000,000  acres  were  then  under  cultivation.  The 
cultivation  of  the  vine  has  become  a  great 
thriving  industry  of  this  colony.  In  1875, 
there  were  38,500  holders  of  land.  The 
total  estimated  population  of  the  colony  in  1 879 
was  888,000,  and  in  1836  was  only  224.  The 
increase  of  the  population  was  greatly  aided 
by  a  system  of  assisted  immigration  at  the  ex- 
pense of  the  government.  The  immigration 
greatly  declined  as  soon  as  the  government  aid 
was  withdrawn.  In  1 863 — when  there  were  8,622 
aided  either  wholly  or  partially — immigration 
to  this  colony  reached  its  highest  point. 

In  all  the  Australian  colonies,  the  alienation 
of  the  State  lands  has  been  reckless,  and  huge 
tracts  have  been  rented  to  squatters  under  the 
reserved  power  of  selecting  portions  of  the  land. 
This  system  of  sale  and  lease  has  led  to  the  pur- 
chase of  vast  tracts,  at  low  rates,  by  capitalists, 
who  can  do  nothing  except  feed  sheep  and  cattle. 


94:  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

It  prevents  farmers  or  selectors  from  obtaining  a 
foothold  in  the  country.  Already  the  cry  has 
gone  forth  to  have  these  huge  States  broken  up  ; 
and  there  can  hardly  be  any  doubt  that,  in 
anew  country  like  Australia,  this  system  of  land 
alienation  will  lead  to  serious  disturbances,  per- 
haps bloody  revolutions,  in  the  colonies. 

In  1875,  there  were  in  the  colony  196,184 
horses,  1,054,598  horned  cattle,  11, 749, 5 32  sheep, 
and  140,765  pigs. 

In  1867  and  in  1878,  the  revenue  amounted 
respectively  to  3  millions  sterling  and  4J  millions 
sterling;  and  the  expenditure  to  3^  millions  ster- 
ling, and  fully  4^  millions  sterling.  The  public  re- 
venue is  derived,  for  the  most  part,  from  customs, 
chiefly  derived  from  duties  imposed  on  wines, 
spirits,  and  tobacco ;  and  the  largest  portion  of  the 
expenditure  has  been  made  upon  public  works. 
The  public  debt  of  Victoria  for  1878  was  20  mil- 
lions sterling,  of  which  the  greater  part  has  been 
expended  on  railways  and  other  public  works. 
The  railways  formed  in  1878  comprehended  1,000 
miles.  Of  telegraphs,  there  are  3,000  miles 
opened. 

The  colony  of  Queensland  has  a  vast  area, 
which  is  estimated  at  669,520  English  square 
miles,  or  44,428,492,800  acres,  which  is  equal  to 
one-fifth  of  the  whole  of  Europe.  It  has  a 
seaboard  of  2,250  miles.  The  earliest  British 
settlement  was  founded  by  the  transporta- 
tion of  convicts  in  1825.  It  was  regularly 
opened  to  settlers  in  1842,  and  had  a  total  popu- 
lation of  8,575  in  1851,  and,  in  1878,  of  210,510 
persons,  of  whom  13,269  were  Chinese.  No 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTO.  95 

reliable  information  ex  UN  us  to  the  numbers  of 
the  aborigines.  Formerly,  the  emigrants  went 
from  the  United  Kingdom  ;  now  they  are  chiefly 
obtained  from  China  and  the  South  Sea  Islands. 
This  change  of  the  nationality  of  the  emitrnmN 
to  Queensland  may  have  most  important  results 
in  the  future  development  and  progress  of  tlii^ 
colony.  The  large  invasion  of  Chinese  colon 
may  considerably  modify  its  present  Briti-h 
character. 

Queensland  has  followed  the  footsteps  of  Vic- 
toria rather  than  of  New  South  Wales.  The 
colonists  have  directed  their  energies  to  mining, 
and  not,  as  the  first  settlers  of  such  a  colony  as 
Queensland  ought  to  have  done,  to  the  feeding 
of  the  people  by  the  products  of  the  soil.  It 
contains  coal  and  also  gold.  Of  the  former,  the 
produce  was  31,000  tons  in  1876  ;  and  of  the 
latter,  it  was  £1,306,431  in  1877.  Queensland 
is  essentially  a  pastoral  colony,  and  contains 
great  sheep  farms.  Indeed  the  block,  or  great 
run  system,  was  carried  out  to  such  an  extent 
that,  in  1872,  an  Act  was  passed  to  remedy  the 
evil,  and  enforce  a  partial  stocking  and  occu- 
pation. In  1876,  the  live  stock  consisted  of 
130,289  horses,  2,000,000  horned  cattle,  and 
7|  million  sheep.  The  cultivation  of  cotton  and 
sugar-cane  has  been  attempted. 

The  growth  of  the  colony  has  been  very  rapid. 
In  1871,  the  imports  exceeded  1£  millions  ster- 
ling, and,  in  1877,  they  were  3J  millions  sterling; 
and  the  exports  for  these  years  were  2|  millions 
and  fully  3.]  millions  sterling.  The  COIIIIIKT- 
cial  intercourse  of  this  colony  is  with  the  sister 


96 


THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 


colonies  of  Australia,  and  the  United  Kingdom. 
The  staple  exports  are  wool,  hides,  tallow,  pre- 
served meats,  and  minerals ;  and,  in  all  these 
things,  this  colony  has  to  contend  against  a 
strong  competition.  The  British  produce  im- 
ported is  chiefly  apparel,  haberdashery,  and 
wrought  and  unwrought  iron.  Several  hundred 
miles  of  railway  have  been  constructed,  and 
there  are  about  5,000  miles  of  telegraph. 

The  public  revenue  and  expenditure  was 
nearly  trebled  between  1866  and  1875.  In 
1866,  the  income  was  under  half  a  million  ster- 
ling ;  in  1878,  it  was  \\  millions  sterling  ;  and 
the  disbursements  were  respectively  half  a 
million  and  1£  millions  sterling.  The  taxation 
of  the  colony  is  not  high,  but  is  badly  distri- 
buted. The  greater  part  of  the  revenue  is 
derived  from  customs  duties,  and  from  the  sale 
and  rent  of  public  lands.  The  chief  expenditure 
has  been  upon  works  of  general  utility,  and  upon 
Government  aid  to  immigration.  In  1878,  the 
public  debt  was  10  millions  sterling.  Large 
numbers  of  immigrants  have  been  settled  on 
Government  claims,  and  to  some  extent  by 
Government  money.  This  fact  may  involve  the 
colony  in  another  financial  crisis  like  1866  ;  for 
it  is  always  dangerous  for  a  Government  to  have 
its  people  reduced  to  a  semi-pauperised  condition 
by  State  aid.  When  people  have  everything 
done  for  them,  they  never  exert  themselves  as 
they  ought. 

The  colony  of  South  Australia  has  made  con- 
siderable progress,  and  has  not,  in  any  way, 
endangered  its  prosperity.  Its  total  area  is 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.  97 

calculated  at  903.690  English  square  miles.  In 
1866,  there  were  739,714  acres  under  cultiva- 
tion ;  and,  in  1876,  there  were  1,444,586  acres, 
of  which  there  were  898,820  acres  under  wheat — 
that  is  to  say,  the  acreage  under  cultivation  was 
more  than  doubled  in  10  years.  This  colony  1ms 
many  natural  advantages,  and  much  valuable 
soil  for  grain  and  flour,  for  grapes  of  fine  quality, 
and  for  every  description  of  semi-tropical  or 
other  fruits.  None  of  those  sources  of  wealth 
have  been  neglected.  It  is,  however,  subject  to 
great  drought ;  and,  although  the  farming  is  not 
high,  the  yield  of  wheat  is  11  £  bushels  per  acre. 
Great  loss  was  sustained  by  the  colonists  on 
their  harvest  of  1877. 

It  was  first  colonized  by  emigrants  sent  out 
from  England  under  the  auspices  of  the  South 
Australian  Colonization  Association,  which,  in 
1835,  obtained  an  imperial  charter  of  the  Colon- 
ial lands,  under  the  condition  of  selling  the  land, 
and  of  giving  aid  to  agricultural  labourers.  In 
1844,  the  population  was  17,366,  and,  in  1876, 
212,000.  The  aborigines  are  not  included  in 
those  numbers ;  and,  in  the  settled  districts, 
they  were  found  to  be  3,369  in  the  year  1871. 

The  famous  Burwa-Barra  copper  mines  were 
discovered  in  1845,  and  thence  copper  became 
the  third  article  of  importance  in  the  exports  of 
this  colony — exclusive  of  bullion  and  specie — an 
exclusion  which  applies  to  all  the  Australian 
colonies.  The  imports  in  1871  were  fully  2 
millions  sterling,  and  in  1878  were  5f  millions 
sterling ;  and  the  exports  of  the  corresponding 
years  were  3£  millions  sterling  and  fully  5| 


98  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

millions  sterling.  The  imports  into  the  colony 
are  articles  of  general  consumption,  such  as 
textile  fabrics,  British  colonial  produce,  and 
principally  drapery  goods.  Wool,  wheat  and 
flour,  and  copper  are  the  three  staple  articles 
exported. 

In  1871,  the  public  revenue  amounted  to  f 
of  a  million  sterling,  and  in  1878  to  1^  millions 
sterling,  and  the  expenditure  for  the  correspond- 
ing years  to  f  of  a  million  sterling,  and  nearly  1^ 
millions  sterling.  The  greater  part  of  the  revenue 
is  obtained  from  very  moderate  customs  duties, 
and  from  the  sale  of  the  Crown  lands.  The  main 
portion  of  the  expenditure  has  been  paid  away 
for  public  works.  The  public  debt,  which  was 
incurred  for  reproductive  works  in  the  colony, 
namely  railways,  telegraphs,  and  harbours,  was 
incurred  between  1852  and  1876,  and  amounted  to 
almost  6£  millions  sterling.  In  1875,  this  colony 
had  252  miles  of  railway,  and  4,000  miles  of 
telegraph. 

The  colony  of  Western  Australia  is  next  in 
order,  and  has  an  area  of  from  1,600  miles  from 
north  to  south,  and  of  1,000  miles  from  east  to 
west,  and  a  total  area  of  1,057,250  English 
square  miles.  It  was  first  settled  in  1829,  and 
in  1871  had  a  population  of  25,353.  Its  agri- 
cultural prosperity  is  great,  and  its  live  stock  of 
horses,  cattle,  and  sheep  considerable.  Its  ex- 
ports are  almost  entirely  of  wool  and  lead  ore. 
Between  1871  and  1875,  its  imports  and  exports 
have  both  almost  been  doubled.  For  the  present, 
all  I  need  say  as  to  this  immense  territory,  which 
is  eight  times  larger  than  the  area  of  the  United 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS. 


99 


Kingdom,  is  that  here  there  is  ample  room  for 
the  growth  of  several  mighty  kingdoms.  Like  all 
the  Australian  colonies,  it  has  all  the  advantages 
of  a  representative  form  of  government.  Like 
them  it  will,  I  believe,  grow  up  in  a  love  of  the 
blessings  of  just  and  equal  freedom,  conferred 
upon  all  the  Australian  colonists  by  the  mother 
country.  How  soon  this  colony  may  start  up 
and  become  a  rival  of  her  sister  colonies,  who 
can  tell  or  who  venture  to  predict  ? 

The  colony  of  New  Zealand  is  most  assiduous 
in  developing  its  resources,  and  yet  is  in  a  more 
dangerous  position  than  Queensland.  It  is  not 
40  years  old,  and  is  already  in  debt  to  the  extent 
of  22£  millions  sterling.  It  has  expended  vast 
sums  on  public  works,  and  especially  on  rail- 
ways. Had  her  resources  been  husbanded,  a 
splendid,  unbroken  future  was  in  store  for  her. 
But  her  trade  is  almost  certain  to  encounter 
serious  obstructions  as  soon  as  no  more  money 
can  be  borrowed.  Public  extravagance  has 
necessitated  high  tariffs  ;  but  poverty  will, 
doubtless,  induce  thrift,  and  thrift  will  bring 
about  their  abolition.  The  bitter  fruits  of 
rejecting  the  lessons  of  experience  are  mostly 
taught  to  mankind  by  some  terrible  misfortune. 

Sir  Julius  Vogel  has  given  a  brilliant  picture 
of  the  great  prosperity  of  the  colony  he  repre- 
sents in  this  country.  He  says  people  are  still 
eager  to  buy  land,  and  the  influx  of  immigrants 
is  continuous.  He  also  contends  that  the  colony 
of  New  Zealand  is  not  burdened  with  debt, 
and  that,  for  financial  purposes,  the  railways 
constructed  ought  to  be  regarded  as  ordinary 

\r 

V  J& 


100  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

roads.  He  is,  no  doubt,  right  in  the  main.  But 
a  colony,  like  a  private  individual,  may,  and 
often  does,  find  out,  when  too  late,  that  too  much 
capital  expended  on  gigantic  improvements,  do 
not  pay  in  time  to  replace  the  investment  of 
capital. 

New  Zealand  was  first  visited  by  the  Dutch 
navigator,  Tasman,  in  1642.  It  was  surveyed 
by  Cook  in  1769,  and  consists  of  three  prin- 
cipal islands,  and  has  a  coast  extending  3,000 
miles.  The  whole  group  is  1,000  miles  long,  and 
200  miles  broad ;  and  the  area  has  been  esti- 
mated at  105,000  English  square  miles,  of  which 
two-thirds  are  admirably  suited  for  agriculture 
and  grazing.  It  has  no  less  than  12,000,000 
acres  of  virgin  soil  suitable  for  cultivation,  and 
50,000,000  acres,  if  cleared,  for  pasture.  The 
yield  of  wheat  is  from  31  to  32  bushels  per  acre. 
Exclusive  of  aborigines,  its  population  in  1851 
was  26,707  and  in  1879  was  414,412.  At  the 
census  of  1871,  there  were  49,152  persons  at  the 
gold  diggings ;  and,  in  1874,  the  native  Maoris 
numbered  45,470  souls,  while,  in  1857-8,  they 
were  55,970.  The  savage  races  with  whom 
Europeans  have  come  into  contact  have,  as  a 
rule,  not  only  receded  before  the  white  man,  but 
have  ultimately  perished. 

The  colony  of  New  Zealand  has  carried  out 
an  extensive  system  of  colonization  by  means  of 
Government  aid,  and  the  surplus  immigrants 
over  emigrants,  in  1874  and  1875,  were  38,000 
and  25,000  respectively.  Of  course,  the  Colonial 
Government  did  not  pay  the  whole  of  the  cost 
involved  in  this  surplus  immigration  ;  but,  in 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.       101 

1875,  it  did  pay  a  portion  of  the  cost  of  20,000, 
and  from  1866  to  1873  it  paid  for  an  average  of 
8,000  persons  a-year.  From  1871  to  1876,  this 
colony  assisted  78,495  immigrants,  and  received 
and  housed  them  on  their  arrival.  As  might 
have  been  anticipated,  and  ought  to  have  been 
foreseen,  many  of  the  artizan  class  of  immigrants 
suffered  considerable  temporary  hardship.  Still, 
persons  with  a  little  capital,  and  with  agricultural 
knowledge,  and  with  habits  of  frugality  and  self- 
denial,  are,  before  long,  sure  to  succeed  in  New 
Zealand.  In  this  colony,  there  is  ample  provision 
made  for  education,  free,  secular,  and  compulsory, 
and  for  the  best  pupils  being  educated  at 
advanced  schools. 

The  trade  of  this  colony  has  increased  with 
great  rapidity.  It  has  been  increased  twenty- 
fold  between  1856  and  1878.  Between  these 
years,  the  imports  rose  from  half  a  million 
sterling  to  8f  millions  sterling  ;  and  the  exports 
from  a  quarter  of  a  million  sterling  to  6  millions 
sterling.  The  staple  exports  are  wool,  corn,  and 
meat,  and  the  British  imports  mainly  comprise 
iron,  textile  fabrics,  apparel,  and  haberdashery. 
Gold  was  discovered  in  the  colony  in  1857,  and 
in  the  year  1877  it  was  exported  to  the  value  of 
1^  million  sterling.  The  total  value  of  gold  ex- 
ported from  1857  to  1877  was  34J  millions 
sterling.  Such  vast  mineral  wealth  gave,  of 
course,  a  great  impetus  to  immigration  ;  and,  in 
fact,  as  you  all  know,  the  people  were  seized 
with  the  gold  fever,  and  rushed  to  the  gold 
diggings  to  become,  in  some  instances,  very  rich, 
and,  in  most  cases,  to  learn  that  gold  digging 


102  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

was  not  the  shortest  way  to  fortune,  but  the 
broad  way  to  ruin.  However,  out  of  evil  came 
good,  and  the  people  betook  themselves  to  agri- 
culture and  grazing,  and  improved  the  colony, 
and  enriched  the  world. 

The  public  revenue  is  derived  from  two  great 
sources — ordinary  and  territorial.  The  chief 
ordinary  revenue  is  obtained  from  customs  duties 
on  imports,  and  forms  three-fourths  of  the 
whole ;  and  the  territorial,  from  Crown  lands, 
departuring  licenses  and  assessments,  and  export 
duties  on  gold  and  silver  licenses.  The  total 
revenue  for  the  year  1866  was  nearly  2  millions 
sterling ;  in  1870,  it  fell  to  1  million  sterling ; 
in  1874,  it  rose  to  3  millions  sterling  ;  in  1875, 
it  fell  to  2|  millions  sterling  ;  and,  in  1878,  was 
fully  2£  millions  sterling.  The  expenditure 
for  these  years  was  respectively  nearly  2  millions 
sterling,  1£  millions  sterling,  3  millions  sterling, 
2|  millions  sterling,  and  4  millions  sterling. 
The  colony  has  an  extensive  system  of  railways, 
constructed  at  the  expense  of  the  Government ; 
and,  in  1878,  it  had  3,170  miles  of  telegraph. 

New  Zealand  is  a  large  customer  of  the 
mother  country  ;  and  has,  I  believe,  a  great 
destiny  before  her;  but  her  public  men  and 
private  citizens  ought  to  adopt  a  wise  and 
prudent  policy  in  their  financial  affairs.  Such 
changes  in  her  finances  as  the  figures  I  have 
given  ought  to  raise  caution  to  the  rank  of  a 
public  virtue  of  the  highest  order  amongst 
them. 

I  now  arrive  at  Tasmania,  which  is  the  last 
of  the  Australian  group  of  colonies. 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS. 


103 


Tasmania,  formerly  Van  Dieman's  Land,  is  a 
beautiful  country,  full  of  natural  riches,  and  only 
needs  a  large  and  enterprising  people  to  develop 
great  wealth.  It  has  all  the  elements  of  a  great 
and  solid  prosperity.  Its  physical  features  are 
full  of  variety,  and  combine  all  the  elements  of 
good  scenery,  grandeur,  picturesqueness,  and 
beauty.  Its  atmosphere  is  bright  and  clear. 
The  cost  of  living  in  the  island  is  cheaper  than 
in  England.  Of  the  old  convict  days,  wild 
stories  are  still  rife  amongst  the  colonists.  The 
soil  is  rich  in  coal  and  iron  ore,  and  gold  has 
also  been  found  in  the  colony. 

It  was  discovered  by  Abel  Tasman,  a  Dutch 
navigator,  in  1642.  Tasman  was  in  love  with 
the  daughter  of  Anthony  Van  Dieman,  who  was 
Governor  of  Batavia,  and  he  called  the  island  he 
had  discovered  by  the  surname  of  his  lady-love, 
and  the  name  stuck  to  the  island  for  two  cen- 
turies. It  was  thought  to  be  the  extreme  point 
of  New  Holland  ;  but,  in  1798,  it  was  proved  to 
be  an  island.  It  was  afterwards  partially  ex- 
plored by  Cook,  and  was  made  an  English  penal 
settlement  in  1803.  The  transportation  of  con- 
victs ceased  in  1853. 

The  area  of  Tasmania  is  estimated  at  26,215 
English  square  miles,  or  16,778,000  acres,  of  which 
15  i  million  acres  are  in  Tasmania  proper,  and 
the  remainder  in  small  islands  in  the  vicinity. 
The  total  number  of  acres  sold  in  1874  was  close 
on  4,000,000,  and  not  quite  1,000,000  acres  were 
under  cultivation.  In  1878,  348,841  acres  were 
cultivated,  and  the  remainder  was  composed  of 
arable  land  and  pasture.  In  the  same  year,  there 


104  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

were  22,195   horses,  126,882  cattle,  1,831,125 
sheep,  and  55,652  pigs. 

Since  1820,  there  has  been  a  constant  stream 
of  immigration.  In  1824,  there  were  12,000 
whites  ;  in  1870,  there  were  99,328 ;  in  1875, 
there  were  100,613 ;  and,  in  1877,  there  were 
107,104. 

From  1868  to  1875,  the  emigration  was 
greater  than  the  immigration.  The  reasons  for 
this  are  not  far  to  seek.  The  Australian  colonies 
are  competitors  against  each  other  in  the  labour 
market,  the  facilities  for  changing  from  one 
colony  to  another  at  the  expense  of  the  colonies 
are  considerable,  and  the  inducements  to  forsake 
agriculture  for  the  gold  fields,  if  not  wise,  are 
perfectly  natural  in  simple  hunters  for  rapidly 
acquired  fortunes.  All  men  believe  in  their  own 
luck,  and  in  their  being  the  special  favourites  of 
good  fortune. 

The  imports  for  1871  were  f  of  a  million  ster- 
ling, and,  for  1878,  fully  1£  millions  sterling ; 
and  the  exports  for  these  years  were  f  of  a  mil- 
lion sterling,  and  fully  1 J  millions  sterling.  The 
commerce  of  this  colony  is  almost  wholly  with 
the  United  Kingdom,  and  the  neighbouring 
colonies  of  Victoria  and  New  South  Wales.  The 
staple  export  is  wool. 

For  1 871,  the  public  revenue  amounted  to  \  of 
a  million  sterling,  for  1875  to  £340,000  ;  and  for 
1878  to  £386,060  ;  and  the  expenditure  for  these 
years  was  much  the  same  as  the  revenue.  The 
public  debt,  in  1878,  amounted  to  If  millions 
sterling,  and  had  been  incurred  in  the  prosecu- 
tion of  public  works.  The  railways  are  insignifi- 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.  105 

cant,  and  telegraphs  have  been  laid  in  the  settled 
districts. 

Generally,  as  to  our  Australian  colonio.  ;i 
few  remarks  may  not  be  amiss.  I  shall  confine 
myself  to  three  points,  namely,  commercial 
unanimity  between  them,  the  necessity  of  de- 
fence, and  of  federative  union. 

I  consider  a  commercial  policy  for  the  whole 
of  Australia  as  a  very  pressing  requirement.  But, 
us  the  several  colonies  have  full  power  to  adopt 
any  fiscal  policy  they  please,  I  think  we  ought 
not  to  be  too  energetic  in  pressing  this  necessity 
upon  our  Australian  fellow-subjects.  As  between 
the  Australian  colonies  themselves,  the  abolition 
of  all  customs  barriers  would  largely  develop 
the  resources  of  each  colony,  and  would  also  put 
an  end  to  the  present  costly  schemes  of  rivalry 
in  affording  dangerous  facilities  for  settling  in 
one  colony  and  not  in  another.  A  continuance 
of  the  present  Victorian  policy  of  protective 
taxation  will  be  highly  injurious  to  the  Vic- 
torians themselves  ;  and,  if  adopted  by  other 
British  colonies,  may  lead  to  unfortunate 
quarrels  between  our  colonists  and  ourselves. 
From  a  general  point  of  view,  to  be  under 
the  necessity  of  defending  the  Australian 
colonies,  or  to  have  our  home  policy  influenced, 
or  largely  determined  by  their  connection  with 
us,  and  yet  be  treated  as  aliens  in  all  matters 
of  commerce  would  be  unendurable,  and  would 
not  be  tolerated  by  any  enlightened  or  sensible 
Ministry  of  the  British  crown  at  home.  Such 
a  contingency  would  effectually  involve  either 
legislative  union  with  the  mother  state,  or 


106  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

the  concession  of  complete  independence  to  the 
Australian  colonies.  I  do  not  wish  to  raise 
difficulties ;  I  wish  merely  to  have  a  clear 
policy  for  the  future,  for  the  near  future.  The 
progress  of  the  Australian  colonies  has  been 
rapid  and  surprising.  It  is  destined  to  be  still 
greater  ;  and,  although  this  may  not  involve 
an  increased  proportional  demand  for  our  manu- 
factured goods,  we  ought  to  see  that  the  com- 
mercial policy  of  all  parts  of  the  British  empire 
is  fair,  just,  and  in  harmony  with  correct 
economical  principles. 

The  Australian  colonies  are  utterly  defenceless 
against  any  great  aggressive  power  which  chose 
to  attack  them,  and  would  be  an  easy  prey  to  the 
first  sturdy  marauders  who  penetrated  the  south- 
ern seas  with  hostile  intentions  against  them. 
In  particular,  they  are,  in  their  present  condi- 
tion, utterly  defenceless  against  any  great 
European  power  with  which  we  might,  for  any 
reason,  European  or  Asiatic,  commercial  or 
political,  be  at  war.  As  an  example  of  what  I 
mean,  I  beg  leave  to  say  that  the  late  Russo- 
Turkish  war  might  easily  have  led  to  a  great 
European  conflagration,  in  which  Russia  and 
France  might  have  been  on  the  one  side,  and 
Turkey  and  Britain  on  the  other,  and  Austria 
and  Germany,  at  least  for  a  time,  neutral.  Such 
a  combination,  if  accompanied  by  an  insurrection 
in  British  India,  or  even  by  threatened  hostilities 
on  the  north-west  frontiers  of  India,  might 
temporarily  have  taxed  the  energies  of  this 
country  to  the  utmost.  To  overlook  such  con- 
tingencies may,  for  a  time,  be  very  convenient 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS,         107 

for  certain  parties  in  the  State,  but  implies  a 
want  of  political  foresight,  and  a  reckless  dis- 
regard of  the  possibilities  of  'the  future.  With- 
out delay,  all  the  Australian  colonies  ought  to  be 
earnestly  urged  to  provide  for  their  defence  on 
some  common  basis.  As  yet,  the  Australian 
colonies  will  not  look  at  the  matter  in  this  light, 
and  are  quite  content  to  live  on  the  beggarly 
policy  of  "sufficient  for  the  day  is  the  evil 
thereof."  They  must  be  roused  from  their 
lethargy ;  and,  like  ourselves,  be  compelled  to 
look  the  difficulties  of  the  future  in  the  face,  and 
prepare  for  them  with  prudence. 

A  union  after  the  fashion  of  the  United  States 
would  be  capable  of  organizing  a  military  and 
naval  force  quite  sufficient  to  cope  with  all  but 
the  most  aggressive  powers  ;  and,  if  attacked  by 
any  such  power,  the  colonies  ought  to  be  certain 
of  being  amply  and  timeously  protected  by  the 
parent  state.  Such  a  union  would  involve  con- 
siderable expense  both  here  and  in  the  colonies  ; 
but,  as  a  system  of  isolated  defence  is  inadequate, 
it  ought  to  be  abandoned  for  a  union  which 
would  give  perfect  strength  and  safety.  New 
South  Wales  and  Victoria  alone  have  any  local 
forces.  But  their  military  and  naval  arrange- 
ments would  be  of  little  avail  in  any  serious 
contest  with  a  foreign  foe  ;  because  they  are  not 
welded  into  any  uniform  system.  The  cost  ought 
not  to  prevent  a  complete  system  of  defence 
being  organized.  The  Australian  colonies  are 
well  able  to  pay  for  their  protection  from 
external  aggression  as  well  as  from  internal 
disorder.  True,  armies  and  navies  cripple 


108 


THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 


the  powers  of  competing  traders,  but  they 
also  protect  trade,  and  secure  liberty  and 
just  laws  to  those  who  are  free,  and  are  re- 
solved to  maintain  their  freedom.  Hitherto, 
the  whole  expense  of  upholding  the  peaceful  re- 
lations of  all  the  colonies  at  the  different  Courts 
in  Europe  and  Asia,  and  at  the  innumerable  com- 
mercial ports  throughout  the  world,  and  of 
defending  the  whole  empire,  has  almost  invariably 
been  defrayed  by  the  British  people  at  home. 
This  ought  not,  in  fairness,  to  remain  so  for  ever, 
and  justice  demands  that  a  change  ought  to  be 
made  without  delay.  Whatever  measures  may 
be  adopted  for  defraying  the  expense,  I  have  no 
doubt,  in  my  own  mind,  as  to  the  absolute 
necessity  for  concerting  measures  for  the  defence 
of  our  Australian  colonies. 

The  question  of  federation  as  between  the 
colonies  of  Australia  is  one  surrounded  with 
enormous  difficulties  ;  and,  although  it  does  not 
involve  impracticability,  it  is  not  one  to  be 
lightly  dealt  with.  The  Australian  colonies  are 
still  in  a  nebulous  condition.  They  came  re- 
cently into  life.  They  are  still  undergoing  the 
elemental  processes  of  political  existence.  They 
are  separated  from  one  another  by  wide  dis- 
tances, which  are  as  yet  undisturbed  wilder- 
nesses, and  interpose  all  the  hindrances  arising 
from  isolated  intercourse,  unless  by  the  sea.  As 
yet,  they  have  no  central  rallying  point,  conse- 
crated by  the  heroism  of  noble  acts  done  in 
defence  of  their  new  homes,  or  ennobled  to 
them  by  the  patriotic  deeds  or  the  sacrifices 
of  their  fellow-citizens  in  their  national  cause, 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.          109 

or  endeared  by  emotions  arising  from  similarity 
of  origin.  Unless  in  the  mother  country,  they 
have  no  central  point  of  attraction.  New  South 
Wales  and  Victoria  are  both  rivals  for  the 
leadership;  and  all  the  colonies  individually 
have  grown  up  to  have  aims  and  interests  of 
their  own.  The  interests  of  the  different  colonies 
are  by  no  means  identical ;  and  those  interest- 
which  are  common  to  them  are  not  yet  in  a  con- 
dition to  be  easily  modified  by  a  powerful,  over- 
whelming sentiment  of  general  interest,  or  com- 
mon danger.  To  bring  about  a  lasting  union 
between  the  Australian  colonies  will  tax  the 
efforts  of  the  most  enlightened  Colonial  Secretary ; 
and  to  succeed  in  effecting  their  permanent  union 
will  rank  as  one  of  the  highest  efforts  of  benig- 
nant statesmanship  in  the  history  of  the  British 
empire. 

With  your  permission,  I  now  proceed  briefly 
to  speak  of  our  West  Indian  colonies  and  minor 
dependencies, — which,  inasmuch  as  they  are 
worked  almost  solely  for  the  advantage  of  their 
owners,  ought  properly  to  be  called  estates. 

The  West  Indian  colonies  consist  of  Jamaica, 
the  islands  extending  southwards,  and  British 
Guiana,  all  on  the  north  seaboard  of  the  South 
American  continent.  They  have  very  distinctive 
and  varied  climates,  and  are  all  within  the  region 
of  the  tropics.  They  are  refreshed  by  the  cool 
sea  breezes  or  the  trade  winds,  and  are  exempt 
from  violent  changes  of  unbearable  heat  or  un- 
endurable cold.  The  nights  there  are  clear  and 
brilliant,  the  air  serene,  and  a  soft  tranquilitv 
pervades  all  nature. 


110  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

The  staple  exports  are  sugar  and  coffee,  but 
have  to  compete  with  the  continental  protection 
of  the  sugar  industries.  That  protection  is  carried 
out  in  France  and  Holland  by  means  of  ostensible 
repayments  of  duty  on  importation,  but,  in  reality, 
by  means  of  bounties  on  exportation,  paid  to  a 
few  rich  people  in  support  of  a  monopoly,  which 
imposes  a  great  burden  on  the  national  ex- 
chequers of  our  foreign  competitors,  raises  the 
price  on  their  own  consumption,  gives  refined 
sugars  to  the  consumers  of  this  country  at  a 
much  less  price  than  they  would  otherwise  be 
able  to  obtain  them,  and  endangers  an  extensive 
trade  in  our  midst  by  artificial  and  unjust  com- 
petition. 

From  1822  to  1827,  the  average  total  amount 
of  imports  and. exports  of  the  "West  Indies  was 
15  millions  sterling  ;  but,  whatever  advantages 
have  been  conferred  on  the  West  Indian  colonies 
by  the  emancipation  of  their  slaves, — and,  from  a 
moral  point  of  view,  these  are,  beyond  all  ques- 
tion, very  great, — their  material  prosperity  has 
been  seriously  injured,  and  their  productive 
capacity  and  their  ability  to  pay  for  goods 
from  this  country  have  been  considerably 
diminished.  In  1830,  the  total  amount  of  im- 
ports and  exports  was  12^  millions  sterling  ;  and, 
in  1850,  it  had  fallen  to  8£  millions  sterling. 
However,  there  are  now  signs  of  a  revival  of 
prosperity ;  for,  in  1870,  the  combined  imports 
and  exports  amounted  in  value  to  15  millions 
sterling.  This  favourable  state  of  matters  does 
not,  I  am  sorry  to  say,  prove  that  the  labour 
question  in  the  West  Indies  has  been  satisfac- 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.        Ill 

torily  settled  by  Ilio  demon  tinted  superiority  of 
free  labour.  The  truth  is,  that  the  revival  of 
these  colonies  is  coincident  with  and  depend- 
ent on  the  imported  labour  of  Indian  coolies, 
Chinese,  and  Negroes,  whose  condition,  how- 
ever advantageous  to  the  poor,  miserable,  nearly 
famished  labourers,  is  a  form  of  personal  servi- 
tude for  a  term  of  years.  This  system  of  im- 
ported labour  is  a  serious  difficulty,  and  involves 
an  exclusion  of  the  natives  from  competition  for 
home  labour.  I  think  there  ought  to  be  esta- 
blished in  the  West  Indian  plantations  a  large 
and  generous  scheme  of  bestowing  farms  on  free 
negroes  who,  after  the  term  of  their  covenanted 
service  has  expired,  chose  to  settle  down 
in  the  islands  to  which  they  had  emigrated. 
British  Guiana  has  paid  a  £  of  a  million  sterling 
for  coolie  immigration. 

Jamaica  and  Demerara,  Trinidad  and  British 
Guiana,  are  of  the  utmost  importance  to  us. 
Jamaica  and  Demerara  have  long  been  the  source 
of  our  supplies  of  sugar  and  rum  ;  and,  if  these 
islands  did  not  belong  to  us,  France  would  have 
beaten  us  out  of  the  sugar  market,  and  obtained 
a  monopoly  of  the  trade.  With  fair  competition 
in  the  sugar  trade,  and  with  our  present  sources 
of  supply,  we  will  hold  our  own  in  the  sugar 
market  either  at  home  or  abroad. 

All  these  islands  are  fairly  prosperous,  and 
they  have  had  their  success  increased  by  the 
war  which  has,  for  some  time,  existed  between 
Spain  and  her  colony  Cuba.  The  trade  of  the 
West  Indies  ought  to  be  valuable  to  us  ;  for  the 
West  Indian  Islands  send  us  exports  to  the  value 


112  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

of  5  millions  sterling  a-year,  and  buy  goods  from 
us  to  the  value  of  half  that  amount.  Jamaica 
alone  yearly  exports  1£  millions  sterling  worth 
of  produce.  Guiana  is  the  point  d'appui  of  our 
trade  with  the  inland  region  of  the  north  Amazon, 
and  with  South  Venezuela.  Were  these  coun- 
tries opened  up  to  European  commerce,  our 
trade  in  that  part  of  the  world  would  be  greatly 
increased.  Trinidad  is  useful  to  us  in  connection 
with  North  Venezuela  and  the  Valley  of  the 
Orinoco.  There  a  large  transit  trade  is  conducted 
with  the  United  States,  Canada,  and  several 
European  countries.  Without  these  footholds, 
we  would  have  no  chance  of  successfully  coin- 
petiting  against  the  United  States  for  the  trade 
of  South  America. 

The  island  of  Ceylon  was  first  settled  in  1505 
by  the  Portuguese,  and  was  taken  from  them  by 
the  Dutch  in  the  early  part  of  the  following 
century.  In  1795-6,  it  was  seized  by  the 
English  Government,  and  annexed  to  the  British 
Indian  Presidency  of  Madras  ;  and,  in  1798,  was 
erected  into  a  separate  colony.  In  1815,  war 
was  declared  against  the  native  Government  of 
the  interior ;  and,  after  the  defeat  of  King 
Kandyan,  the  whole  island  was  placed  under 
British  rule.  Its  extreme  length  is  266  miles  ; 
its  width  is  140  miles  ;  and  its  area  comprises 
15£  million  acres.  Its  population  is  nearly  2| 
millions,  of  whom,  in  1876,  there  were  2,000 
belonging  to  the  military  establishment.  Of  the 
total  population,  there  are  nearly  5,000  British, 
14,000  other  wliites  of  European  descent,  and 
the  rest  are  coloured  people.  In  1871,  the  census 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.        113 

showed  a  total  population  of  2£  millions,  of 
whom  1£  millions  were  Buddhists,  and  half  a 
million  worshippers  of  Sives.  .  About  a  quarter 
of  a  million  were  Christians,  and  all  of  them  were 
of  European  descent. 

In  1871,  the  imports  amounted  to  4$  millions 
sterling ;  and,  in  1878,  to  5£  millions  sterling  : 
and  the  exports  of  these  years  were  fully  3£ 
millions  and  4£  millions  sterling.  The  commer- 
cial intercourse  with  Ceylon  is  mainly  with  the 
United  Kingdom  and  British  India.  The  staple 
of  Ceylon,  coffee,  was  exported,  in  1878,  to  the 
value  of  2£  millions  sterling.  British  manufac- 
tured cottons  to  the  value  of  a  quarter  of  a  million 
sterling  were  imported  in  1878  into  Ceylon,  and 
of  twice  that  value  in  1875.  Of  the  total  trade 
of  the  island,  England  alone  has  from  4  millions 
to  5  millions  sterling,  which  are  absorbed  by 
English  merchants,  manufacturers,  and  planters, 
and  become  a  great  source  of  wealth  in  this 
country.  Here,  however,  as  in  India,  our  suc- 
cess has  borne  hard  upon  the  native  people,  who 
are  almost  wholly  engaged  in  the  service  of  the 
Europeans  in  growing  coffee  to  enrich  the 
English  coffee  planters,  and,  if  you  will,  to  bring 
wealth  into  this  country.  In  Ceylon,  there  is 
no  native  middle  class,  and  no  fusion  of  the  Por- 
tuguese, Dutch,  and  English  races,  who  have 
successively  conquered  and  retained  the  country 
for  their  own  special  advantage.  Here  our 
riches  are  placed  on  a  treacherous  foundation  ; 
for  the  great  bulk  of  the  people  are  always 
hanging  on  the  verge  of  starvation.  Gain  is  the 
prominent  aim  of  the  mercantile  principle  of 


114  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

government,  and  the  people  and  everything  else 
must  be  subordinated  to  this  primary  object, 
the  dictates  of  humanity  become  darkened,  the 
eternal  ideas  of  justice  become  warped  by  a 
narrow  sense  of  worldly  interests,  and  the  ruler 
as  well  as  his  subjects  become  degraded.  Than 
the  exactions  of  a  modern  trade  policy  of  govern- 
ment, nothing  can  be  more  severe,  nothing  more 
unjust,  nothing  more  tyrannical.  In  Ceylon, 
there  is  neither  the  debt,  nor  the  discontent,  nor 
the  misery  which  we  find  in  our  colossal  Indian 
empire  ;  but  the  natives  of  Ceylon,  the  Singhal- 
ese, the  Tamuls,  and  the  Malays,  are  exactly 
what  they  were  in  the  time  of  the  Dutch  and 
Portuguese  governments.  We  certainly  do  not 
allow  the  natives  to  be  so  cruelly  treated  as  they 
used  formerly  to  be  by  their  previous  conquerors ; 
but  we  have  done  little  or  nothing  to  raise  them 
from  the  misery  in  which  we  found  them,  and  we 
have  had  no  influence  whatever  upon  their  inner 
life  and  conscience.  Neither  the  Mauritius,  nor 
Ceylon,  nor  the  West  Coast  settlements,  have 
much  for  which  to  thank  us. 

The  present  constitution  of  Ceylon  was 
established  in  1831  and  1833.  A  Governor  is 
appointed  by  the  Crown ;  and,  aided  by  the 
Executive  Council,  carries  on  the  administration 
of  the  island.  In  1867,  the  public  revenue 
amounted  to  less  than  1  million  sterling,  and,  in 
1878,  was  fully  1  £  millions  sterling  ;  and  the 
revenue  for  the  corresponding  years  was  under 
1  million  sterling,  and  1£  millions  sterling.  The 
principal  sources  of  revenue  are  customs  duties, 
licenses,  sales,  and  rents  of  public  land.  The 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.       115 

expenditure  i& chiefly  for  the  judicial  estublish- 
inent  and  contribution  to  the  imperial  ex- 
chequer for  military  expenditure.  The  public 
debt  was,  in  1878,  reduced  to  £350,000. 

Hong  Kong  is  the  last  of  the  minor  depen- 
dencies to  which  I  can  direct  your  attention, 
which,  I  am  afraid,  I  have  almost  wearied 
beyond  the  hope  of  pardon. 

It  is  situated  on  the  south-east  coast  of  Chin;  i. 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Canton  river,  and  about  40 
miles  east  of  Macao.  It  was  formerly  an  integral 
part  of  China,  and  was  ceded  to  Great  Britain  in 
1841.  It  is  mainly  used  as  a  factory  for  British 
commerce  with  China,  and  as  a  British  military 
and  naval  station.  Its  length  is  11  miles,  and 
its  breadth  from  2  to  5  miles,  and  its  area  is 
29  English  square  miles.  Its  total  population, 
in  1876,  was  140,000,  of  whom  6,000  were 
Europeans,  2,600  Indians,  and  115,000  Chinese. 
Of  the  Europeans,  869  were  British,  and  1,367 
Portuguese. 

The  trade  of  Hong  Kong  is  virtually  part  of 
the  commerce  of  China,  and  is  chiefly  carried 
on  with  Great  Britain,  the  United  States,  and 
Germany.  Its  chief  article  of  export  to  Britain 
is  tea,  and  the  British  imports  are  chiefly  textile 
fabrics,  especially  cottons  for  China. 

The  administration  is  conducted  by  a  Gover- 
nor appointed  by  the  Crown,  and  he  is  aided  by 
an  Executive,  and  also  by  a  Legislative  Council. 
In  1871,  the  revenue  was  £176,000,  and,  in 
1878,  was  £189,526 ;  and  the  expenditure, 
respectively,  £187,000  and  £182,104.  The 
Government  of  Hong  Kong  pays  the  British 


116  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

Home  Government  £20  000  a-year  as  a  military 
contribution  to  the  national  exchequer. 

This  much,  which  is  very  little,  must  suffice 
for  what  I  have  to  say  as  to  the  minor  colonies 
and  dependencies  of  the  British  crown. 

I  now  wish  to  direct  your  attention  to  some 
points  of  great  national  as  well  as  colonial 
interest  in  connection  with  our  gigantic,  wide- 
spread, and  heterogeneous  Colonial  empire.  All 
the  points  which  I  am  to  notice  refer  to  the 
consolidation  of  our  Colonial  empire,  and  are 
comprised  under  the  heads  of  emigration,  com- 
mercial policy,  defence,  and  confederation.  Al- 
ready, in  regard  to  the  three  great  groups  into 
which,  as  I  think,  our  Colonial  possessions 
naturally  fall,  and  into  which  they  will  naturally 
gravitate,  I  have  made  several  observations  ;  but, 
having  concluded  my  treatment  of  these  different 
groups,  I  wish  to  bring  my  remarks  on  this  great 
question  to  an  end  by  considering  these  points 
very  briefly  from  a  general  or  imperial  point  of 
view. 

Emigration  is  an  absolute  necessity  of  our 
existence.  We  have  a  superabundant  popula- 
tion, and  our  territoryat  home  is  too  narrowfor  us. 
Land  in  this  country  does  not  receive,  and  is  not 
likely  to  receive,  that  increase  of  capital  requisite 
to  enable  it  to  feed  our  whole  population.  Our 
commercial  prosperity  ebbs  and  flows,  and  confers 
great  wealth  on  some  ;  and,  while  increasing  the 
general  welfare,  leaves  many  who  can  depart  for 
a  wider  sphere  of  activity  than  they  have  at 
home,  and  many  who  would  go  abroad  were  they 
able  to  afford  it,  in  a  worse  position  than  before. 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.        117 

The  existence  of  the  former  class  explains  why 
emigration  is  more  active  in  prosperous  times,  and 
of  the  latter  suggests  the  necessity  of  something 
being  done  by  the  state  for  their  benefit.  The  good 
cultivatable  land  of  the  British  colonies  is  un- 
limited. The  certainty  of  arriving  at  a  moderate 
competence,  and  the  probability  of  reaching  con- 
siderable wealth,  in  the  British  colonies  are 
unquestionable.  For  example,  we  have  only 
78,000,000  acres  of  cultivatable  land  in  the 
United  Kingdom  ;  New  South  Wales  has  more 
than  800,000,000  acres.  We  have  a  population 
of  34,000,000  ;  New  South  Wales  has  600,000. 
Again,  the  area  of  cultivation  in  Australia  is 
10,000  square  miles  out  of  a  total  of  3,000,000 
acres,  and  in  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  there  are 
1,000  square  miles  out  of  a  total  of  1,000,000  acres. 
I  have  thus  indicated  the  object  and  the  means  I 
have  in  view  in  pressing  upon  you  the  import- 
ance of  emigration  to  relieve  the  labour  market 
when  overstocked  at  home.  In  the  absence  of 
more  efficient  means  than  exist  at  present,  I 
think  that,  for  carrying  out  that  object,  a  regular 
system  of  state  emigration  to  the  British  colonies 
at  the  expense  of  the  nation  is  absolutely 
essential.  Such  a  national  system  would  involve 
the  choice  of  an  appropriate  situation,  and  of 
funds  to  carry  on  operations  in  the  new  home  of 
the  emigrants  till  they  were  able  to  maintain 
themselves.  How  far  my  object  can  be  carried 
out  by  private  associations,  maintained  at  the 
cost  of  wealthy  citizens  of  the  mother  country,  or 
of  the  colonies,  I  leave  the  rich  and  the  benevo- 
lent to  decide  for  themselves.  What  I  do  know 


118  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

is  this  :  If  any  one  says  I  am  advocating  a 
system  of  pauper  relief,  I  beg  leave  to  say 
that  relief  to  the  needy  to  enable  them  to  help 
themselves  is  far  better  and  more  economical 
than  to  sustain  the  destitute  in  perpetual  poverty, 
and  leave  them  an  everlasting  burden  upon  the 
industrious  portion  of  the  community,  and  a 
curse  to  themselves  and  everybody  connected 
with  them. 

The  truest  system  of  political  economy  is  to 
open  up  the  means  of  employment  and  usefulness 
for  all,  and  to  guide  the  people  towards  that 
employment.  Men,  as  well  as  bales  of  cotton,  or 
machinery,  have  a  real  marketable  value  ;  and, 
if  they  are  induced  to  settle  elsewhere  than  in 
our  own  colonies,  we  are  very  likely  to  be  so 
much  the  poorer  by  the  loss  of  their  service. 

The  commercial  policy  of  the  empire  should 
be  uniform.  For  my  part,  I  see  no  reason  for  a 
different  commercial  policy  by  us  as  regards  the 
colonies,  or  by  the  colonies  as  regards  us,  than  I 
do  as  regards  the  commercial  relations  of 
England,  Scotland,  and  Ireland. 

Free  trade  should  be  the  commercial  policy 
adopted  by  the  colonies  as  well  as  maintained 
by  ourselves.  We  have  gained  immeasurably 
by  the  adoption  of  and  adherence  to  that  policy, 
and  the  colonies  would  reap  as  great  benefits 
from  the  adoption  of  the  policy  of  free  trade  as 
we  have  done. 

The  defence  of  the  colonies  is  a  pressing 
necessity,  and  cannot  safely  be  neglected,  or  left 
in  its  present  condition.  Defence  against  what  ? 
Not  against  internal  disorder,  not  against  one 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.        1  1  -) 

another,  not  ;i«r;iinst  the  mother  countiy.  But 
against  the  possible  aggressions  of  the  external 
foes  of  the  empire  at  large.  The  responsibility 
of  the  mother  countiy  to  maintain  its  full  rights 
in  every  quarter  of  the  globe,  where  its  rights 
are  endangered,  or  its  subjects  ill  treated,  or  its 
general  policy  thwarted  by  ignorance,  envy, 
malice,  or  covetousness,  is  great, — is  greater  than 
is  generally  supposed.  Yet  the  British  nation 
can  allow  no  act  of  injustice  to  be  perpetrated 
against  its  honour,  or  against  its  meanest  citizen, 
in  any  part  of  the  world.  How  is  this  exalted, 
this  grand,  this  beneficent  policy,  to  be  executed  ? 
By  our  army  alone  ?  No.  By  our  naval  power 
alone  ?  No.  But  by  the  truthfulness,  the  justice, 
the  fairness  of  our  demands ;  and  by  the  resolution 
and  energy  with  which  the  national  policy  is 
supported  by  the  whole  of  a  great,  free,  and 
energetic  people.  Let  us  not  neglect  the  art  of 
war,  nor  the  qualities  which  enable  us  to  main- 
tain our  rights ;  but  let  us,  above  all  things, 
remain  steadfast  in  those  firm,  just,  and  equitable 
principles,  which  we  have  received  from  our 
ancestors,  and  which  have  made  our  country  the 
home  of  freedom,  and  the  centre  of  the  commerce 
of  the  world. 

How  are  we  most  effectually  to  do  so  ?  By 
a  wise  and  prudent  forethought  as  to  our  rights 
and  duties.  We  are  supreme  at  sea.  But 
some  dire  calamity  might,  in  a  moment,  over- 
whelm our  fleet  with  destruction,  or  some  point 
in  the  general  line  of  defence  might  be  neglected 
and  seized  by  the  enemy ;  and  thus  our  own 
homes,  and  all  our  colonies,  might  fall  as 


120  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

speedily,  and,  for  a  time  at  least,  and  perhaps 
for  ever,  as  the  power  of  Spain  on  the  destruction 
of  the  Armada,  or  of  the  Dutch  on  the  capture 
of  St  Eustatius. 

A  power  in  possession  of  Sydney,  or  New- 
castle, and  also  of  King  George's  Sound,  would, 
I  believe,  hold  the  whole  of  the  continent  of 
Australia  in  its  iron  grasp.  Mare  Island,  used 
as  an  arsenal  of  the  United  States,  is  6,400  miles 
from  Sydney  ;  and  Vladivostock,  a  Russian  base 
of  operations  in  the  North  Pacific,  is  5,000  miles 
from  Sydney.  What  do  these  two  facts  warn  us 
to  do  ?  Prepare  for  war  against  the  United 
States  or  Russia  ?  Not  at  all.  They  show  us 
— if  you  will  examine  the  map — that  Vladi- 
vostock is  8,000  miles,  and  Mare  Island  7,000 
miles,  nearer  Sydney  than  Plymouth  ;  and  also 
that,  in  the  event  of  our  being  suddenly  involved 
in  war  with  either  of  those  powers,  we  would  be 
placed  at  a  great  disadvantage  in  defending  our 
Australian  possessions.  Since  the  Crimean  war, 
in  1854,  Russia  has  advanced  her  military  forces 
not  less  than  3,000  miles  nearer  our  possessions 
in  Australia.  Widely-extended  empire  has  its 
advantages,  but  it  also  has  numerous  and  heavy 
responsibilities.  To  allow  the  colonial  harbours, 
which  afford  the  best  foothold  for  our  trade  and 
commerce,  to  be  taken  out  of  our  hands  would 
be  an  irreparable  national  disaster  which  cannot 
be  exaggerated  ;  and  to  allow  them  to  remain  in 
the  hands  of  another  power  would  very  much 
diminish  our  external  trade  and  commerce. 

Those  who  think  we  live  in  or  near  the  age 
of  universal  peace  are  living  in  a  fool's  paradise. 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.       12 1 

Those  who  think  we  have  nothing  whatever  to 
fear  from  the  quarrels  of  European  nations  would 
do  well  to  study  the  history  of  Europe  for  the 
last  century,  and  the  true  significance  to  be 
attached  to  the  vast  armaments  in  France  and 
Germany,  Austria  and  Russia.  Those  who  think 
we  can  afford  to  be  indifferent  to  what  is  pass- 
ing around  us  in  the  neighbourhood  of  our  own 
possessions  are  blind,  blind  guides,  and  are  cer- 
tain to  land  into  the  ditch  all  who  trust  in  them, 
and  to  inflict  some  terrible  calamity,  some  in- 
famous disgrace  upon  our  name  and  character. 
Unless  the  whole  power  of  this  country,  material 
as  well  as  moral,  is  clearly  and  unequivocally 
placed  on  the  side  of  general  peace,  I  look  for- 
ward to  a  great  European  conflict,  at  no  distant 
period,  as  an  absolute  certainty. 

Federation  was  the  last  point  to  which  I  was 
to  call  your  attention  on  the  present  occasion. 
I  have  already  partially  dealt  with  this  subject; 
and,  in  so  far  as  they  fall  into  natural  groups,  the 
proposal  to  join  the  colonies  into  something  like 
legislative  unity,  has  my  most  entire  approval 
and  cordial  sympathy.  The  confederation  of 
which  I  have  now  to  speak  is  a  very  different 
matter,  and  involves  consequences  of  much  greater 
moment  than  that  of  which  I  spoke  at  an  earlier 
part  of  the  evening.  I  am  quite  alive  to  the 
grandeur  of  imperial  confederation  ;  but  I  have 
no  faith  in  its  fitness  to  contribute  to  the  welfare 
and  happiness  of  the  people  throughout  Her 
Majesty's  wide-spread  dominions.  Were  the 
confederation  of  a  legislative  kind,  in  the  same 
sense  as  the  Union  between  the  United  King- 


122  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  : 

dom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  the  colonies 
must  send  representatives  to  both  Houses  of 
Parliament  ;  must  send  to  this  country,  as  their 
representatives,  men  who  could  not  possibly  be 
able  to  deal  with  our  multifarious  objects  of  par- 
liamentary concern ;  must  send  representatives 
who  would  be  utterly  out  of  place,  so  far  as  prac- 
tical utility  was  concerned,  in  either  House  of 
the  British  Parliament ;  and  must  find  them- 
selves helplessly  crushed  by  the  overwhelming 
power  of  the  representatives  of  the  mother 
country.  Whatever  may  be  in  the  distant  future, 
there  does  not  appear  to  me  to  be,  under  present 
circumstances,  the  slightest  advantage  in  at 
tempting  to  consolidate  the  empire  by  a  legis- 
lative union  of  all  its  parts  in  one  great  Parlia- 
ment of  the  whole. 

Is  there  any  other  form  of  confederation  ad- 
vocated ?  Yes,  there  is  another  ;  but,  to  my 
mind,  it  does  not  appear  to  be  confederation  at 
all.  It  consists  of  a  Council,  whose  president 
would  be  the  British  Colonial  Minister,  and 
whose  ordinary  members  would  be  representa- 
tives from  all  the  different  colonies.  The  pro- 
posal is  utterly  impracticable ;  and,  even  though 
practicable,  is  utterly  useless.  On  the  first  point, 
the  colonies  have  not  asked  for  any  such  council, 
and  they  could  never  agree  as  to  the  amount  of 
representation  each  ought  to  have  were  it  to  be 
created.  On  the  second  point,  as  a  consultative 
council,  the  whole  advantages  of  the  proposal 
are  already  obtained  by  the  establishment  in 
London  of  Residential  Agents  of  all  the  great 
colonies,  by  the  constant  intercommunication 


PRESENT  CONDITION  AND  FUTURE  PROSPECTS.          123 

which  takes  place  between  these  agents  and  the 
Colonial  Secretary,  and  by  the  easy  access 
which  every  Residential  Agent  has  to  the 
members  of  both  Houses  of  Parliament,  and 
to  the  general  public,  with  the  view  of 
bringing  the  demands  or  complaints  of  their 
constituents  before  the  legislature  of  the  United 
Kingdom,  the  press,  the  people  at  large,  and  the 
whole  world.  Further,  and  on  the  supposition 
that  a  deliberative  council  is  intended  to  be  con- 
stituted, I  believe,  that  either  the  Colonial 
Secretary  would  become  the  mere  puppet  of  such 
a  council,  or  he  would  be  the  sole  ruling  spirit  of 
such  an  assembly.  In  the  former  case,  the  affairs 
of  the  empire  would  suffer  ;  and,  in  the  latter, 
the  council  is  unnecessary. 

Gentlemen,  the  rapid  growth  of  the  British 
colonies  is  something  wonderful,  and  is  un- 
paralleled in  the  history  of  the  world.  Let  us 
give  full  scope  and  freedom  to  this  growth.  Let 
the  colonies  expand,  in  their  own  way,  as  much 
as  possible.  Let  us  avoid  all  attempts  to  restrain 
them  in  the  swaddling  clothes  of  infancy  ;  but 
let  us  give  them,  as  our  favourite  offspring,  all 
the  advantages,  as  far  as  we  can,  of  our  experi- 
ence, our  enterprise,  and  our  wealth.  Let 
us  encourage  emigration  to  our  own  colonies 
rather  than  to  other  countries.  Let  us,  in  a 
firm  yet  kindly  spirit,  do  all  we  can  to 
encourage  our  fellow-subjects  in  the  colonies  to 
become  great,  powerful,  and  free  as  we  ourselves 
have  become  great,  powerful,  and  free.  Let 
us  establish  a  full  and  complete  line  of  de- 
fence for  our  whole  empire  in  a  broad  and 


124  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES. 

prudent  spirit,  and  capable  of  resisting  all  the 
possible  contingencies  of  the  present  century  at 
least.  Let  us  encourage  all  our  colonies  to 
walk  in  the  footsteps  of  equal  freedom  and  just 
laws.  Let  us  urge  upon  them  to  join  in  such 
groups  as  their  position,  necessities,  and 
common  interests  demand.  Finally,  let  us,  at 
all  times,  in  all  seasons,  and  in  all  parts  of  the 
world,  be  prepared  to  act  our  part  as  the  parent 
state  of  a  fraternity  of  free,  independent,  self- 
governing  communities,  which  do  not  require 
confederation  in  order  to  be  placed  on  a  footing 
of  political  equality,  but  already  enjoy  all  the 
advantages  of  such  equality  as  integral  parts 
of  the  British  empire,  united  together  in  the 
strongest  of  all  unions,  namely,  of  a  common 
origin,  common  language,  and  common  interest. 


JAMBS  P.  MATHEW  AND  CO.,  PKINTEKS,  COWGATE,  DUNDEE. 


OUR    INDIAN    EMPIRE. 


DUNDEE : 
HUNTED    BY   WINTER,   DUNCAN    AND    CO,,   CASTLE    STREET. 


TWO    SPEECHES 


ON 


OTJK  INDIAN  EMPIEE: 

ITS      KXTKILXAL      RELATIONS 

AND 

ITS   MORAL  AND  MATERIAL  PROGRESS  AND   CONDITION 
DELIVERED    IN    DUNDEE, 

BY 

ALEXANDER    ROBERTSON,    M.A. 

*H 

BARRISTER- AT- LAW. 


DUNDEE: 

WINTER,     DUNCAN    &    Co.     10    CASTLE     STREET. 

187ft, 


Dedication. 


THE  RIGHT  HONOURABLE    LORD    CRANBROOK, 

§ecretaru  of  <State  for  Inbin. 


MY  LORD, 

Having  attentively  watched  the  course  of  recent 
events  in  the  East,  I,  sometime  ago,  resolved  to  give  my  fellow 
townsmen  in  Dun.dee  a  brief  outline  of  the  External  Eelations 
and  Internal  Condition  of  British  India.  I  accordingly 
delivered  the  Speeches  contained  in  the  following  pages.  How 
far  some  of  my  views,  enunciated  several  months  ago,  are  in 
harmony  with  the  Foreign  Indian  policy  of  Her  Majesty's 
Government  will  easily  be  seen  by  aD,  who  take  the  trouble  to 
to  compare  my  first  Speech  with  the  latest  information  com- 
municated to  Parliament,  without  the  necessity  of  my  pointing 
out  the  coincidences,  or  the  discrepancies.  Where  there  is 
discrepancy,  I  naturally  feel  sceptical  about  my  own  opinion  ; 
where  there  is  coincidence,  I  naturally  feel  confidence  in  my 
own  conclusion :  because  Her  Majesty's  Government  are, 
beyond  all  doubt,  in  a  far  better  position  to  arrive  at  a  just 
and  prudent  determination  than  any  private  individual  can 
possibly  be. 


VI.  DEDICATION. 

For  the  great  favour  your  Lordship  has  conferred  upon  me 
by  kindly  acceding  to  my  request  that  my  two  Speeches  might 
be  dedicated  to  your  Lordship,  I  beg  to  tender  you  my  most 
sincere  and  hearty  thanks.  Allow  me,  however,  to  avail  myself 
of  this  opportunity  to  state,  as  in  honour  I  am  bound  to  do, 
that  your  Lordship  is  in  no  way,  and  ought  not  to  be  held, 
responsible  for  a  single  statement  or  opinion  expressed  in  this 
pamphlet.  I  make  this  timely,  although  perhaps  unnecessary 
acknowledgment,  lest  your  Lordship  should  be  accused  of 
opinions  which  ought  to  be  solely  imputed  to  me. 

Thoroughly  convinced  that  impartial  history  will  approve 
of  the  Eastern  policy  of  Her  Majesty's  Ministers,  and  that 
none  of  your  predecessors  in  the  high  office  you  now  hold — 
hold  with  the  approbation  of  the  country  at  large — ever  took 
a  deeper  interest  in  the  welfare  and  prosperity  of  British  India 
than  your  Lordship, 

I  have  the  honour  to  be, 
MY  LORD, 

Your  most  obedient  servant, 

ALEXANDER    ROBERTSON. 


22nd  August  1879: 
TERKACE,  BROUGHTY  FERRY. 


TABLE    OF   CONTENTS. 


IIKST    SPEECH:    EXTERNAL    RELATIONS. 

Pages  1  to  39. 

Europe  has  passed  through  critical  period. — Late  war  closed  by 
International  Treaty  of  Berlin. — Intimate  relations  between  Dundee 
and  India. — Unless  Ottoman  Government  reformed,  momentous  changes 
impending. — Britain  must  have  future  policy  clearly  defined. — She 
is  determined  to  defend  India. — External  danger  to  India  from 
Russia  alone. — Britain  must  defend  freedom  of  trade  and  navigation 
and  maritime  supremacy,  guard  interests  in  Egypt,  and  promote  good 
government  in  Asia. — Reasons  for  acquiring  Cyprus. — Asia-Minor 
important  to  us  in  regard  to  sympathetic  influences,  and  to  overland 
route  to  India. — Britain's  duties  under  Anglo-Turkish  Convention. — 
Nature  of  tribes  in  Central  Asia,  and  of  their  territories. — Russia's 
advance  in  Central  Asia  should  not  alarm  us,  but  should  be 
attentively  watched. — India  impregnable  except  on  North-west 
Provinces. — Past  measures  adopted  against  dangers  of  British  and 
Russian  territories  being  coterminous  in  Asia  have  failed. — Nature 
of  tribes  and  territories  on  North  frontier. — Four  phases  of  British 
policy  towards  Afghanistan. — Attitude  towards  Sheri  Ali  condemned. 
—Vindication  of  late  Afghan  war. — General  principles  for  a  peace 
with  Afghanistan. — British  policy  towards  Persia  expensive,  and 
doubtful  in  results. — Persia  will  probably  be  absorbed  by  Russia. — 
Burmah  causing  excitement,  but  does  not  call  for  British  inter- 
vention.— Further  annexation  of  Burmah  should  not  be  encouraged. — 
Duty  «.>!'  r.ritain  u> wards  India. 


vili.  TABLE   OF    roNTKNTS. 

SECOND    SPEECH:    PROGRESS   AND    CONDITION. 

r<t0eg  41  to  85. 

Statistics  of  India  and  different  Provinces. — Sanitary  Improve- 
ments.— Condition  of  people  of  India. — National  system  of 
Education. — Indian  Press. — Missionary  enterprise. — Government 
Officials. — Local  Government. — Military  forces,  cost,  and  reduc- 
tion.— Finances. — Indian  Communications. — Land  Revenue  of  Pro- 
vinces.— Salt  monopoly. — Opium  monopoly. — Loss  by  exchange. — 
Administration  of  Justice, — Agricultural  produce,  food,  cotton,  jute, 
rhea,  silk,  tea,  coffee. — Irrigation. — Trade  and  Commerce. — Cotton 
exports  and  trade,  seed,  rice,  jute  and  jute  trade,  tea,  wheat, 
coffee. — Suez  Canal. — Indian  trade  might  be  developed  in  Afghan- 
istan, Turkestan,  and  Tibet. — Policy  advocated  towards  India. 


OUE   INDIAN    EMPIRE 

ITS    EXTERNAL    RELATIONS. 

(DELIVERED  IN  DUNDEE,  7m  APRIL  1879.) 


MR.  PROVOST  AND  GENTLEMEN  : 

No  one,  who,  for  the  last  two  or  three  years, 
has  attentively  watched  the  course  of  events  in  the 
East,  can  deny  that  Europe  has  passed  through  a  very 
critical  period  of  its  history.  Indeed,  since  the  revolt 
of  the  Bosnians  and  Herzegovinians  against  the 
Ottoman  rule,  and  still  more  since  the  Czar  declared 
war  against  the  Sultan  in  1876,  the  peace  of  the 
whole  of  Europe  has,  several  times,  trembled  in  the 
balance,  and  the  greater  part  of  the  civilized  world 
has  been  on  the  brink  of  a  frightful  and  gigantic  war. 
The  truth  is  that  Russia  has  long  been  intriguing  to 
paralyse  our  influence  in  European  and  Asiatic  Turkey, 
and  on  the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean ;  and  in 
executing  her  schemes,  she  has  been  availing  herself 
of  her  influence  in  Central  Asia  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
demand  our  most  serious  attention.  We  must,  there- 
fore, keep  our  eyes  open  as  to  what  is  happening  in 


2  OUR   INDIAN    EMPIRE: 

Europe  and  in  Asia.  Since  Russia  became  mistress 
of  Georgia,  she  has  had  the  keys  of  Armenia 
in  her  hands,  and,  with  the  keys  of  Armenia,  the 
sources  of  the  Tigris  and  the  Euphrates,  which  open 
up  Turkey  in  Asia  to  the  blighting  influence  of  her 
spurious  humanitarianism.  With  Roumania  and  the 
new  Bulgarian  State  under  her  power,  the  next  great 
effort  of  Russia  will  be  the  expulsion  of  the  Ottoman  race 
as  rulers  from  European  Turkey ;  and  with  her  frontiers 
continually  approaching  nearer  and  nearer  the  ter- 
ritories of  British  India,  we  have,  at  no  distant  period, 
the  certain  prospect  of  being  called  upon  to  settle,  for 
some  generations,  what  is  to  be  the  form  of  govern- 
ment, and  who  are  to  be  the  rulers,  at  Constantinople 
and  its  surrounding  territory,  and  what  the  future 
relations  and  possessions  of  Russia  and  Britain  in 
Asiatic  Turkey  and  Central  Asia.  At  the  present 
moment,  no  two  powers  in  Europe  can  be  said,  in  the 
proper  sense  of  the  word,  to  be  allies.  The  interests 
of  the  great  Western  Powers  in  the  future  govern- 
ment of  European  Turkey  or  Asiatic  Turkey  are 
by  no  means  identical ;  and  those  of  Asiatic  Turkey 
and  of  Central  Asia  are  almost  exclusively  Russian 
and  British.  We  must,  therefore,  as  of  old,  be  pre- 
pared to  look  after  our  own  affairs ;  and,  if  necessary, 
to  defend  the  interests  of  the  British  Empire. 

Happily,  by  the  efforts  of  European  statesmen, 
the  deplorable  and  calamitous  effects  of  war,  for 
the  present,  have  been  confined  to  the  Turks  and 
the  Slavs.  Happily,  the  interests  of  the  contending 
parties,  and  of  Europe  in  general,  have  been  definitely 
settled  by  an  international  treaty,  which,  whatever  its 
imperfections,  will,  at  all  events,  secure  the  peace  of 


ITS    EXTERNAL    IM-I.  ATM  >VS. 

Europe  for  some  years  to  come.  At  several  important 
junctures  during  the  recent  war,  I  thought  it  my  duty 
to  express  my  views  in  a  public  manner  upon  the  late 
war  as  regards  our  own  and  European  interests  ;  and 
I  am  glad  to  know  that  my  humble  efforts  to  keep  the 
real  questions  involved  clearly  before  the  minds  of  some 
of  my  former  fellow  townsmen  have  not  been  altogether 
useless.  The  time  has  now  arrived,  as  it  seems  to  me, 
to  lay  before  you  some  information  as  to  the  external 
relations  of  that  mighty  Eastern  Empire  which  has 
had,  and  must  always  have,  no  small  effect  in  defining 
our  foreign  policy,  and  in  determining  our  attitude 
towards  both  of  the  parties  lately  carrying  on 
war  against  one  another.  The  general  ignorance 
which  exists  in  our  midst  on  Indian  affairs  will  doubt- 
less extenuate,  if  not  excuse,  my  well  -  meant 
efforts  to  do  something  to  dispel  misapprehensions 
which  might  lead  to  grave  consequences,  and  might 
ultimately  compel  us  to  make  a  stupendous  effort  to 
repel  the  open  or  insidious  attacks  of  an  astute  foe, 
or  to  maintain  our  supremacy  in  India  against  internal 
revolt. 

Considering  the  intimate  commercial  relations 
between  this  great  and  industrious  town  and  India, 
the  source  whence  you  obtain  the  raw  material  for 
your  great  staple  trade,  and  considering  the  great 
interests  involved  in  our  national  connection  with 
India,  I  am  justified  in  asking  your  serious  attention 
to  that  part  of  my  subject  upon  which  I  am  to 
speak  to  you  on  this  occasion.  My  subject  falls 
naturally  into  two  portions — namely,  the  external 
relations  of  our  Indian  Empire ;  and  secondly,  the 
internal  relations.  To-night,  I  have  to  ask  your  kind 


4  OUR   INDIAN    EMPIRE: 

attention  to  the  first  portion,  and,  on  a  subsequent 
occasion,  I  hope  to  have  the  honour  of  addressing  you 
on  the  second. 

While  I  am  firmly  persuaded  that  the  Treaty 
of  Berlin  will  be  carried  into  execution,  I  have  not 
the  slightest  doubt  that  momentous  changes  as 
to  the  Ottoman  Empire  are  hidden  in  the  womb 
of  futurity.  Turkey  has  got  her  last  chance  of  setting 
her  house  in  order.  She  has  lost  many  large  and 
rich  provinces,  and  her  power  as  a  great  and  en- 
during empire  is  seriously  endangered.  She  is  upheld 
by  the  bayonets  of  foreign  powers,  and  her  hereditary 
foe  will  renew  his  intrigues  to  effect  her  downfall. 
Permanently  to  retain  the  Turkish  Sultan  at  Con- 
stantinople is  an  utter  impossibility,  and,  sooner  or 
later,  the  Mohammedan  ruler  must  give  way  to  a 
Christian  sovereign,  seated  on  the  throne  in  the  great 
city  on  the  Bosphorus.  But,  whatever  may  happen 
in  the  future,  the  great  Western  Powers  of  Europe 
will  oppose,  and,  if  need  be,  the  powerful  countries 
of  Austro- Hungary  and  Britain  will  prevent,  by  all 
means  at  their  command,  the  conquest  of  Constan- 
tinople and  the  surrounding  territory  by  the  Russian 
people.  The  opinions  of  the  great  statesmen  of 
Western  Europe  are  almost  unanimously  in  favour 
of  this  view,  and  have  been  endorsed  by  the  several 
countries  which  sent  representatives  to  Berlin  to  bring 
about  a  peace  on  a  European  basis.  Diverse  as  the 
interests  of  the  different  European  States  were  as 
regards  the  so-called  Eastern  Question,  there  is  not  the 
shadow  of  a  doubt  that,  if  Russia  had  obtained  pos- 
session of  the  Turkish  capital,  and  had  insisted  upon 
the  full  rights  of  a  conqueror,  a  great  European  war 


ITS  EXTERNAL  KKLATIONS.  5 

would  have  been  inevitable,  and  the  British  and 
Austrian  forces  would  have  fought,  side  by  side,  on 
behalf  of  the  Ottoman  empire,  till  victory  crowned 
their  efforts  in  defence  of  their 'own  interests,  and 
of  the  interests  of  Western  civilization,  and  of 
the  world  at  large.  On  this  point,  there  ought 
to  be  no  room  for  doubt  or  mistake.  To  be  under 
any  misapprehension  on  this  subject  may  lead  to 
grave  disasters  and  terrible  calamities.  Observe  to 
what  the  permanent  conquest  of  Constantinople  by 
the  Czar  would  necessarily  lead.  As  regards  Austria, 
it  would  raise  the  ambitious  aspirations  of  Pansclavonic 
dreamers,  endangering  the  stability  of  the  Austro-Hun- 
garian  monarchy.  Do  you  imagine  that  the  statesmen 
of  Austria  would  calmly  allow  these  aspirations  to  be 
realised  ?  As  regards  ourselves,  it  would  place  Russia 
in  a  situation  to  control  our  passage  to  India  by  the 
Suez  Canal,  and  to  extend  her  dominion  over  Asia- 
Minor,  and  to  hold  possession  of  one  of  the  great 
highways,  and,  perhaps,  at  no  distant  period,  the 
most  important  and  speediest  approach,  to  our  mighty 
Empire  in  the  East.  Do  you  suppose  that  any  con- 
siderable body  of  our  countrymen  would  have 
allowed  such  a  position  to  be  held  by  the  only  foreign 
power  which,  so  far  as  human  eye  can  foresee,  can 
ever  endanger  our  supremacy  in  our  Indian  dominions  ? 
As  regards  the  general  interests  of  Western  Europe, 
it  would  have  brought  a  strong  military,  semi- 
barbarous  people  into  the  very  heart  of  Europe,  and 
would  have  led  to  pretensions  as  preposterous  and 
absurd  as  they  are  wild  and  chimerical,  and  to  contests 
which  would  have  been  as  fierce,  bloody,  and  destruc- 
tive as  the  wars  carried  on,  in  early  times,  by  the 


6  OUR    INDIAN    EMPIRE  ! 

barbarous  hordes  which  arose  to  power  on  the  ruins  of 
the  Roman  Empire,  and,  for  many  generations,  involved 
Europe  in  the  most  horrible  cruelties,  and  the  blackest 
midnight.  Were  these  considerations  likely  to  escape 
the  most  enlightened  statesmen  of  our  time  ? 
Under  such  circumstances,  Her  Majesty's  Ministers 
were  wisely  on  the  alert  to  prevent  any  possible 
danger  arising  against  the  British  Empire  ; 
and  they  would  have  been  justly  condemned 
to  eternal  infamy  had  they  neglected  to  take 
precautionary  measures  for  the  defence  of  the 
high  interests  committed  to  their  charge.  How  they 
have  fulfilled  their  duty,  future  history  will  best  show ; 
but,  I  believe,  they  richly  deserve  the  honour  and 
the  confidence  which  the  nation,  as  a  whole,  has  be- 
stowed upon  them.  For  the  present,  at  all  events, 
European  interests  need  not  further  give  us  any  cause 
for  serious  alarm.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  Asiatic 
interests  must  earnestly  engage  our  attention,  and  to 
the  consideration  of  these  I  now  proceed. 

As  to  these  matters,  we  must  endeavour  to  reach 
£ome  clear  and  well-defined  principles,  and,  at  the 
same  time,  attempt  to  lay  the  foundations  of  a  prudent, 
just,  and  yet  flexible  policy,  in  defence  of  our  Indian 
dominions  and  our  Indian  fellow -subjects. 

My    fundamental    proposition    is   that   we    have 
undertaken  the  sovereignty  of  India,  and  are  deter- 
mined to  defend  it.     The  sovereignty  of  India  was  not 
undertaken  when,  in  1876,  the  legislature  authorised 
the  Queen  to  assume  the  title  of  Empress  of  India  in 
all  matters  directly  concerned  with  the  government  of 
I  India.     It  was  taken  in  hand  by  the  people  of  this 
I  country  as  far  back  as  1773,  when  the  greatness  of  the 


ITS   EXTERN  \  I.    DELATIONS.  7 

East  Indian  possessions  compelled  the  British  legisla- 
ture to  interfere  directly  in  the  government  of  the  East 
India  Company's  affairs  as  regards  matters  political. 
It  has  been,  for  more  than  a  century,  sanctioned  by  the 
clearly-defined  and  unequivocal  action  of  the  nation  by 
its  public  acts,  and,  for  long  years,  by  the  conduct  of 
its  responsible  statesmen.  It  was  finally  and  irrevo- 
cably undertaken  when  the  possessions,  jurisdiction,  and 
authority  of  the  East  India  Company  passed  into 
the  hands  of  Her  Majesty  by  an  act  of  the  British 
legislature  in  1857.  To  change  the  nature  of  all  these 
public  acts  is  impossible ;  and  to  attempt  to  do  so 
would  be  the  strongest  possible  evidence  of  the  ap- 
proaching decrepitude  of  the  British  Empire.  The 
power  of  ^^tajr^pr^ec^s^njiiaLfrom  internal  disorder 
and  external  aggression ;  and  I  humbly  believe  that 
it  is  the  umversaTwish  and  the  fixed  resolution  of  the 
people  of  this  country  to  fulfil  their  obligations  to  India 
and  its  people.  Nay  more,  I  feel  assured  that,  if, 
directly  or  indirectly,  our  power  in  Asia  were  to  be 
assailed,  the  whole  of  Her  Majesty's  subjects  would 
rally  round  the  throne,  and  defend  British  India 
against  any  and  every  aggressor  who  attacked,  or 
even  menaced,  or  seriously  threatened  to  endanger, 
our  supremacy  in  Hindustan. 

But  not  only  is  our  national  reputation  involved 
in  our  relations  with  India,  we  have  large 
pecuniary  and  material  interests  in  India, — interests 
which  we  are  not  likely  to  be  foolish  enough  to  allow 
other  people  to  manage  for  us.  We  have  spent 
millions  upon  millions  of  money  in  securing  our 
Empire  in  the  East,  in  developing  its  trade,  and  in 
improving  its  communications.  These  sums  are  a 


8  OUR   INDIAN   EMPIRE  ! 

portion  of  our  national  wealth,  and  to  allow  them  to 
be  under  the  control  of  any  invader  would  be  an 
instance  of  transcendental  generosity  of  which  the 
world  has  as  yet  never  had  any  experience. 

We  are  told,  it  is  true,  that  there  is  no  one  seek- 
ing to  invade  India  or  likely  to  do  so  ;  and,  if  any 
attempts  were  made  to  invade  it,  disaster  would 
necessarily  befall  our  foes.  I  am  convinced  that,  in 
the  present  generation,  there  is  no  known  power 
capable  of  overthrowing  our  authority  and  dominion 
in  India.  But  I  am  not  prepared  to  believe  that 
threats  or  feints  may  not  be  made  by  Russia,  either 
for  the  purpose  of  keeping  us  in  a  state  of  alarm 
and  agitation,  or  with  the  view  of  paralysing  our  in- 
fluence in  the  councils  of  Europe.  Besides,  Russia  is 
the  only  great  power  which  can  really  endanger  our 
peace  in  the  East ;  and  her  rapid  advance  into  Central 
Asia,  her  intrigues  with  the  late  Ameer  of  Afghanistan, 
and  her  recent  efforts  to  strengthen  her  position  in  Asia- 
Minor,  all  go  to  prove  the  necessity  of  being  on  our 
guard  against  her  in  Asia.  Our  Indian  Empire  rests 
on  a  European  basis.  We  would  therefore  be  mad  to 
close  our  eyes  as  to  what  is  taking  place  in  the  Black 
Sea,  on  the  Bosphorus.  and  in  the  Mediterranean. 
But  we  would  be  infatuated  were  we  to  overlook  the 
long-cherished  aspirations  of  a  large  and  influential 
portion  of  the  Russian  people,  who  believe,  and 
publicly  assert,  that  any  loss  of  our  prestige  in 
India  would  bring  us  face  to  face  with  a  hostile  Asiatic 
league  with  Russia  at  its  head,  and,  at  all  hazards, 
are  ready  to  make  no  inconsiderable  sacrifices  to 
endanger  our  position  in  the  East,  and  are  fully 
persuaded  of  the  certain  and  inevitable  victory  of  the 


ITS   EXTERNAL   RELATIONS.  9 

mission  of  Holy  Russia  in  Asia,  and  even  within  the 
principal  dominions  of  British  India.  In  Russia, 
there  are  large  numbers  of  the  people  who  look  upon  the 
fertile  and  extensive  plains  of  India  as  a  kind  of  pan  i- 
dise,  in  which  all  the  good  things  of  this  world 
are  to  be  obtained  by  defeating  the  small  British 
armies  in  India,  and  by  taking  possession  of  what  to 
them  would  be  a  land  flowing  with  milk  and  honey. 
Hitherto  our  main  object  has  been  to  stop  the  progress 
of  Russia  in  Europe,  and  uphold  the  Turkish  Empire 
both  in  Europe  and  Asia  as  a  barrier  to  Russia ;  but, 
within  the  past  few  years,  we  have  been  roused  into 
great  activity  by  the  rapid  advances  of  Russia  in  the 
direction  of  Herat  and  Cabul,  and  we  have  now  no  other 
alternative  than  to  allow  Russia  to  hold  Afghanistan, 
or  to  take  political  control  of  it  ourselves.  From 
1814  to  1830,  we  never  dreamed  of  Russian  interference 
in  Indian  affairs,  but,  for  more  than  a  quarter  of  a 
century,  not  a  few  have  seen  that,  on  a  suitable 
occasion,  such  interference  was  not  improbable. 

This  state  of  things  clearly  points  out  what  we 
ought  to  do.  It  shows  us  what  our  European  interests 
involved  are — the  maintenance  of  freedom  of  trade 
and  navigation,  and  our  maritime  supremacy ;  and 
that  our  Asiatic  interests  are  bound  up  with  the 
present  and  future  destiny  of  the  Ottoman  Empire, 
and  its  subordinate  dependency  Egypt ;  and  with 
the  happiness  and  prosperity  of  the  inhabitants  of 
Asia-Minor,  Central  Asia,  Persia,  and  Afghanistan. 

As  the  freedom  of  trade  and  navigation  depends 
upon,  and  has  its  life-blood  from,  our  maritime  su- 
premacy, I  would  merely  observe  that  we  must  ever  be 
ready  to  make  great  sacrifices  for  the  purpose  of 


10  OUR    INDIAN    EMPIRE: 

keeping  our  naval  forces  in  a  perfect  state  of  efficiency, 
and  that  thus,  and  thus  alone,  so  long  as  the  great 
continental  powers  maintain  their  huge  armies,  can  we 
hope  to  be  at  peace,  and  in  full  possession  of  our  wide- 
spread dominions,  and  our  liberties  both  at  home  and 
abroad. 

As  regards  the  maintenance  of  the  Ottoman  Em- 
pire, the  Treaty  of  Berlin  will  sufficiently  guard  it 
from  present  serious  hostile  attacks ;  and  as  regards 
Egypt,  and  its  reckless  ruler,  we  may  trust  to  a  French 
and  British  arrangement  being  sufficient  to  bring 
matters  at  Cairo  to  a  satisfactory  termination.  Let  us, 
therefore,  see  what  are  the  direct  effects  of  recent 
events  in  the  East  upon  our  affairs,  and  what  effects 
they  will  probably  have  upon  our  future  conduct. 

By  our  possession  of  Malta  and  Gibraltar,  we  have 
a  predominating  influence  in  the  Mediterranean. 

What,  then,  were  the  reasons  for  acquiring  posses- 
sion of  the  Island  of  Cyprus  ?  They  were — (1.)  that, 
in  the  event  of  the  Sultan  being  unable  to  pacify  and 
rule  his  subjects  in  Asia-Minor  in  harmony  with  the 
enlightened  views  of  Western  Europe,  he  must  give 
way  to  a  power  which  can  satisfy  the  requirements  of 
justice  and  good  policy  ;  and  (2.)  that  the  possession 
of  Cyprus  will  greatly  enable  us  to  fulfil  our  obligations 
to  the  interesting  peoples  who  occupy  the  countries 
which  are  on  the  border  edges  of  the  Mediterranean. 
Believing,  as  I  do,  that  we  have  as  much  territory  as 
we  can  well  wish  to  hold,  or  hope  to  govern  with 
success,  I  hope  that  the  Sultan  and  his  Ministers  will 
be  able  to  govern  Asia-Minor  to  the  entire  satisfaction 
of  Europe ;  but,  well  knowing  the  weakness  and 
corruption  of  the  Ottoman  Empire,  I  shall  not  be 


ITS    i:\Ti.i;\.\L    RBtATtOa  1  1 

surprised  if  the  Sultan  will,  in  the  end,  and  before 
long,  be  obliged  to  confess  that  he  has  not  the  power 
to  carry  his  wishes  as  to  Asia-Minor  into  execution. 
In  the  meantime,  our  intervention  cannot  fail  to  be  very 
useful  to  the  Sultan,  and  afterwards,  if  his  failure 
should  be  complete  and  acknowledged,  cannot  fail  to 
be  of  vast  service  to  us  in  the  future  government  of 
Asia-Minor.  Cyprus  was  not  acquired  by  us  on 
its  own  account.  It  was  taken  over  by  us  in 
consequence  of  our  fear  that,  at  some  future  yet  not 
distant  period,  we  would  be  obliged  to  undertake 
the  government  of  Asia-Minor.  If  this  fear  should 
turn  out  to  be  unfounded,  Cyprus  can  be  handed  back 
to  the  Sultan,  or  some  new  arrangement  can  be  made 
in  regard  to  that  Island,  so  as  to  secure  its  prosperity 
and  future  welfare.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  we  are  obliged 
to  see  to  the  welfare  of  4#P=^Iifc»^and  its  various 
peoples,  we  will,  by  our^^session  oMJvprus,  hold  an 
advantageous  situation/jjfmch  will  eila-lble  us  to  act 
with  more  power  and  celerity  than  we  could  otherwise 
have  done.  Therefore,  mose  who  object/to  our  occupa- 
tion of  Cyprus  on  grouncn^&culiar  to  the  Island  itself, 
must  raise  their  minds  to  amgher  subject  than  the 
Island  itself,  and  must  endeavour  to  see  its  connection 
with  our  probable  future  relations  to  Armenia  and  the 
neighbouring  country.  In  Asia-Minor,  as  in  every 
part  of  the  Turkish  Empire,  it  is  the  duty  of  all  the 
co-signatures  of  the  Berlin  Treaty  to  enforce  security 
of  person  and  property,  the  impartial  administration 
of  justice,  and  the  abolition  of  unjust  and  irregular 
taxes.  For  this  end,  an  effective  police  force,  and  a  just 
administration  of  the  laws  already  in  force  would  have 
the  most  beneficial  results  throughout  eveiy  part  of  the 


12  OUR   INDIAN    EMPIRE: 

Ottoman  Empire.  Moreover,  as  far  as  we  can,  we 
especially  ought  to  advance  the  interests  of  free  and 
constitutional  government  in  Turkey,  and  above  all 
things  prevent  Asia- Minor  from  falling  into  the 
hands  of  any  despotic  power.  Our  obligations  under 
the  Convention  of  June  1878  are  clear  and  un- 
ambiguous. If  the  Sultan  performs  his  duty  to 
his  Asiatic  subjects,  we  are  bound  to  aid  him  with  all 
the  strength  of  the  national  resources  ;  but,  if  he  fail 
to  do  so,  we  must  find  some  other  means  than  the 
Ottoman  power  to  obtain  the  primary  rights  of 
political  union  for  the  inhabitants  of  Asia-Minor. 

As  regards  India,  the  importance  of  Asia- Minor 
is  twofold  :  1st,  Disturbances  in  Asia-Minor  are  apt  to 
be  propagated  towards  India,  and  dangerously  to  excite 
our  fellow-subjects  in  our  Eastern  possessions ;  and, 
2ndly,  Asia-Minor  affords  great  facilities  for 
railway  communication  between  India  and  this 
country,  which  must  always  be  the  centre  of 
national  policy  and  military  power  of  our  Indian 
Empire. 

On  the  first  point,  I  need  merely  remind  you  of 
the  subtle  influences  of  alarm  and  panic  so  common 
amongst  Eastern  people,  and  of  the  invasions  of 
Asia,  originating  from  the  neighbourhood  of  Asiatic 
Turkey — of  the  invasions  of  Alexander  the  Great  and 
of  the  Mohammedan  conquerors,  and,  in  later  times, 
of  the  rapid  southern  advances  of  the  Hussian  people. 
The  last  war  between  Russia  and  Turkey  having 
endangered  the  permanent  existence  of  the  Sultan's 
power  in  Europe,  and  the  Asiatic  provinces  being 
hostile  to  Ottoman  rule,  we  were  brought  face  to 
face  with  the  alternative  of  Russian  conquest,  or 


ITS   EXTERNAL    UK  NATIONS.  13 

British  supremacy,  in  Asia-Minor.  Between  these 
two,  no  other  alternative,  in  a  few  years,  would  have 
been  open  to  us.  Which  alternative,  then,  were  we 
called  upon  to  adopt  ?  Which  alternative  do  you 
think  ought  to  have  been  adopted  ?  Between  British 
supremacy  and  Russian  conquest,  whether  we 
consider  the  human  rights  involved,  or  the  rights  and 
capacity  of  the  two  greatest  Asiatic  nations  to  govern 
alien  peoples,  or  the  advantages  to  the  peace  of 
the  world  at  large,  I,  at  all  events,  have  no  difficulty 
in  making  my  choice.  As  the  friends  of  free  and 
constitutional  government  throughout  the  world,  we 
ought  to  guard  against  the  possibility  of  Asia-Minor 
falling  into  the  hands  of  a  despotic  sovereign,  or  a 
semi-barbarous  people,  alien  to  it  in  race,  language,  and 
religion,  and  we  ought,  by  all  lawful  means,  to 
do  all  we  can  to  extend  the  inestimable  advantages 
of  free  and  enlightened  government  to  this  portion  of 
the  world,  rich  in  natural  resources,  and  full  of 
highest  promise  to  the  welfare  of  the  human  race. 
Our  position  in  India  makes  us  deeply  concerned  in 
the  happiness  of  the  inhabitants  of  Asia- Minor ;  and 
if,  by  a  policy  of  selfish  isolation,  we  neglect  the  duty 
which  clearly  devolves  upon  us  in  regard  to  them, 
we  will  be  blind  to  our  own  highest  interests,  and  will 
reap  a  bitter  harvest  for  our  weakness  and  pusillanimity. 
Our  duties  as  to  Asia-Minor  do  not  arise  from  the  Con- 
vention of  June  1878.  They  spring  from  the  nature  of 
our  Empire  in  India,  and  they  are  merely  formulated, 
not  originated,  by  that  much  maligned  instrument. 

Let  us  not  be  alarmed  at  the  supposed  enormous  ex- 
tent of  our  duties  as  they  are  disclosed  before  our  eyes. 
What  are  they?  To  cause  the  rights  of  property  to  be 


14  oun  INDIAN  EMPIRE: 

respected,  to  enforce  security  of  life  and  members,  to  see 
to  the  just  administration  of  the  laws,  and  to  compel  all 
unjust  and  irregular  taxes  to  be  abolished.  Are  these 
objects  worthy  of  our  Empire,  worthy  of  our  high 
character  in  the  history  of  the  world  as  leaders  in  the 
foremost  ranks  of  civilization  and  progress  ?  Yes, 
they  are  highly  worthy  of  us ;  and,  doubtless,  when 
the  time  comes,  if  come  it  should,  for  the  enforcement 
of  these  primary  rights  of  mankind,  no  public  man 
will  refuse  to  lend  a  helping  hand  in  the  restoration 
of  an  industrious  and  peaceful  people,  in  the 
development  of  the  great  capacities  for  trade, 
commerce,  and  agriculture  of  one  of  the  most 
favoured  places  of  the  earth,  and  in  the  introduction 
of  Western  ideas  and  practices  into  that  once  happy 
and  smiling  region. 

With  regard  to  the  second  point  to  which 
I  referred,  I  have  to  say  that,  whatever  may  be 
the  route  which  the  future  Asiatic  Railway  will 
take,  whether  the  route  by  the  Tigris  and  Euphrates 
or  by  some  modifications  of  that  course,  Asia-Minor 
will  be  the  territory  from  which  it  will  start  from  the 
shores  of  the  Mediterranean.  Probably,  before  the  end 
of  the  present  century,  the  Cape  and  the  Suez  Canal 
routes  to  India  may  be  abandoned  as  the  main  high- 
ways of  our  intercourse  with  India,  and  a  great 
central  Asiatic  Railway  will  still  further  abridge  the 
distance  between  ourselves  and  our  great  dependency 
in  the  East.  If  such  a  railway  is  to  be  undertaken, 
it  will  involve  a  vast  outlay,  must  be  national  in  its 
character,  and  must  not  be  undertaken  until  after  the 
fullest  inquiry,  and  most  ample  consideration.  With 
such  high  duties  before  us,  with  such  mighty  and 


ITS    EXTERNAL   RELATIONS.  15 

beneficent  works  in  contemplation,  I  believe  that  we 
have  an  ample  defence  for  our  recent  conduct  as 
regards  Cyprus  and  Asia-Minor  ;  for,  in  thus  defending 
the  interests  of  our  Indian  Empire,  we  are  not  opposing, 
or  acting  in  a  hostile  spirit  to,  the  general  interests  of 
Europe,  or  of  the  world,  but  acting  in  the  highest 
interests  of  civilization  and  of  human  progress. 

Let  us  now  approach  somewhat  nearer  the  frontiers 
of  India,  and  endeavour  to  get  some  idea  of  the  con- 
dition of  Central  Asia.  Here  we  come  into  contact 
with  huge  tracts  of  territory  occupied  by  rude, 
barbarous,  pastoral,  warlike,  and  predatory  hordes  in 
a  state  of  almost  incessant  conflict  with  each  other, 
and  frequently  attacking  and  plundering  the  peaceful 
subjects  and  the  caravans  of  civilized  nations.  The 
dangers  of  this  condition  of  things  are  self-evident,  and 
have  compelled  us  to  chastise  the  marauders,  and  in- 
duced Eussia  to  annex  large  tracts  of  Asiatic  territory. 
With  this  territory,  or  these  tribes,  we  have  no  desire 
to  have  any  greater  concern  than  we  can  help.  By 
themselves  those  people  can  do  us  no  serious  harm ; 
and,  at  the  utmost,  can  only  compel  us  to  maintain 
larger  bodies  of  armed  men  than  at  present  to  watch 
and  defend  our  frontiers,  and  protect  our  own  subjects 
and  merchandise  from  their  hostile  incursions.  Still, 
we  are  deeply  concerned  in  their  absorption  by  any 
great,  compact,  and  warlike  European  power.  Russia 
is  such  a  power,  and  no  one,  even  slightly  acquainted 
with  the  history  of  Central  Asia  for  the  last  half 
century,  and  especially  since  the  Crimean  War,  can 
iliil  to  observe  that  the  advance  of  Russia  into  Central 
Asia  has  been  great  and  incessant,  and  that  the 
advantages  which  she  has  derived  therefrom  are 


16  OUR   INDIAN    EMPIRE  : 

extremely  small.  Her  ostensible  aims  in  Central 
Asia  are  to  protect  her  ever  advancing  frontiers,  and 
to  establish  commercial  relations  with  the  Asiatics. 
Her  real  aim  is  the  reduction  of  Persia,  and  of  all 
the  tribes  intermediate  between  her  present 
boundaries  and  the  British  frontiers,  and,  if  possible, 
to  annex  Merv  and  Herat. 

Now,  with  this  condition  of  things  before  us,  with 
this  advance  indubitably  placed  beyond  the  shadow 
of  a  doubt,  I  beg  leave  to  say  that  I  do  not  think  the 
advance  of  Russia  is  likely,  within  any  determinable 
period  of  time,  to  endanger  our  supremacy  in  India, 
nor  do  I  look  upon  such  advance  with  anything  like 
alarm  or  disapprobation.  I  believe  that  a  still  further 
progress  of  Russia  in  Central  Asia  than  at  present 
will  contribute  to  the  civilization  of  that  part 
of  the  world,  and  that,  even  although  her 
territories  were  coterminous  with  our  own,  as  sooner 
or  later  they  certainly  will  be,  we  have  no  need  to  be 
afraid  of  her  immediate  proximity  to  our  Indian 
Empire.  But,  let  it  be  remembered,  that  this  latter 
contingency  is  to  be  kept  fully  in  sight  with  the  object 
of  enabling  us  to  see  what  is  our  duty  in  regard  to 
the  safeguarding  of  our  own  possessions  in  the  East. 
Let  us,  by  all  means,  welcome  Russia  in  her  mission 
of  civilization  in  Central  Asia ;  but  do  not  let  us  be  so 
blind  to  our  own  interests  as  to  throw  away  the  best 
and  most  effectual  means  to  preserve  the  bonds  of 
peace  and  goodwill  between  Russia  and  ourselves. 
To  wish  those  engaged  in  a  good  work  God-speed  is  a 
duty  we  owe  to  ourselves,  our  neighbours,  and 
humanity.  But  to  neglect  measures  of  defence  against 
almost  certain  perils  is  unwise  and  absurd.  Russia 


ITS    RXTBRNAL    BELATIO1  17 

still  advances,  and  inevitably  annexes  the  territory 
she  conquers.  The  progress  of  Tamerlane  and  his 
barbarous  hordes  was  swift  and  destructive,  and 
speedily  came  to  an  end.  That  of  Hussia  is  quite 
different.  Russia  does  not  advance  her  forces  in 
Asiatic  Turkey  and  Central  Asia,  overturning, 
plundering,  or  devastating  the  country,  and  then 
withdraws  her  forces.  No,  she  retains  her  conquests,  . 
introduces  her  own  administrative  machinery,  her  laws, 
and  her  civilization. 

Not  desiring  to  weary  you  with  details,  let  me 
simply  ask  you  :  What  are  the  territorial  results  of 
her  recent  conquests  ?  The  territory  and  tribes  of  the 
Caucasus  have  been  subdued  by  Russia  since  the 
Treaty  of  Paris  in  1856.  The  annexation  of  the 
Caucasus  has  opened  the  whole  of  the  north  of 
Persia,  and  the  eastern  provinces  of  Asiatic  Turkey,  to 
Russian  invasion  and  Russian  commerce.  There  has 
also  been  a  great  advance  of  the  Russian  frontier  to 
the  east  of  the  Caspian  Sea  in  the  last  twenty  years. 
In  Central  Asia,  the  Russian  conquests  began  in  1848, 
when  Russian  fortresses  were  erected  in  the  heart  of 
Kirghese  Steppe,  and  the  old  Russian  frontier  was 
connected  with  the  long-coveted  line  of  the  Jaxartes. 
So  long  as  Russia  remained  on  the  north  side  of  the 
Oxus,  we  had  nothing  to  fear,  nothing  of  which  to 
complain ;  but  this  new  condition  of  things  brought 
her  into  contact  with  the  three  Khanates  of  Bokhara 
Khiva,  and  Kashgar.  Our  relative  positions  were  thence 
entirely  changed.  The  march  on  Khiva  in  1873  gave 
rise  to  much  distrust,  annoyance,  and  alarm  in  India 
and  in  this  country  ;  and,  as  it  was  evidently  part 
of  a  general  scheme,  the  explanations  offered  to  us 


18  OUR  INDIAN  EMPIRE: 

by  the  Russian  Government  were  not  believed 
by  those  who  best  knew  Russian  statesmen, 
their  plans,  and  even  their  necessities.  The  Russian 
scheme  was  believed  to  be,  and  I  believe  was, 
to  advance  to  Khiva,  then  to  Merv,  and  then  to 
Herat.  Khiva  has  been  vanquished ;  will  Merv  and 
Herat  fall  under  a  similar  fate  ?  The  former  stands 
in  an  oasis  of  the  desert,  is  of  great  consequence  from 
a  strategical  point  of  view,  and  is  inhabited  by  a 
numerous  and  brave  race  of  mountaineers,  who  might 
be  converted  into  a  powerful  cavalry  force.  It  is 
situated  amidst  steppes  and  sandy  deserts,  and  is 
defended  by  several  hamlets,  whence  an  invader 
will  find  his  advance  extremely  tedious  and 
dangerous.  From  this  region,  the  brave  but  barbarous 
Tekinze  direct  their  hostile  forays,  by  crossing  the 
Oxus  in  boats,  and  plundering  the  territory  of  Khiva 
and  Bokhara,  and  sometimes  bursting  into  the  fair 
and  rich  Persian  province  of  Korasan.  The  Tekinze 
are  cattle  lifters  and  men-stealers,  and  all  attempts 
hitherto  made  by  the  Russians,  or  Persians,  to  punish 
them  have  disastrously  failed.  Other  and  greater 
attempts  will  soon  be  made ;  and,  if  successful,  will 
speedily  bring  Russia  to  the  border  edges  of  Afghan- 
istan. To  oppose  Russia  in  punishing  those  robbers 
would  be  unjustifiable ;  and  to  oppose  her  in  annex- 
ing their  territory,  I  believe,  unwise.  But,  with  the 
conquest  of  Merv  clearly  before  our  eyes — a  conquest 
which  will  give  Russia  full  control  over  the  whole  of 
the  Turkoman  tribes,  whose  territories  extend  along 
the  frontiers  of  Afghanistan,  from  Kojah  Saleh  on  the 
Oxus  to  the  Persian  frontier — we  must  have  Herat 
completely  under  our  control.  With  that  town 


ITS   I:\TI;I;V\L   i;i;i.  \T1ONS.  19 


in  our  possession,  or  in  the  hands  of  a  faithful  nlly, 
we  can  ;t  lll.nl  to  look  upon  the  Russi.-.n  annexation 
of  Merv  with  supreme  indifference.  Herat  is,  by  its 
position,  the  north-western  key  oi"  Afghanistan  ;  and 
to  prevent  it  from  falling  into  the  hands  of  Russia  is, 
I  believe,  all  that  we  need  attempt  to  do.  In  our 
arrangements  with  Afghanistan,  when  peace  comes  to 
be  made,  Herat  must  be  placed  at  our  disposal.  Let 
us  make  no  mistake  on  this  point.  Herat  is  the  key 
of  Cabul,  and  Cabul  of  India. 

How  far,  in  what  way,  and  when,  the  Russian 
plans  will  be  worked  out  is  uncertain  ;  but  how  far 
we  should  be  prepared  for  every  contingency 
ought  not  to  be  doubtful.  Russian  conquests 
in  Central  Asia  have  not  been  so  easy  or  rapid 
during  the  last  twenty  years  as  formerly. 
Still,  they  have  been  considerable,  are  all  of  them  in 
the  direction  of  British  India,  and  Russian  forts  have 
been  erected  at  all  the  most  important  strategic 
points  to  protect  the  newly  acquired  territory,  and 
will,  of  course,  if  necessary,  be  made  the  basis  of  future 
hostile  operations.  As  I  have  said,  the  march  on  Khiva 
gave  rise  to  alarm  and  distrust.  Explanations  were 
asked,  given,  and  disbelieved.  No  annexation,  we 
were  told,  was  contemplated,  and  yet,  all  the  same, 
annexation  took  place.  Before  long,  the  same  or 
similar  things  will  be  done  in  the  same  region.  Let 
us  neither  be  deceived  nor  alarmed,  nor  caught  unpre- 
pared. We  must  be  prepared  with  some  clear, 
well-defined  plan,  and  unhesitatingly  act  upon  it. 
A  beggarly  policy  of  temporary  expediency  is 
unworthy  of  our  country,  is  unsuitable  to  our 
Indian  Empire,  and  will,  if  persisted  in,  end  in 


20  OUR  INDIAN  EMPIRE: 

disaster  and  disgrace.  We  must  guard  against  the 
coming  danger  being  exaggerated,  and  also  against 
measures  of  defence  being  adopted  on  sudden  im- 
pulses. Thus,  we  must  very  soon  determine  where 
our  permanent  frontier  in  Central  Asia  is  to  be  fixed. 
Was  it  to  be  the  Hindu  Kush,  or  the  Sufed  Koh, 
the  Suleiman  range,  and  the  mountains  round  about 
Quettah  ?  If  the  former,  we  must  defend  Herat 
and  the  Persian  Gulf  as  strategic  points  of  the  utmost 
importance ;  and,  if  the  latter,  we  must  fix  our  eyes 
somewhat  nearer  the  present  frontiers  of  British 
India,  and  defend  Jellalabad,  Candahar,  and  Quettah 
as  the  defensive  outposts  of  our  Indian  Empire.  This 
is  a  great  problem,  and  can  only  be  wisely  solved  by 
military  and  political  considerations  which  demand 
the  highest  efforts  of  military  genius  and  states- 
manship. The  decision  of  such  complicated  matters 
by  the  popular  voice,  is  one  of  the  wildest  fancies, 
which  could  possibly  enter  the  most  disordered  brain. 
Our  Indian  dominions  are  impregnable,  except  on 
the  north-west  frontiers,  which  are  situated  close  to 
the  mountains  through  which  India  has  been  invaded 
from  the  earliest  ages.  In  the  Punjab,  lying  at  the 
foot  of  these  mountains,  we  have  long  had,  and  must 
always  have,  a  considerable  military  force  ready  for 
any  emergency  ;  and,  at  the  points  where  the  Kyber 
and  Bolan  passes  open  into  the  plains  of  the  Punjab, 
strong  outposts  are  placed  to  protect  us  from  surprises, 
and  from  the  predatory  incursions  of  the  neighbouring 
hill  tribes.  Burmah  on  the  East  can  give  us  no  cause 
for  permanent  alarm.  Supreme  at  sea,  possessor  of 
the  most  powerful  navy  in  the  word,  we  need  not  fear 
invasion  from  the  West  or  the  South. 


ITS   EXTERNAL   RELATIONS.  21 

To  provide  for  the  security  of  India  against  the 
probable  dangers  of  the  Asiatic  territories  of  Britain 
and  Russia  being  coterminous,  various  methods, 
which  may,  at  the  time,  have  been  sufficient,  have 
been  adopted ;  but,  in  the  present  condition  of 
affairs,  all  of  them  have  been,  or  must  be,  abandoned 
as  unsuitable. 

The  maintenance  of  the  independence  of  the 
Khanates  of  Kashgar,  Bokhara,  and  Khiva  was  one  of 
those  methods.  It  has  utterly  broken  down,  and 
these  three  Khanates  are  under  the  authority  and 
dominion  of  Russia.  Nothing  else  could  have  been 
expected.  In  Central  Asia,  the  causes  for  war 
between  rude  and  uncivilized  tribes  and  a  strong, 
energetic  European  power  are  inevitable,  and  annexa- 
tion follows  as  certainly  as  daybreak  emerges  out  of 
the  gloom  and  the  blackness  of  midnight.  Another 
favourite  scheme  with  some  of  our  Indian  states- 
men, was  the  establishment  of  a  neutral  zone.  The 
suggestion  was  somewhat  rudely  exposed,  and  its 
failure  predicted  by  Russian  statesmen  and  others ; 
but  it  was  accepted  by  both  parties  for  a  time,  and 
has  since  been  cast  into  the  limbo  of  past  temporary 
and  untenable  expedients.  Another  favourite,  and 
certainly  more  permanent  plan,  was  the  independence 
of  Afghanistan.  How  it  has  crumbled  to  pieces  is 
matter  of  history,  and  its  destruction  will  be  a  necessary 
result  of  the  present  war  between  India  and  Afghan- 
istan. It  will,  however,  be  advantageous,  and 
it  is  highly  desirable  that  I  should  indicate  the 
nature  of  the  whole  of  our  northern  Asiatic  frontier, 
and  the  character  and  strength  of  the  tribes  in 
that  neighbourhood,  and  then  trace  the  origin  of 


22  OUR   INDIAN    EMPIRE  I 

recent  events  in  Afghanistan,  and  inquire  what  must 
be  our  future  policy  in  regard  to  that  important 
frontier  country  of  India. 

A  group  of  Indo-Chinese  tribes,  with  Chinese  or 
Burmese  affinities,  forms  a  fringe  round  the  Govern- 
ment of  Bengal.  It  comprises  Nepaul,  Sikkim, 
Bhutan,  Kuch  Bahar,  and  the  neighbouring  hill 
tribes. 

The  state  of  Nepaul  lies  among  the  deep  ravines 
and  ridges  of  the  Himalayas,  and  is  separated  from  the 
plains  of  India  by  a  belt  of  pestiferous  forest  called 
the  Terai  Luckhimpur.  An  English-resident  is 
settled  at  Katmandu,  but  we  have  practically  little 
influence  over  this  frontier  kingdom.  On  the  eastern 
border  of  Nepaul  is  the  small  Himalayan  state  of  Sik- 
kim, which  lies  under  the  shadow  of  the  loftiest  moun- 
tain peaks  in  the  world.  On  the  east  of  Sikkim  is  the 
state  of  Bhutan,  where  the  mountains  are  inhabited  by 
a  turbulent  race  in  close  connection  with  Tibet,  and  the 
Bhuteas,  and  their  frontier  neighbours.  Indeed,  all 
the  inhabitants  from  Bhutan  to  Burmah  are 
wild  and  lawless  tribes,  who  have  been  very 
difficult  to  manage.  They  have  involved  us  in  many 
petty  wars,  and  sometimes  serious  contests ;  and, 
although  vanquished  or  driven  back  from  their  hostile 
raids  of  blood  and  plunder,  have  received  money  from 
us  in  lieu  of  the  black-mail  which  they  levied  from 
the  people  whose  persons  or  goods  they  seized  in  their 
predatory  excursions.  Mutual  intercourse  and  an 
effective  police  force  have  here  considerably  advanced 
the  interests  of  peace,  and  our  own  happiness.  Left 
unknown  in  the  obscure  hills  and  jungles,  there  is  no 
security  against  their  raids ;  but,  when  inter- 


ttfi     !.\  I  I   ':    .  M-     HI- 1    \  Tl«>\>.  23 

course  is  established,  these  niuiint.-iiiieers  soon  become 
amenable  to  our  authority. 

Next,  the  Afghan  and  Biloch  tribes  occupy  the 
land  beyond  the  Indus.  These  border  tribes  were 
long  exceedingly  troublesome ;  and,  until  recently, 
have  been  a  source  of  disquietude  and  anxiety  to 
the  Indian  Government.  Between  1849  and  1855 
there  were  fifteen  expeditions  against  these  robber 
tribes,  and  seven  between  1856  and  1864.  They 
occupied  territories  on  our  frontier  from  Kaghdn,  at 
the  north- west  of  Kashmir,  to  the  confines  of  Sinde, 
extending  to  the  length  of  about  800  miles.  In 
the  same  region,  are  the  Hasanzais,  on  the  left 
bank  of  the  Indus ;  the  Swats,  the  Momands,  and 
the  Afredis,  and  many  other  small  yet  brave  clans. 
The  Afredis  occupy  the  territory  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  the  Kyber  pass,  are  desperately 
fickle,  treacherous,  and  cunning ;  and,  although 
long  paid  by  us  for  keeping  the  Kyber 
pass  open,  have,  on  several  occasions,  cut  our 
men  to  pieces.  They  are  fine,  tall,  athletic  high- 
landers,  lean  but  muscular,  with  long  gaunt  faces, 
high  noses  and  check  bones,  and  dark  com- 
plexions. The  different  clans  are  often  at  feud  with 
each  other,  but  some  of  them  have  always  been  our 
allies.  The  Waziris  tribe  is  one  of  the  largest  and 
most  important  tribes  on  this  frontier ;  for  it  holds  a 
pass  through  which  much  of  the  traffic  between  India 
and  Central  Asia  is  conveyed.  It  has  43,900  fighting 
men.  The  Waziris  owed  no  allegiance  at  Cabul,  and 
hold  the  Gomul  pass,  and  other  parts  of  the  Suleiman 
range. 

The  Biloch  frontier  tribes,  further  south,  including 


24  or  11  INDIAN  EMPIRE: 

the  Kasranis,  Bozdars,  Khutraris,  Kosahs,  Lagharis, 
Gurchanis,  Murris,  and  Bugtis,  number  about  130,000 
fighting  men.  These  tribes  are  always,  more  or 
less,  at  enmity  with  each  other,  are  very  debased,  and 
are  often  guilty  of  robbery  and  cattle  stealing. 

As  to  Afghanistan,  our  policy  has,  in  the 
present  century,  passed  through  four  phases — namely, 
supporting  Persia  against  Afghanistan,  maintaining 
the  exiled  Ameer  Shah  Soojah  on  the  throne  of 
Afghanistan  against  the  wishes  of  the  Afghan  people, 
inactivity  during  the  reigns  of  Mahmood  and  Sheri 
Ali,  and  declaring  war  against  the  latter. 

The  first  phase  of  our  policy  was  eminently  success- 
ful. It  was  adopted  and  carried  out  when  our  northern 
Indian  frontier  was  the  River  Sutlege,  and  when  the 
danger  of  an  irruption  into  the  Punjab  was  very  con- 
siderable ;  for  then  the  Punjab  was  not  conquered  by 
us,  and  Afghanistan  made  pretensions  to  certain 
portions  of  Sinde.  The  next  phase  was  one  of  blunder- 
ing and  disaster,  and  ended  by  our  army  being  cruelly 
and-  treacherously  butchered  in  1842.  One  man 
alone  escaped  this  terrible  disaster ;  and  he,  wearied, 
maimed,  and  almost  dead,  carried  the  sad  tale  of 
our  miserable  failures  to  our  countrymen  at  Jellalabad. 
Afterwards,  under  the  gallant  and  heroic  Sale 
and  Pollock,  an  army  of  retribution  soon  entered 
Cabul,  took  vengeance  on  the  Afghans,  destroyed  a 
large  portion  of  their  capital  city,  and,  subsequently 
withdrawing  their  forces  into  British  India,  left 
Afghanistan  and  her  rulers  to  themselves. 

Thereafter,  a  period  of  indifference  was  the  main 
characteristic  of  our  Afghan  policy.  This  lasted  thirty 
years,  and  ended  with  the  ultimatum  sent  by  the 


ITS    I:.\TI:I;\.\L    i;i:i.  \TI«  ».\8.  25 

Viceroy  of  India  to  Sheri  AH  in  1879,  demanding 
satisfaction  for  the  insult  cast  upon  the  Indian 
Government  by  the  Ameer's  refusal  to  allow  our  friend- 
ly mission  to  proceed  to  Cabul  to  confer  with  him  on 
matters  of  common  and  international  interest. 

Previous  to  this  insult  upon  our  national  honour, 
two  attempts  were  made  to  bring  about  a  cordial 
state  of  relations  between  the  authorities  of  British 
India  and  the  Ameer  of  Afghanistan.  The  results  of 
these  attempts  are  recorded  in  the  British  State 
papers  as  to  the  conferences  at  Amballa  and  Peshawar. 
The  Amballa  conference  between  the  Viceroy  and 
the  Ameer  appeared  to  be  highly  satisfactory ;  but, 
after  all,  was  really  nothing  more  than  a  good 
illustration  of  the  truth  that  the  real  intentions  of 
an  oriental  Court  are  not  to  be  discovered  by  the 
use  of  the  glowing  language  of  eulogium,  but  from 
the  character  of  the  actions  of  the  Sovereign  and  his 
people.  On  the  other  hand,  the  conference  at 
Peshawar  plainly  disclosed  the  real  nature  of  the 
complaints  and  objects  of  the  Ameer.  His 
ambassador  complained  that  we  had  interfered  with 
his  just  rights  over  his  son  Yacoob  Khan,  and  with 
the  hill  tribes  lying  between  the  Afghan  and  Indian 
frontiers.  He  was  told  every  thing  would  be  done 
to  remove  all  just  grounds  of  complaint,  but  that  the 
sine  qua  non  of  the  conference — namely,  the  residence 
of  a  British  Officer  in  Afghanistan — must  be  first 
accepted,  and  that  the  British  Government  in  India 
could  no  longer  be  satisfied,  with  the  unreliable 
character  of  the  information  transmitted  by  the 
native  British  Agent  at  Cabul.  The  conference 
ended  abortively,  and  both  parties  continued  in  the 


-2()  OUR  INDIAN  EMPIRE: 

same  condition  of  dissatisfaction,  resentment,  and 
distrust,  in  which  they  had  been  for  some  years 
previously. 

We  now  approach  the  last  or  present  phase 
of  our  Afghan  policy.  Under  the  influence  of 
Russia,  a  storm  had  long  been  gathering  in  the 
East,  and  a  war  with  Afghanistan  became 
inevitable.  As  far  back  as  1870,  letters  had 
been  addressed  to  the  Ameer  by  Russian  officers. 
When  an  explanation  of  this  undoubted  breach  of  a 
distinct  understanding  was  demanded  from  the 
Russian  Government  at  St.  Petersburgh,  all  knowledge 
of  such  communications  was  denied,  and  when  proof 
was  adduced,  a  feeble  effort  was  made  to  explain 
them  on  the  ground  of  courtesy.  Afghanistan  had,  by 
mutual  consent,  been  placed  by  the  supreme  Govern- 
ments of  Russia  and  Britain  beyond  the  sphere  of  Rus- 
sian influence,  and  the  explanation  offered  was  in 
direct  contradiction  to  the  terms  of  the  letters  them- 
selves. Again,  in  1875,  preparations  were  made  for 
sending  a  Russian  Mission  to  Cabul ;  and  subsequently, 
in  1878,  a  Russian  Mission,  under  the  General  of  Samar- 
cand,  reached  the  Afghan  capital.  The  Ameer  thought 
he  had  been  meanly  treated  by  the  Indian  Government ; 
he  thirsted  for  revenge ;  and,  at  a  time  when  peace 
between  Russia  and  this  country  was  in  great 
jeopardy,  he  ostentatiously  received  the  Russian  emis- 
saries, whose  object  was  to  gain  the  Ameer  to  the  side 
of  Russia  in  the  event  of  hostilities  between  Russia 
and  Britain.  There  was  no  longer  room  for  a  policy  of 
procrastination.  The  Russian  advance  in  Central 
Asia  during  the  last  quarter  of  a  century,  and  the 
then  critical  state  of  European  affairs,  clothed  the 


ITS   I:.\TI:I;N.\L    EUEBLATtONS.  27 

Ilnssian  Mission  with  an  importance  which  had  never 
attached  to  any  previous  communications  between 
Russia  and  Afghanistan.  Inaction  would  have  left 
Afghanistan  as  much  under  the  influence  of  Russia 
as  the  Khanates  of  Central  Asia.  Afghan  neutrality 
could  no  longer  be  depended  upon.  Our  north-west 
frontier  must,  therefore,  be  secured  against  all  possible 
attacks.  Thus,  we  reach  the  justifiable  object  of  the 
present  war.  It  was  to  gain  the  control  of  the  three 
great  highways  which  connect  Afghanistan  with  India. 
With  these  great  highways  in  our  possession,  our 
Indian  Empire  is  invulnerable  from  without.  We 
have  no  wish  to  destroy  the  sovereignty  of  Afghan- 
istan ;  but  we  must  have  a  strong,  just,  and  merciful 
government  in  Afghanistan  under  a  wise  and  just 
prince,  who  will  allow  his  foreign  policy  to  be  guided 
and  determined  by  that  of  the  British  nation.  Russi.-i . 
or  Britain,  must  be  supreme  at  Cabul ;  and,  in  any 
future  war  with  Russia,  we  must  be  prepared  to 
defend  India  on  the  north  from  Russian  attacks. 
Here  was  a  serious  juncture,  which  had  to  be  met  by 
boldness  and  great  prudence,  and  met  it  was  with 
becoming  dignity  by  Her  Majesty's  Ministers. 

During  the  epoch  embraced  by  the  reign  of 
Mahmood,  who  succeeded  Shah  Soojah,  and  of  Sheri 
AH,  who  was  Mahmood's  successor,  cordial  relations 
can  hardly  be  said  to  have  ever  existed  between  the 
Indian  Government  and  the  people  of  Afghanistan. 
The  Afghan  people  bitterly  resented  the  injuries 
inflicted  on  them  by  the  British  army  of  retribution  ; 
and  their  princes  and  chiefs,  usually  treated  with 
disdain  by  the  British  authorities  in  India,  were  not 
in  a  mood  to  accept  assistance  from  us  unless  forced 


28  OUR  INDIAN  EMPIRE: 

upon  them,  or  to  be  inclined  to  help  us  in  any  way 
unless  in  a  purely  selfish  spirit,  that  is  to  say,  exclusively 
from  the  value  they  attached  to  our  power,  or  to  the 
benefits  they  were  likely  to  receive  from  us,  or  the 
fears  they  entertained  of  an  attack  being  made  on 
the  independence  of  their  country  either  by  Eussia 
or  ourselves.  As  we  all  know,  Sheri  Ali  became 
positively  hostile  to  our  country  ;  and,  had  we,  last 
year,  been  involved  in  war  with  Russia,  as  we  almost 
were,  he  would  undoubtedly  have  become  the  ally  of 
Eussia,  and  have  endeavoured  to  create  a  diversion  of 
our  forces  by  making,  or  threatening  to  make,  an 
incursion  into  our  Indian  territories. 

Our  conduct  towards  Sheri  Ali  was  blind,  per- 
nicious, and  indefensible.  As  soon  as  he  was  in  full 
possession  of  the  throne  of  Afghanistan,  and  had 
vanquished  all  his  competitors  for  the  Afghan  crown, 
we  ought  to  have  made  an  offensive  and  defensive 
aliance  with  him,  and,  without  injuring  his  sovereign 
rights,  done  all  in  our  power  morally,  and,  if  need  be, 
physically,  to  bring  his  subjects  under  his  sovereign 
authority;  or  we  ought  to  have  left  him  entirely  to 
himself,  and  given  him  no  assistance  whatever  in  the 
government  of  his  kingdom,  in  his  relations  with  foreign 
states,  or  in  his  pecuniary  difficulties.  We  should 
either  have  taken  up  the  position  that  his  country  was 
most  important  to  our  Indian  Empire,  and  generously 
treated  him  as  a  useful  ally  ;  or,  that  Afghanistan  was 
of  no  consequence  to  us,  and  left  him  to  make  what 
alliances  he  pleased,  and  receive  assistance  from  what 
sources  he  could.  Instead  of  this,  our  policy  was 
marked  by  fear,  weakness,  imbecility,  and  impru- 
dence. We  gave  him  arms  and  money  which  were 


ITS    EXTERNAL    I.T.I.. \TIONS.  29 

used  against  ourselves ;  we  treated  his  well-founded 
dread  of  Russia  as  the  dream  of  an  over-heated  brain. 
He  acted  towards  us  in  the  day  of  possible  danger 
exactly  as  might  have  been  anticipated,  and,  accord- 
ingly, insulted  us  in  the  face  of  the  world,  and  hoped 
to  escape  the  recklessness  of  his  conduct  by  the  help  of 
his  Muscovite  ally.  Vain  delusion!  The  ministers 
in  power  would  not  allow  the  national  representatives 
to  be  treated  with  such  contumely.  The  great  body 
of  the  British  people  held  that  the  condition  of  affairs  in 
Afghanistan  was  no  longer  bearable.  The  British 
forces  entered  the  enemy's  country  to  compel  satis- 
faction to  be  given  for  a  shameful  act  of  contumely 
inflicted  on  us,  and  in  order  to  place  our  relations  on  a 
new  basis,  by  which  insecurity  would  be  replaced  by 
security,  a  chronic  state  of  unfriendliness  by  a 
complete  state  of  goodwill,  indifference  by  active  mea- 
sures against  all  foreign  interference  in  Afghan  affairs. 
We  have  thus  arrived  at  the  present  condition  of  our 
relations  with  Afghanistan,  and  we  have  great 
hopes  that  we  will  soon  enter  upon  another,  and  more 
satisfactory  phase. 

The  vindication  and  purpose  of  the  present  war 
with  Afghanistan  are  well  and  truly  expressed  by  the 
Viceroy  in  his  address  to  the  Princes  of  India  at  the 
commencement  of  the  war.  He  said:  "The  supreme 
Government  would  be  unworthy  of  the  loyalty  of  its 
subjects,  and  its  noble  allies,  were  it  unable,  or  unwill- 
ing, to  punish  an  unprovoked  insult,  or  effectually  to 
protect  from  foreign  menace  the  peace  and  prosperity 
which  it  was  endeavouring  to  promote  within  its 
borders."  The  vindication  of  our  national  honour 
from  the  contumely  of  the  late  Ameer  of  Afghanistan, 


30  OUR   INDIAN    EMPIRE: 

and  the  defence  of  our  own  territories  and  of  our  own 
subjects  were  the  causes  of  the  war,  and  indicate  the 
principles  upon  which  the  war  ought  to  be  terminated. 
We  are  now  happily  in  possession  of  all  the 
important  passes  by  which  India  has  been  invaded 
from  the  north,  and  from  which  we  have  the  greatest 
cause  to  look  for  any  future  attempt  at  invasion. 
So  far  as  these  are  required  for  defensive  purposes,  we 
will  certainly  keep  them,  and  thus  prevent  them  from 
falling  into  the  hands  of  our  enemies  at  any  future 
time.  We  have  also  obtained  possession  of  a  large 
tract  of  territory  in  the  Khost  Valley,  and  we 
have  already  virtually  annexed  it  to  our  territories 
by  the  military  proclamation  of  the  officer  in  com- 
mand in  that  district.  How  far,  and  to  what  extent, 
further  annexation  will  take  place  is  a  question  upon 
which  I  am  not  qualified  to  give  any  opinion.  This 
is  a  matter  which  can  be  decided  best  of  all  by 
military  men  who  are  on  the  spot,  who  are  intimately 
acquainted  with  the  geography  of  those  regions,  with 
the  inhabitants,  their  habits  and  condition,  and  who 
are  well  informed  as  to  the  past  history  and  present 
aspirations  of  that  part  of  the  world,  and  conversant 
with  the  general  policy  of  the  supreme  Government 
of  India.  Let  me  state,  however,  one  or  two  prin- 
ciples which,  I  think,  ought  to  guide  the  public 
authorities  towards  a  right  solution.  We  ought, 
above  all  things,  to  secure  a  government  which 
will  satisfy  the  wishes  of  the  Afghan  people.  In  the 
next  place,  we  ought  not  to  annex  any  more  of  the 
Afghan  territories  than  will  give  ample  security  to 
our  own  frontiers.  And,  lastly,  we  must  now  put  an 
end,  once  and  for  ever,  to  any  foreign  intervention  by 


ITS    EXTERNAL    I.T.I.. \TION8.  31 

any  foreign  power  in  the  national  policy  of  Afghanistan. 
Good  government,  security  of  frontier,  and  non-inter- 
vention must  be  the  essential  conditions  of  our  future 
policy  in  tli;tt  w.-irlikc.  dangerous,  ;m<l  hitherto  hostile 
country.  Beyond  this,  and  outside  of  Afghanistan 
proper,  and  between  Afghanistan  .md  British  India, 
we  must  adopt  a  policy  of  conciliation  and  friendli- 
ness towards  the  Afredis,  and  other  border  races, 
who  are  almost  wholly  independent  of  the  Prince  of 
( ';it>ul,  and  we  must  do  our  utmost  to  wean  them 
from  their  savage  habits,  and  accustom  them  to  the 
manners  and  practices  of  civilized  nations.  Unless 
we  act  in  this  spirit  towards  these  border 
tribes,  we  will  be  involved  in  a  perpetual  state  of 
warfare.  We  must  be  prepared  to  tame  and  civilize 
the  wild  tribes  with  whom  our  new,  advanced  outposts 
will  bring  us  into  contact.  Acting  thus,  we  will  obtain 
peace  on  our  own  border,  advance  the  cause  of 
civilization,  and  be  able  to  watch  and  guide  the 
course  of  events  so  as  to  diminish  every  chance  of  war 
on  our  north-west  frontier,  and,  at  the  very  least,  be 
prepared,  if  such  a  war  is  inevitable,  to  defend  our- 
selves and  our  possessions  with  the  greatest  hopes  of 
success.  Let  us  hope  that  the  present  Afghan  Wai- 
will  be  speedily  brought  to  a  safe,  just,  and  honourable 
conclusion. 

The  relations  of  Persia  to  British  India  must 
now  engage  our  attention.  Upon  these,  all  I 
luive  here  to  say  'will  be  in  answer  to  this  question  : 
What  is  the  real  abstract  value  of  Persia  to  our 
Indian  Empire?  This  question  will  be  best 
answered  by  briefly  considering  what  has  taken 
place  between  British  India  and  Persia, 


32  OUR   INDIAN    EMPIRE  : 

Our  first  connection  with  Persia  began  towards 
the  end  of  last  century.  The  Shah  of  Persia 
was  then  hostile  to  India,  and  he  was  subsidised 
by  the  East  India  Company  in  order  to  restrain  the 
Ameer  of  Afghanistan  from  giving  any  assistance  to 
Oude,  with  which  the  Company  was  then  at  war. 
In  1799,  Futteh  Ali  Shah,  accordingly,  took  the  field 
to  conquer  Candahar  and  Herat,  and  reduce  them  to 
his  power.  The  Shah's  movements  prevented  the 
Afghan  chief  from  following  up  his  projected  conquest 
of  India,  and  the  expulsion  therefrom  of  the 
Feringese  or  English.  India  also  indirectly  felt  the 
terrible  throes  of  the  first  French  Revolution ;  and 
revolutionary  France  and  conservative  Britain  were  to 
be  pitched  against  each  other  in  battle  array,  and 
both,  as  will  always  happen,  endeavoured  to 
do  each  other  as  much  harm  as  possible  in  order  to 
obtain  the  victory.  British  prodigality  gained  the 
the  day,  and  we,  not  France,  secured  Persia, 
for  a  time,  as  our  ally.  This  happened  when 
European  menace  against  our  Indian  Empire  was 
expected  to  arise  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  at  the  instiga- 
tion of  the  French  Republic,  and  not  from  the  Russian 
Cossacks  on  the  shores  of  the  Caspian.  But  the  time 
arrived  when  Persia  gradually  gave  way  before  the 
arms  of  the  Czar,  who  joined  Mingrelia,  Ganjeh, 
Sheki,  Shirivan,  and  Korabagh  to  his  territories,  and 
totally  defeated  the  Persians  at  Erivan  in 
1804.  The  Shah  soon  afterwards  refused  to  lend  us 
any  aid  against  Russia,  and  the  French  star,  then 
allied  to  the  Russian  eagles,  rose  in  the  ascendant. 
This  took  place  in  1807,  and  both  the  Home  and  the 
Indian  authorities  began  to  perceive  the  rising  of  a 


ns    K\  I  ERNAL    RKt  \TloN3. 

new  danger.  Whatever  may  be  the  specific  direc- 
tions of  the  will  of  Peter  the  Great,  there  can  be  no 
possible  doubt  as  to  what  was  one  of  the  great  objects  of 
the  famous  conference  between  Czar  Alexander  and  the 
Emperor  Napoleon  at  Tilsit.  It  was  the  division  of 
the  East  between  France  and  Russia.  Moveover, 
that  Napoleon  seriously  entertained  the  idea  of 
contesting  our  Indian  supremacy  is  beyond  all  doubt. 
He  even  innde  some  proposals,  which  turned  out  to 
be  abortive,  with  the  view  of  getting  the  authority 
of  the  Sultan  and  of  the  Shah  to  allow  him  to  carry 
his  army  to  India  through  Constantinople,  Asia- 
Minor,  and  Persia. 

The  British  authorities  in  India,  therefore,  nego- 
tiated a  preliminary  treaty  in  1809  with  Persia  for 
the  purpose  of  settling  our  relations  with  the  Shah  and 
his  people.  This  treaty  lies  at  the  bottom  of  all  our 
relations  with  Persia.  It  imposes  on  India  the 
burden  of  subsidising  Persia  with  arms,  ammunition, 
officers,  and  artificers  to  be  employed  against  Russia, 
the  supposed  common  enemy  of  both  countries.  It 
was  adopted  by  Lord  Minto  as  Governor-General  of 
India.  This  was  an  entirely  new  attitude  for  us,  in 
conjunction  with  Persia,  to  assume  against  Russia. 
Hitherto  our  relations  with  Persia  had  been  based  on 
two  principal  objects  :  the  establishment  of  a  counter- 
poise to  the  power  of  Afghanistan ;  and,  2ndly,  the 
neutralisation  of  French  ambition  in  the  councils  of 
the  Shah.  Both  objects,  as  you  will  easily  perceive, 
had  immediate  reference  to  the  defence  of  our  Indian 
Empire.  The  English  contingent  in  Persia  was  with- 
drawn in  1812,  and  the  weakness  of  the  Persian  forces 
became  apparent.  Persia  was  seen  to  be  utterly 


34  OUR   INDIAN    EMPIRE  : 

worthless,  except  with  the  guiding  intelligence  and 
physical    power   which  naturally    spring    from    the 
more     hardy     nations    of     the    north,     and      from 
none     more     than      ourselves,    who      are,      on     all 
hands,    acknowledged   to    have   the    power,    vigour, 
and  talents  of  a  conquering  and  ruling  race.     Another 
treaty   was    made,    two    years    later,    in    1814.      It 
was  abrogated  by  the  Persian  war  of  1856,  and  its 
abrogation  has  facilitated  the  progress  of  Russia  to 
Khiva,  Kashgar,  Bokhara,  and  Samarcund.      Its  main 
clauses  were  to  this  effect :    Persia  shall  not  allow  any 
European   army   to   proceed   towards   India ;    Persia 
shall  be  subsidised  by  the  British  ;  the  spontaneous 
acts  of  Russia  against  Persia  shall  be  considered  as 
demonstrations    against    India.       As    I    have    said 
already,  this  treaty  must  be  looked  upon  as  abrogated 
by    the  war  of  1856;    but,    I    think   it    worthy    of 
notice,  that  this  treaty  of  1814  still  rules  our  general 
policy  as  regards  Persia  to  this  day.     Thence  spring 
the  understanding  with  Russia  as  to  the  independence 
of  Persia,  and  the  maintenance  of  our  military  and 
naval  station  at  the  head  of  the  Persia  Gulf. 

In  1826,  the  utter  worthlessness  of  the  Persian 
forces  against  Russia  was  again  disclosed,  and  we  speedily 
negotiated  a  release  from  a  subsidy  which  was  absolutely 
thrown  away.  Russia,  at  that  time,  acted  at  the 
Court  of  Teheran  with  the  most  irritating  and  con- 
temptuous arrogance,  and  looked  at  the  absorption  of 
Persian  territory  north  of  the  Arras  as  a  question  of 
time,  and  as  absolutely  essential  to  the  geographical 
boundaries  of  her  Empire.  The  Indian  officials,  at  last, 
awoke  to  a  sense  of  the  utter  worthlessness  of  Persia  for 
defensive  purposes  connected  with  our  Indian 


ITS    i:\TKK.\AL     KLLA  I  LONft 

Empire,  and  saw,  with  panic  and  dismay,  that  their 
proteges,  upon  whom  money,  arms,  ammunition,  and 
instruction  had  been  largely  bestowed,  were  utterly 
helpless  in  the  presence  of  the  hostile  attitude  of 
Russia ;  and,  in  a  word,  that  Persia  existed  only  at 
the  will  of  her  colossal  northern  neighbour.  A  panic 
was  the  result.  Another  panacea  must  be  dis- 
covered for  their  misfortunes.  Attention  was, 
accordingly,  directed  to  the  territory  lying  between 
Persia  and  India.  How  this  scheme  has  also  failed, 
I  have  already  had  occasion  to  observe  when  speaking 
of  Central  Asia. 

Here,  however,  I  may  still  further  notice  that  the 
Khivan  expedition  of  1832,  led  by  Persia,  was  the 
germ  out  of  which  sprang  our  first  Afghan  War. 
That  Persia  was  instigated  by  Russia  to  undertake 
this  movement  is  certain ;  but  what  were  the  real 
motives  for  the  expedition  has  been  much  doubted  by 
historians.  Whether  Russia  wished  to  urge  Persia 
forward  into  Asia  as  her  own  pioneer,  or  simply  to 
estrange  British  statesmen  from  Persian  interests, 
the  result  is  the  same ;  for  Russia  has  gained  the 
advantages  of  the  plot,  and  doubtless  intends  to  keep 
them  to  herself. 

Passing  over  the  large  supply  of  officers  and  men  to 
Persia  in  1832-3,  and  the  motives  which  instigated  the 
supply,  I  come  to  a  very  important  event,  which 
happened  in  1834.  In  that  year,  diplomatic  notes 
passed  between  Russia  and  tins  country,  that  the 
integrity  of  the  Persian  Empire  would  be  respected 
and  maintained  by  them.  What  is  the  exact  bind- 
ing force  of  diplomatic  notes  it  is  difficult  to  say, 
but  I  venture  to  doubt  if  the  integrity  of  the 


36  OUR    INDIAN    EMPIRE  : 

Persian  Empire  will  much  longer  exist.     The  main- 
tenance of  the  Shah's  Empire  is,  I  am  afraid,  practically 
under  the  power  of  Russia.     Persia  has  long  been 
upheld   by  the  opposing  pressures   of  her   powerful 
neighbours.     She  is  passive,  not  active,  in  her  national 
life.       She    is    periodically    subjected   to    dangerous 
national   convulsions.      She    is    utterly    deficient   in 
moral  confidence.     She  is,  and  has  long  been,  verging 
on  the  decrepitude  which  precedes  dissolution ;  and 
Russia,   or  Britain,  must  eventually  absorb  her  ter- 
ritories into  their  own.     Which  will   absorb    them  ? 
As  we  do  not  wish  them,  the  ancient  monarchy  of 
Persia  will,  by-and-bye,  perhaps,  before  many  years, 
disappear,    and  be   incorporated    as    an   indissoluble 
part  of  the  territories  of  the  Czar.     Had  we  meant 
to  oppose  this  result,  we  should  have  taken  another 
course  than  we  have  done.      How   to   protect  our- 
selves against  such  a  contingency  has  already  been 
indicated,   and  will   be  most  effectually   secured  by 
keeping  our  highways  to  the  Mediterranean  open,  by 
maintaining    our   maritime    rights    in    the     Persian 
Gulf,    by    protecting  our   overland   route    to    India 
by   the   Tigris    and  .the   Euphrates,    and   by   secur- 
ing  the  power  and  the  friendship    of   the   Afghans 
to  ourselves. 

Before  I  conclude,  let  me  say  a  few  words  as  to 
Burmah,  which  lies  on  our  eastern  frontier.  Its 
condition  is  at  present  exciting  no  inconsiderable 
degree  of  attention.  Former  wars  with  Burmah  have 
given  us  her  best  provinces ;  and  entire  annexation, 
although  favoured  by  a  large  class  in  India  and  British 
Burmah,  is  not  at  all  desirable  from  an  Imperial  point 
of  view,  which  must  comprehend  the  effects  produced  on 


tTB    I:\TI. i;.v\i.    I;I:L. \TIM.VS.  37 

our  whole  relations  with  other  nations,  particularly 
China  and  Russia.  ;md  with  Burmah  itself.  We  did 
not  enforce  our  strict  rights  of  war  wjth  Burmah  in  1 826 
and  1852,  because  we  did  not  find  those  rights  advan- 
tageous to  the  Empire  at  large.  The  immediate  cause 
of  our  present  concern  in  Burmah  arises  from  one  of 
those  deplorable  massacres  of  the  King's  relations  which 
occur  on  almost  every  accession  to  the  throne.  That 
frightful  and  abominable  cruelties  have  been  per- 
petrated by  a  Ruler  who  seems  to  be  little  else  than 
a  drunken  madman,  whose  actions  are  the  sport  of 
scheming  flatterers,  whose  chief  object  appears  to 
be  to  rouse  up  this  modern  Caligula  against  the 
British  Empire,  in  the  vain  and  futile  attempt  of  re- 
gaining the  territories  which  were  taken  by  us  in  the 
wars  in  which  former  Burmese  Sovereigns  were 
conquered,  is  too  clear.  As  yet,  the  King's  acts  do 
not  call  for  warlike  interference  from  British  India. 

How  far  the  infatuated  King  of  the  Burmese 
Empire  has  been  influenced  by  the  tidings  he  has 
received  of  what  has  passed  lately  in  Afghanistan,  I 
am  unable  to  say ;  but  not  improbably  the  Afghan 
War  and  the  Russian-Turkish  War  have  not  been 
without  some  influence  upon  his  conduct.  How  little 
they  ought  to  have  influenced  him,  he  will  bitterly 
learn  should  he  compel  Lord  Lytton  to  march 
against  him.  In  the  meantime,  British  forces  have 
been  sent  to  Rangoon,  and  these  will  doubtless 
help  to  allay  any  uneasiness  in  the  minds  of  our 
Burmese  fellow  subjects,  who  are  unquestionably 
entitled  to  our  protection  -from  massacre,  plunder,  or 
any  other  injury  to  themselves,  or  their  property.  We 
may  well  hope  and  expect  that  the  speedy  despatch  of 


38  OUR   INDIAN  EMPIRE: 

those  troops  will  have  a  tranquillising  effect  upon  the 
young  tyrant's  warlike  propensities  ;  and,  although  the 
Governments  at  home  and  in  India  have  every  con- 
fidence in  the  able  resident  at  Rangoon,  we  cannot 
help  feeling  a  high  degree  of  satisfaction  in  the 
determination  of  the  Home  Government  to  allow  no 
war  to  be  undertaken  against  King  Theebau,  unless 
for  purely  defensive  purposes,  until  the  approval 
of  the  Home  Government  has  been  first  of  all 
obtained.  We  will  guard  and  defend  British  Burmah 
at  all  hazards;  but  we  will  not  easily  be  tempted 
to  extend  our  territories  at  the  expense  of  the 
Burmese  people.  If  we  are  forced  into  a  third 
Burmese  War,  annexation  would  inevitably  be  the 
result.  We  must  have  no  more  Burmese  Wars  after 
the  next ;  and,  whatever  may  be  our  own  loss  by 
the  annexation  of  Burmah  to  British  India,  the  Burmese 
people,  at  all  events,  will  have  no  cause  to  complain  that 
their  conquerors  were  ignorant  of  the  rules  of  humanity, 
morality,  justice,  and  mercy.  Upon  the  wicked  rulers 
alone,  we  must  inflict  summary  and  condign  punish- 
ment ;  upon  the  helpless  and  cruelly-treated  subjects 
of  the  King,  let  us  deal,  according  to  our  custom,  with 
kindness,  justice,  and  mercy, 

Gentlemen,  I  fear  I  have  detained  you  too  long. 
But,  with  so  great  a  subject  before  me,  I  deeply  feel 
that  I  have  omitted  many  things  which  I  ought  to 
have  noticed,  and  treated  many  much  too  briefly. 
Be  that  as  it  may,  I  must  now  bring  my  present  dis- 
course to  an  end. 

Gentlemen,  we  have  put  down  disorder,  anarchy, 
and  confusion  in  British  India,  and  conferred  upon  all 
its  diverse  races  the  blessings  of  civil  and  religious 


ITS    EXTKIJNAI.    UKLATIONS.  39 

freedom.  British  India  is  no  longer  the  estate  of  a 
few  British  subjects.  It  is  an  integral  portion  of  the 
British  Empire.  We  are  therefore  bound  to  defend 
it  from  external  aggression  by  all  the  strength  of  the 
Empire.  Let  us  not  be  faithless  to  the  high  duty 
which  devolves  upon  us  by  our  connection  with  our 
great  Indian  dependency,  whose  history  is  intertwined 
with  the  grandest  epochs  of  pur  national  existence. 
Let  the  Government  of  India  and  of  Britain  be  laid  on 
the  firm  basis  of  our  common  interests,  rights,  duties, 
and  obligations,  and  on  the  eternal  principles  of  justice, 
equity,  and  truth.  Let  us  endeavour,  by  all  the  means 
in  our  power,  to  advance  the  best  and  highest  interests 
of  our  Indian  fellow-subjects.  Acting  thus,  we  will 
secure  the  happiness  and  prosperity  of  the  people  of 
India,  and  erect  the  most  powerful  bulwark,  which 
human  ingenuity  can  invent,  for  the  defence  of  our 
mighty  Empire  in  the  East. 


OUE  INDIAN  EMPIEE: 

ITS    MORAL    AND     MATERIAL    PROGRESS    AND 
CONDITION. 


(DELIVERED  IN  DUNDEE,  29TH  JULY  1879.) 


LADIES  AND  GENTLEMEN  : 

I  am  sure  I  express  the  sentiments  of 
all  present  when  I  say  that  I  am  glad  to  see  my 
friend  Colonel  ALISON  here  this  evening.  He  has, 
as  you  all  know,  taken  up  his  headquarters  in 
London;  but  he  still  keeps  up  his  connection  with 
the  old  town,  in  which  he  has  so  many  friends. 
Knowing  how  ready  he  was  to  assist  in  any  work, 
which  promised  to  be  useful  to  the  community,  I  asked 
him  to  take  the  chair  on  this  occasion,  and  at  some 
personal  inconvenience,  he,  at  once,  agreed  to  my 
request. 


42  OUR   INDIAN    EMPIRE  : 

Mr  Chairman,  Ladies  and  Gentlemen  :  In  a  former 
address,  I  confined  myself  to  the  foreign  relations  of 
British  India.  On  this  occasion,  I  propose  to  direct 
your  attention  to  its  internal  progress  and  condition. 

British  India  comprehends  a  population  exceeding 
240,000,000,  composed  of  different  races,  who 
speak  a  great  variety  of  languages,  and  are  in 
very  diverse  stages  of  civilization.  Not  long  ago,  for 
example,  infanticide  and  human  sacrifices  were  not 
uncommon  in  many  districts  of  India  ;  misgovernment 
reigned  supreme  in  several  states,  which  we  have  been 
obliged  to  annex  ;  and  bands  of  armed  robbers,  such 
as  the  Pindaris,  the  filthy  dross  of  a  corrupted  and 
savage  people,  ranged,  with  fire  and  sword,  from  one 
end  of  Malwa  to  the  other.  Of  this  huge  population, 
the  Hindu  and  Mohammedan  elements  are  the  most 
powerful.  Of  the  total  population  of  British  India, 
190,000,000  are  directly  subject  to  our  rule,  and  more 
than  50,000,000  are  governed  by  native  sovereigns, 
who  acknowledge  the  British  power  as  paramount  in 
India.  Some  of  the  protected  native  states  merely 
acknowledge  our  supremacy,  some  agree  to  act 
on  our  advice,  and  some  pay  tribute,  or  provide 
a  contingent  of  soldiers  in  time  of  war.  Several 
of  the  native  states  are  large  and  prosperous 
kingdoms.  Thus,  the  Nizam  of  the  Deccan  in  the 
province  of  Bengal  rules  over  a  population  of  nearly 
11,000,000,  has  a  territory  of  95,000  square 
miles,  and  an  army  of  30,000  men.  The  total 
area  of  British  India  is  900,000,000  square  miles, 
and  of  the  native  states  610,000  square  miles.  What 
an  immense  territory  !  What  a  large  population  to 
be  under  the  Government  of  such  a  numerically  insig- 


ITS   PROGRESS    AND  (o.NMTioN.  43 

niiicant  people,  whose  most  powerful  centre  is 
almost  situated  at  the  opposite  end  of  the  world 
from  India  itself! 

Till  the  census  of  India  was  nearly  completed  in 
1871,  there  was  no  accurate  information  as  to  the 
growth  and  rate  of  increase  of  the  population,  the 
sufficiency  of  the  food  supplies,  the  incidence  of  taxation, 
or  the  spread  of  education.  The  census  has  entirely 
changed  the  common  ideas  as  to  the  population  of 
British  India — its  distribution  in  different  regions,  its 
races,  arid  its  religions. 

In  the  provinces  of  Bengal,  the  population  in  1871 
was  close  on  67,000,000,  of  whom  2,000,000 
belonged  to  the  tributary  states.  The  population  of 
Calcutta  was  447,000.  Some  parts  of  Bengal 
are  amongst  the  most  densely  populated  districts 
of  the  world.  In  the  food  producing  area,  the 
average  density  is  not  less  than  650  souls  per  square 
mile,  or  one  for  every  half  acre.  The  country  occupied 
by  this  swarming  population  exports  grain  in  seasons 
yielding  an  ordinary  crop  ;  but  suffers  the  most  ter- 
rible miseries  when  a  single  crop  proves  a  failure.  Of 
the  population  in  Bengal,  two-thirds  are  agriculturists  ; 
and,  in  the  central  and  eastern  portions,  one-half  are 
Mohammedans;  and,  in  some  districts,  the  Moham- 
medan population  largely  predominates.  These  pro- 
vinces contain  21,000,000  Mohammedans,  or  more  than 
any  other  country  in  the  world,  and  they  are  probably 
on  the  increase. 

The  census  for  the  north-west  provinces  was 
taken  in  1872,  embraced  an  area  of  81,400 
square  miles,  and  gave  the  population  as 
30,750,000.  There  were  378  inhabitants  to  the 


44  OUR   INDIAN    EMPIRE  1 

square  mile.  The  densest  district,  exceeding  any 
even  in  Bengal,  was  Benares,  where  there  were 
797  souls  to  the  square  mile ;  in  Agra,  575 ;  in 
Allahabad,  501.  The  vast  majority  of  the 
inhabitants  are  Hindus.  The  latter  are 
26,500,000 ;  the  Mohammedans  fully  4,000,000 ; 
and  the  native  Christians  nearly  8,000.  More 
than  one -half  of  the  Mohammedans  live  in 
the  district  of  Rohilcand.  They  are  called  by  the 
name  of  Sheikhs,  or  supposed  descendants  of  Arab 
invaders  of  India — a  title  generally  assumed  by 
all  Mohammedans  who  do  not  come  under  the 
other  three  classes,  namely,  Saiads,  Moghuls,  and 
Pathans.  Of  the  Hindu  castes,  the  Brahmans  number 
3,250,000,  congregating  chiefly  in  Benares,  Allaha- 
bad, and  Agra.  The  Nakurs,  or  Rajputs,  number 
250,000;  the  Baniyas,  1,000,000;  and  thirty 
other  inferior  castes  nearly  20,000,000.  The  agri- 
cultural population  includes  56  per  cent,  of  the 
whole.  The  inhabited  villages  number  90,600 ; 
and  of  the  towns  there  are  204  with  a  population 
above  5,000,  and  13  where  the  inhabitants 
exceed  50,000.  Benares  is  the  most  populous 
city  in  these  provinces,  numbering  174,000  souls. 
Agra  has  149,000  inhabitants,  and  Allahabad, 
143,000. 

The  last  census  of  the  Punjab  was  taken  in  1868, 
when  the  population  was  17,500,000.  It  is  now 
roughly  estimated  at  19,000,000,  or  173  to  the  square 
mile.  According  to  the  last  census  of  Oude,  taken 
in  1869,  the  population  was  11,250,000,  or  459  to 
the  square  mile, 

The  last  census  of  the  Central  provinces  was  taken 


ITS    PBOOBEBfi    \M>  <<>M'moN.  45 

in  1872,  and  proved  the  total  population  to  be 
9,250,000,  over  an  area  of  113,800  square  miles,  or 
8 1  to  each  square  mile,  and  showed  a  sparsely  peopled 
region,  with  abundant  room  for  future  increase. 
The  bulk  of  the  population  dwell  in  small  scattered 
villages.  Included  in  the  total  population  of  the 
Central  provinces  are  1,000,000  inhabitants  under 
feudatory  chiefs.  The  agriculturists  form  64 
per  cent,  of  the  population,  and  about  2,000,000  are 
hill  tribesmen.  The  Hindus  are  71  per  cent.,  the 
Mohammedans  nearly  3  per  cent,  of  the  population, 
and  the  Christians  are  said  to  be  10,500. 

The  last  census  of  the  Madras  Presidency  was 
taken  in  1871,  and  gives  the  population  as 
31,500,000.  The  most  densely  peopled  district  was  the 
fertile,  rice  producing  region  of  Tanjor,  where  there 
were  540  souls  to  the  square  mile.  Then  followed 
Malabar  with  376,  South  Arcot  with  360,  and  Trin- 
chinapolli  with  341.  Besides  a  few  Uriyas  in  the 
northern  extreme  of  Ganjam,  the  population  is  divided 
into  four  races,  speaking  branches  of  the  Dravidian 
group  of  languages.  In  Kurnul,  Kadassa,  part  of 
Balari  and  Nellor,  are  the  Telugu  speaking  people, 
numbering  11,500,000.  The  Tamils,  spread  from  a 
few  miles  north  of  Madras  to  Cape  Comorin  along  the 
east  coast,  count  14,750,000  souls.  The  Kanarese, 
in  part  of  Balari,  Mysore,  Coimbator,  Salem,  and 
North  Kanara,  number  1,500,000  and  the  Malaya- 
lum  speaking  people  of  Malabar,  Cochin,  and  Travan- 
core  number  2,250,000.  The  distribution  of  caste 
and  religion  in  the  Madras  Presidency  is  particu- 
larly interesting,  because  it  indicates  the  extent 
and  relative  completeness  of  the  successive  waves  of 


46  OUR   INDIAN    EMPIRE  : 

invasion.  For  instance,  the  1,000,000  Brahmans 
in  the  Presidency  are  chiefly  found  in  the  northern 
districts.  The  Chetties,  or  merchants,  number 
714,000;  the  Vellala,  or  agricultural  caste,  count 
7,750,000,  who  acknowledge  Siva,  but  worship  their  own 
village  gods.  There  are  1,750,000  of  the  shepherd 
class,  750,000  of  the  artizan,  1,000,000  of  the  weaver, 
250,000  of  the  potter,  and  nearly  4,000,000  of  the 
Vannia,  or  labouring  caste.  The  outcasts,  i.e.  the 
Shanars,  or  toddy  drawers  in  the  far  South,  exceed 
1,500,000  and  the  Pariahs  are  4,750,000.  There  are 
nearly  29,000,000  Hindus,  or  92  per  cent,  of  the  whole 
population ;  about  2,000,000  Mohammedans ;  and 
490,300  native  Christians,  of  whom  103,000  are 
natives  of  Tinnivelly.  The  Moplahs,  who  are  in- 
dustrious but  fanatical  Mohammedans  of  Malabar, 
somewhat  exceed  1,500,000.  The  population  of  the 
city  of  Madras  in  1871  was  397,000. 

The  census  of  the  Presidency  of  Bombay  was 
taken  in  1872.  The  whole  area,  excluding  native 
states,  is  125,000  square  miles,  and  the  population 
16,250,000,  or  131  to  the  square  mile.  About  76  per 
cent,  of  the  population  are  Hindus,  17  per  cent. 
Mohammedans,  and  nearly  4  per  cent,  aborigines. 
In  Sinde  alone  is  the  majority  of  the  population 
Mohammedan,  being  in  the  proportion  of  four  to  one. 
The  population  of  the  city  of  Bombay  is  644,000, 
and  therefore,  with  the  exception  of  London,  is  the 
largest  population  in  any  city  of  the  British  Empire. 

The  census  of  Mysore  was  taken  in  1871,  and 
gives  the  population  as  fully  5,000,000  or  187  to  the 
square  mile,  of  whom  4,800,000  are  Hindus,  209,000 
Mohammedans,  and  25,676  Christians, 


ITS    PiKMiHESS   AND   CONDITION.  -17 

Of  late  sanitary  improvements  have  been  largely 
introduced  into  Indi;i.  ;uid  the  effect  of  those  mea- 
sures is  wonderful;  for,  in  a  Ilcj.urt  made  to  the  Indian 
Secretary  of  State  in  1872,  the  decrease  of  mortality  in 
five  years  had  been  from  20,000  to  1 0,000  a  year.  "Yet 
if  the  facts  are  considered,  this  result  is  not  surprising. 
Fifteen  years  ago,  there  was  no  drainage  at  Calcutta. 
The  filth  of  the  city  rotted  in  the  midst  of  the 
population  in  pestilential  ditches,  or  floated  backwards 
and  forwards  with  every  tide.  The  inhabitants  drank 
the  loathsome  water  of  the  river,  which  was  not  only 
the  receptacle  of  filth,  but  the  chief  graveyard  of 
the  city,  or  else  they  resorted  to  the  still  filthier 
contents  of  shallow  tanks.  Now,  Calcutta  is  drained, 
and  possesses  a  water  supply  far  better  than  that  of 
London,  and  as  good  as  that  of  Glasgow."  I  take 
this  extract  from  the  masterly  Government  Keport 
for  1872,  and  beg  leave  to  make  another  from  the  same 
source  :  "  The  climate  and  sanitary  condition  of  India 
give  rise  to  pestilences,  which  periodically  carry  desola- 
tion over  the  country,  while  disease  in  its  worst  forms 
is  never  absent.  Hospitals,  richly  endowed  and 
admirably  regulated,  supported  by  Government  as  well 
as  by  private  munificence,  exist  in  the  large  towns  ; 
and  great  efforts  are  constantly  made  to  bring  the 
benefits  of  medical  skill  and  knowledge  within  the 
reach  of  the  poorer  classes." 

Much  of  the  disease  in  India  is  due  to  bad  water 
and  bad  drainage.  As  regards  rural  towns  and 
villages,  improvements  must  mainly  be  the  work  of 
the  people  themselves.  In  the  cities  of  Madras  and 
Calcutta,  a  new  supply  of  water  has  had  a  marked 
influence  on  health  ;  and,  in  various  directions,  science, 


48  OUR   INDIAN    EMPIRE: 

art,  and  experience  are  working  wonders  on  the  habits 
of  the  people.  Fever  is,  by  far,  the  most  prolific 
cause  of  death  in  India ;  and,  unless  cholera  is  raging, 
carries  off  more  people  to  the  grave  than  all  other 
diseases  and  accidents  put  together.  At  least 
1,500, 000  die  annuallyfrom  fever,  and  one-half  of  them, 
it  is  said,  might  be  saved  by  selling  the  febrifuge  alka- 
loids, such  as  quinine  or  chinchonidine,  to  the  people  at  a 
price  within  their  reach.  These  fevers  cause  a  great 
loss  to  the  imperial  treasury,  diminish  the  value  of 
land,  and  reduce  the  people  to  the  utmost  depths  of 
misery  and  destitution.  The  cholera  is  very  seldom 
absent  from  India,  and  is  a  terrible  scourge  to  the 
people.  Since  vaccination  has  been  rigidly  enforced, 
smallpox  has  steadily  decreased. 

An  extraordinary  feature  of  Indian  life  is  the 
number  of  human  beings  destroyed  by  wild  beasts. 
Death  by  snake  bites  is  very  frequent,  and  caused 
the  death  of  nearly  15,000  persons  in  the  year 
1869.  Further,  in  1871,  the  total  deaths  caused  by 
dangerous  animals  of  all  classes  amounted  to  18,000. 
A  systematic  organised  destruction  of  these  wild 
animals — these  terrible  enemies  of  India — should  be 
undertaken  by  the  Government. 

I  shall  now  attempt  to  give  you  some  idea  as 
to  the  actual  condition  of  the  Indian  people,  and 
the  extent  to  which  they  enjoy  life. 

The  condition  of  the  Bengal  ryots  is  miserably 
abject,  and  shows  much  suffering  and  even  a  want  of  the 
absolute  necessaries  of  life.  In  the  North-west  Provin- 
ces, the  wages  of  the  agricultural  labourer  have  hardly 
varied  since  the  early  part  of  this  century.  These 
labourers  only  taste  salt  two  or  three  times  a  week,  and 


ITS    I'Koi.KKss    AM»    CONDITION,  !'.'» 

many  of  them  live  on  a  coarse  grain  called  kesari,  which 
is  most  unwholesome,  and  produces  loin  palsy.  The 
small  tenant  farmers  are  hardly  better  off,  except 
that  they  can  have  salt  daily.  This  extreme  poverty 
among  the  agricultural  population  makes  any  im- 
provement in  farming  and  cultivation  almost  an 
impossibility.  In  the  Bombay  Presidency,  wages  are 
much  higher  than  in  the  North-west  Provinces.  A 
skilled  labourer  receives  from  2/-  to  8d.  a  day,  and 
an  unskilled  labourer  from  about  6d.  to  3d.  ;  and  the 
average  price  of  exported  husked  rice  in  1877  was 
about  6/6  per  c wt.  About  half  a  century  ago,  an  account 
of  the  labourers  of  the  Bombay  Presidency  was  given, 
and  is  still  perfectly  accurate  as  to  their  condition  and 
mode  of  life.  The  clothes  of  a  man  cost  about  12/-  and 
the  furniture  of  his  house  about  £2  ;  and  his  food 
consists,  not  of  rice,  but  of  dry  grains,  such  as  bajri 
and  jawari,  with  pulses  and  salt.  The  people  of 
Mysore  and  most  of  those  in  the  Madras  Presidency 
also  live  on  dry  grains  and  pulses.  Throughout  India, 
the  cultivators  receive  advances  from  money  lenders 
to  carry  on  their  farming  operations,  and,  every  now 
and  again,  rebel  against  the  exorbitant  demands  of 
their  oppressors. 

As  regards  the  morals  of  the  people,  whatever 
may  be  said  of  those  of  the  larger  towns,  those  who  live 
in  villages  are  no  better,  and  no  worse,  than  the  same 
classes  elsewhere.  As  a  rule,  the  people  of  British 
India  are  temperate,  chaste,  honest,  peaceful,  singularly 
docile,  easily  governed,  and  patient.  Of  course,  there 
is  as  great  variety  of  temperament  and  character  as 
there  is  of  physical  appearance  in  the  different  latitudes 
over  which  our  rule  extends. 


50  OUR   INDIAN   EMPIRE: 

Let  me  now  ask  your  attention  to  the  state  of 
education  in  India. 

A  complete  system  of  national  education  for  the 
people  of  India  was  inaugurated  in  1854,  and  was  in- 
tended to  provide  first-class  education  for  the  wealthier 
classes,  and  instruction  for  the  great  masses  of  the 
people.  The  language  to  be  used  as  the  medium  of 
instruction  was  that  which  was  alone  understood  by  the 
people;  the  improved  arts,  the  sciences,  and  the  philo- 
sophy of  Europe  were  to  be  widely  diffused  among 
them  ;  and  the  teaching  of  English  was  to  be  carefully 
combined  with  the  study  of  the  vernacular  languages. 
More  than  £1,000,000  is  spent  on  education  by  the 
imperial,  provincial,  and  local  governments. 

The  whole  machinery  has  been  in  admirable 
working  order  for  several  years,  and  a  great  and 
successful  system  of  education  has  been  developed 
in  India,  exactly  on  the  principles  laid  down 
in  1854.  For  the  higher  education,  universities 
have  been  established  at  Calcutta,  Bombay,  and 
Madras  to  test  the  qualifications  of  students,  and 
grant  degrees  on  the  same  plan  as  the  University  of 
London  in  arts,  law,  medicine,  and  civil  engineering. 
The  Indian  Universities  were  incorporated  in  1857  ; 
that  is  to  say,  were  calmly  founded  in  the  regular 
way  of  routine  during  the  worst  times  of  the  Mutiny, 
when  our  power  was  at  its  lowest  ebb.  This  was 
conduct  befitting  us,  and  worthy  of  the  great  name 
we  have  in  the  world  as  conquerors  and  as  rulers. 

Colleges  are  affiliated  to  the  universities.  Below 
them  are  Zillah,  or  middle-class  schools,  to  prepare 
students  for  the  colleges,  and  for  the  entrance  exami- 
nations at  the  universities.  "  The  high  schools  supply 


ITS    I'KOMILSS    AM;    «>M>111<>.\  j  1 

the  candidates  for  the  entrance  examinations  at  the 
universities,  and  also  furnish  training  for  natives 
who  seek  employment  in  the  higher  grades  of  the 
civil  service."  The  system  has  scholarships  at- 
tached to  it,  by  which  the  best  pupils  may  be  led  up 
from  the  Zillah  schools  to  the  colleges,  and  thence  to 
university  degrees  ;  and  grants  in  aid  are  given  by 
Government  to  private  schools. 

In  the  rural  elementary  schools,  the  vernacular  is 
taught,  and  the  course  of  instruction  includes  elemen- 
tary arithmetic,  bazaar  accounts,  reading,  and  writing. 
"  As  the  primary  village  schools  supply  instruction 
to  the  children  of  the  poorer  agricultural  classes,  so 
the  middle-class  schools  provide  for  the  education  of 
the  children  of  the  shopkeepers  and  other  dwellers 
in  towns,  and  for  that  of  the  young  men  who  fill  the 
lower  grades  of  the  public  service."  Some  provide 
instruction  in  English,  others  teach  only  in  the  ver- 
nacular. These  classes  combine  primary  instruction 
with  a  higher  standard  in  their  upper  classes. 

Female  education  receives  much  attention  in  all 
parts  of  British  India.  It  is  of  the  simplest  kind, 
and  a  system  has  been  organised  at  Calcutta  for 
teaching  hundreds  of  girls  in  the  Zenanas,  or  private 
houses.  But,  as  yet,  there  is  no  real  demand  for  the 
education  of  women  and  girls  among  the  natives. 
"  Progress  is  very  slow  in  all  Eastern  countries,  and 
the  dead  slumber  of  ignorance  still  shrouds  the  women 
of  India." 

Schools  of  art  and  museums,  as  powerful  instru- 
ments in  the  spread  of  education,  have  been  established 
at  Calcutta,  Madras,  and  Bombay.  The  first  school 
of  art  in  India  was  established  in  Madras  in  1850. 


52  OUR   INDIAN    EMPIRE: 

Another  important  influence  is  largely  contri- 
buting to  the  intellectual  movement  which  is 
making  rapid  marches  in  India.  I  mean  the 
number  and  character  of  the  published  books  and 
newspapers.  Whether  these  Indian  publications 
are  considered  as  regards  their  number  or  their 
character,  there  is  no  room  for  doubt  that  they  exer- 
cise very  considerable  power  in  India.  Some  of 
them  treat  the  Government  with  great  freedom ; 
and,  although  the  native  press  is  loyal,  and 
frankly  admits  the  advantages  of  British  rule,  it  often 
contains  acrimonious  attacks  on  particular  measures, 
and  on  the  conduct  and  actions  of  individual  officers 
of  the  Government.  Last  year,  at  a  critical  period, 
very  extensive  powers  were  conferred  on  the  Viceroy, 
and  the  executive  powers  in  India,  for  the  suppression 
of  publications  issuing  from  the  native  press,  and  un- 
justifiably libelling  the  Government  and  its  officers. 
I  believe  that,  at  the  time,  these  measures  were 
necessary  ;  but,  seeing  the  crisis  has  passed  away,  I 
hope  that  the  Government  of  India  will  abrogate  its 
exceptional  legislation  as  to  the  freedom  of  the  native 
press,  and  leave  the  criticism  of  its  conduct  to  the 
ordinary  course  of  the  common  law.  To  allow  public 
writers  to  poison  the  minds  of  the  people  is  neither 
just  nor  prudent,  but  to  put  fetters  on  the  free  dis- 
cussion of  public  affairs  is  a  dangerous  remedy,  and 
can  only  be  justified,  in  a  free  country,  by  very  excep- 
tional circumstances. 

Another  subject,  which  has  a  most  important  bear- 
ing on  the  intellectual  advancement  of  the  people  of 
India,  namely,  the  missionary  enterprise,  deserves  to 
be  here  noticed. 


ITS   PROGRESS    AND   CONDITION.  53 

In  1873,  the  Protestant  missions  of  India,  Burm.ili 
and  Ceylon  were  carried  on  by  35  missionary  societies 
in  addition  to  local  agencies,  and  employed  the  services 
of  GOG  foreign  missionaries,  of  whom  551  were  ordained. 
This  large  body,  composed  of  various  denominations  of 
Christians,  heartily  co-operate  with  each  other  in  all 
good  works.  ' '  Apart  from  their  special  duties  as  public 
preachers  and  pastors — their  printing  presses,  their  male 
and  female  schools,  and  their  training  colleges  are  in  a 
flourishing  condition,  and  are  effecting  great  changes 
amongst  the  natives  of  India."  Within  the  last 
1  i,i If  century,  several  religious  movements  have  deeply 
affected  the  religious  attitude  of  the  natives  of  India, 
and  have  left  powerful  impressions  in  all  directions 
throughout  the  Indian  Empire,  and  especially  on  the 
populations  of  the  rural  districts  rather  than  on  those 
of  the  towns  and  cities.  In  the  provinces  of  Tinne- 
velli  and  Travancore,  where  the  aboriginal  population 
has  not  been  much  affected  by  the  Hinduism  of 
Southern  India,  the  Christian  missionaries  have  exerted 
a  powerful  and  lasting  influence ;  and  amongst  the  Shan- 
nar  tribes,  and  their  kindred,  the  advance  of  Christianity 
has  been  most  gratifying.  Schools  have  been  established 
for  the  people,  and  training  schools  for  schoolmasters 
and  native  teachers.  The  districts  of  the  Shannari 
are  dotted  over  with  flourishing  villages  and  Christian 
churches,  and  there  are  hundreds  of  native  teachers 
employed  amongst  them.  Order  and  peace  rule 
amongst  these  simple  communities ;  large  tracts  of 
country  have  been  brought  under  cultivation  ;  and  the 
peasantry  generally  enjoy  a  larger  share  of  material 
comfort  than  in  days  gone  by. 

The  native  Protestant  converts  exceed  250,000  ; 


54 


OUR   INDIAN    EMPIRE  ! 


the  Roman  Catholic  native  converts  must  be  thrice  that 
number  ;  and  recent  events  show  that  the  number  of 
native  Christians  is  greatly  increasing.  The  benign 
influence  of  the  Christian  teachers,  and  of  their  people, 
cannot  fail  to  strengthen  and  uphold  the  power  of  Bri- 
tain in  India,  and  bestow  on  the  people  of  India  one  of 
the  greatest  blessings  which  can  be  conferred  on  them. 

Let  us  approach  another  branch  of  our  subject. 

Since  the  days  of  Pitt,  the  Government  of  India 
has  been  under  the  absolute  control  of  the  Government 
at  home.  In  this  country,  the  Secretary  of  State  for 
India  is  entrusted  with  the  direction  of  our  diplomatic 
intercourse  with  the  neighbouring  foreign  powers,  and 
with  all  the  dependent  chiefs  and  princes  of  India. 
He  is  also  the  medium  of  communication  between  the 
Home  Government  and  the  Viceroy  of  India,  and  is 
the  Minister  responsible  to  Parliament  for  the  Govern- 
ment of  India.  In  India,  the  supreme  Government  is 
conducted  by  the  Viceroy,  who  is  Governor- General  of 
Bengal,  and  by  the  Governors  of  the  two  Provinces  of 
Bombay  and  Madras.  Besides  those  three  high  offi- 
cials, there  are  the  Lieutenant-Governors  of  Bengal,  of 
the  North-west  Provinces,  and  of  the  Punjab,  and 
also  the  Chief  Commissioners  of  Mysore,  of  the  Cen- 
tral Provinces,  of  Sinde,  and  of  British  Burmah.  All 
the  Governors,  Lieutenant-Governors,  and  Commission- 
ers are  more  or  less  subordinate  to  the  Viceroy  of  India. 
The  three  Governors  of  Bengal,  Madras,  and  Bombay 
are  assisted  by  legislative  councils  in  making  and 
amending  laws  for  their  several  Presidencies.  These 
legislative  councils  are  composed  of  civil  and  military 
officers ;  are  appointed  by  the  Government  at  home  or 
in  India ;  and  are  not,  in  the  least  degree,  responsible 


ITS   PR<M,lM-:ss     \\D   CONDITION.  55 

to  the  people  of  IIK  li.-i  forthdira£tion&  As  yet,  British 
India  knows  nothing  of  Constitutional  Government. 
In  the  different  Provinces  directly  under  our  rule,  the 
functions  of  Government  are  entrusted  to  officials  ap- 
pointed by  thejparamount  power;  and,  in  the  tributary 
and  subordinate  native  states,  the  functions  of  Govern- 
ment are  discharged  by  the  native  princes  and  their 
own  officials,  and  the  duty  of  superintendence  alone 
belongs  to  the  British  Government. 

Lately,  the  principle  of  local  self-government  has 
been  largely  introduced  into  the  public  affairs  of  India, 
and,  I  am  glad  to  say,  with  marked  success.  Local 
self-government  in  India  has  its  origin,  in  modern 
times,  from  various  legislative  acts  which  have  been 
passed  since  1840  ;  but  it  was  not  extensively  applied 
till  within  recent  times.  Without  doubt,  it  will  be 
extended  till  the  whole  country  is  covered  with  a  net- 
work of  local  self-governing  bodies,  which  are  the  most 
effective  instruments  with  which  I  am  acquainted  for 
the  preservation  of  the  lives,  liberties,  and  estates  of 
a  nation. 

The  local  self-government  of  which  I  am  speaking 
must  not  be  confounded  with  the  old  village  com- 
munities, which  sprung  into  existence  in  the  earliest 
ages  of  Hindu  society,  and  of  which  I  shall  here  give 
an  example.  "In  the  North-west  Provinces,  the 
village  communities  have  only  been  partially  pre- 
served ;  but  in  the  Punjab,  including  the  Delhi  district, 
all  the  village  communities  are  very  perfect,  each  with 
a  cultivating  body,  and  a  complete  internal  system  of 
management.  Each  man  has  land  to  correspond  to 
his  share  of  his  own  separate  management,  and  the 
grazing  ground  is  common  to  all.  Certain  sums  were 


50  OUR   INDIAN    EMPIRE  : 

always  set  apart  from  the  revenue  for  the  remunera- 
tion of  village  officials." 

Thus,  derived  from  ancient  and  modern  times, 
we  have  the  primary  elements  of  the  free  insti- 
tutions which  will  be  the  best  guarantees  of  good 
government  in  India  in  future  ages,  and  which  we 
ought  to  foster,  strengthen,  and  develop  to  the  utmost 
of  our  power.  From  this  source  will  arise  the  repre- 
sentative government  which,  sooner  or  later,  will  exist 
in  British  India.  Neither  external  foes,  nor  internal 
dissension,  can  stop  the  march  of  events  in  India  to- 
wards a  free  system  of  Constitutional  Government. 

But,  let  me  here  ask  :  What  is  the  basis  of  our 
present  power  in  India  ?  It  is  purely  military.  We 
must  not  deceive  ourselves  on  this  head.  We  have 
conquered  India  by  the  sword ;  and,  for  a  long  time 
at  least,  we  must  maintain  our  authority  in  that 
mighty  dependency  by  our  own  right  hands,  and 
by  the  prestige  which  belongs  to  our  arms  as  the 
result  of  many  hard-fought  battles. 

The  military  force  of  British  India  ordinarily 
numbers  200,000,  of  whom  two-thirds  are  native,  and 
one-third  British  soldiers.  Thus,  in  numbers,  the 
native  soldiers  largely  predominate  over  the  British. 
Whether  or  not  the  present  ratio  between  the  British 
and  native  forces  should  be  maintained  is  a  difficult 
problem.  Certain  it  is  that,  without  our  native  Indian 
army,  we  could  never  have  acquired  our  mighty  Em- 
pire in  the  East ;  nor,  without  its  assistance,  could 
we  retain  it  for  a  year.  To  doubt  the  fidelity  of 
our  native  Indian  army  is  to  doubt  our  power  to  rule. 

The  cost  of  the  Indian  army  was  estimated  for 
1878  at  £17,000,000  sterling;  and,  for  the 


ITS    HIOUKKSS    AM)    ( <>M>ri  H'.V  57 

present  year,  is  put  <lu\vn  at  £18,250,000,  or 
nearly  £1,250,000  greater  than  last  year.  How 
far  this  enormous  sum  can  be  safely  reduced  is 
a  matter  upon  which  I  am  not  qualified  to 
give  an  opinion  ;  but,  even  in  times  of  absolute  peace, 
there  does  not  appear  to  be  any  reason  to 
suppose  that  the  ordinary  cost  of  the  Indian 
army  can,  for  the  future,  be  estimated  at  less 
than  £15,000,000.  We  must  bear  in  mind  the 
wide  distances  of  the  points  liable  to  attack 
from  without,  and  also  the  large  armies  kept  up  by 
the  native  princes.  Of  the  defence  of  our  Indian 
frontiers,  I  do  not  intend  to  say  anything  here ;  but, 
when  I  tell  you  that  there  are  300,000  native  forces 
scattered  through  the  subordinate  native  states  of 
India,  you  will,  at  once,  perceive  that  the  reduction 
of  the  Imperial  army  is  not  such  a  simple  matter  as 
some  would  appear  to  imagine. 

Till  the  armies  of  the  native  princes  are  greatly 
reduced,  or,  in  some  way,  absorbed  in  the  British 
army,  there  is  not  much  chance  of  the  Imperial 
army  being  reduced  below  the  ordinary  peace 
footing,  which,  in  consequence  of  our  success  in 
Afghanistan,  will  soon  be  attained. 

The  great  expense  of  our  Indian  army  was  the 
subject  of  severe  animadversion  by  Mr.  John  Bright 
in  London  last  week.  He  looked  upon  it  as  sufficient 
to  show  that  our  government  of  India  was  an  absolute 
failure.  With  all  submission,  I  do  not  agree  with 
him  in  his  sweeping  condemnation,  or  in  the  opinions 
he  expressed  as  the  necessary  consequences  to 
which  he  was  led.  To  give  up  India  would  be  to 
involve  our  Indian  fellow-subjects  in  the  wildest 


58  OUR    INDIAN    EMPIRE  : 

anarchy  and  confusion,  and  would  inevitably  lead 
to  its  absorption  by  some  great  European  power. 
I,  for  one,  am  not  prepared  for  this  result ;  nor,  as  I 
think,  are  you,  nor  any  great  portion  of  the  British 
people.  Strange  that  such  a  great  man,  as  Mr  Bright 
undoubtedly  is,  should  be  so  completely  led  astray 
by  pecuniary  results,  and  should  lay  out  of  sight  the 
far  more  important  advantages  which  we  have  bestowed 
on  the  people  of  British  India,  and  the  honour,  glory, 
and  even  pecuniary  advantage  which  we  ourselves 
derive  from  our  connection  with  that  mighty  de- 
pendency. 

Let  us  now  endeavour  to  obtain  some  idea  of  our 
financial  position.  Much  has  lately  been  said  as  to 
the  finances  of  India,  and  a  great  deal  yet  requires 
to  be  said.  All  I  can  attempt  to  do  is  to  give  you 
some  vague  notion  of  its  vast  magnitude.  The  ex- 
penditure for  the  year  1877  amounted  to  £62,500,000 
sterling,  and  the  revenue  to  £59,000,000.  Thus  there 
was  an  excess  in  the  ordinary  expenditure  for  the  year 
of  £3,500,000.  Besides  this  deficiency,  there  was  a 
capital  expenditure  on  productive  public  works  to  the 
extent  of  £4,750,000.  Hence,  the  total  excess  in 
the  year's  expenditure  was  £8,250,000.  Looking  at 
these  sums  in  the  light  of  the  rent  of  land,  the  cost 
of  labour,  or  the  expense  of  necessaries,  we  may  well 
be  astonished  at  the  magnitude  of  the  national 
resources  of  our  Indian  Empire ;  for,  on  such  a  basis 
as  I  have  indicated,  the  revenue  would  be  treble  or 
even  quadruple  the  national  revenue  of  the  British 
Government  at  home,  calculated  on  a  similar  basis, 
and,  of  course,  all  the  particular  items  of  the  Budget 
would  be  increased  in  the  same  ratio.  You  will  be 


ITS  tbOGk&Sfi   AND  roNMTioN.  59 


pleased  to  keep  in  mind  that  these  vast  sums  are 
wholly  connected  with  the  Imperial  Government,  and 
do  not  include  local  and  provincial  taxation,  nor  the 
taxation  on  inland  transit,  payable  to  the  native 
princes  in  their  own  dominions.  What  the  latter  is, 
I  do  not  know.  But,  according  to  the  Budget 
estimates  for  1879,  the  provincial  revenue  is  estimated 
at  fully  £9,000,000  and  the  local  at  £2,500,000  ;  and 
the  provincial  expenditure  at  £13,250,000  and  the 
local  at  £2,725,000.  The  difference  between  the 
provincial  expenditure  and  revenue  is  provided  for,  by 
the  supreme  Government,  from  funds  appropriated  to 
provincial  purposes,  which  include  large  sums  for  law, 
justice,  police,  and  public  works.  During  the  current 
year,  the  Government  will  lose  about  £500,000  for 
the  maintenance  and  construction  of  the  Indian  rail- 
ways ;  and,  by  the  same  cause,  enormous  losses  have 
been  sustained  for  several  years  past.  The  reasons 
for  this  are  that  the  railways  in  India  have,  for  the 
most  part,  been  constructed  by,  or  under  the  guarantee 
of,  the  Government  ;  and  that  many  of  them  are 
purely  military,-  and  not  required  for  the  ordinary 
traffic  of  the  country. 

In  India,  the  main  system  of  railway  communica- 
tion is  nearly  completed,  and  the  railways  yet  to  be  con- 
structed are  chiefly  required  to  supplement  the  existing 
trunk  lines.  About  6,000  miles  of  railway  have  been 
constructed  in  India,  at  a  cost  of  about  £100,000,000. 
We  have  also  repaired  or  constructed  a  complete 
system  of  roads  intersecting  the  whole  of  India,  and 
have  undertaken  and  completed  most  stupendous 
works,  at  an  immense  cost,  for  improving  the  water 
communications  and  the  harbours  of  India.  Such  are 


60  OUR    INDIAN    EMPIRE  : 

the  Grand  Trunk  Road  leading  up  the  Ganges  Valley 
and  parallel  to  the  East  Indian  Railroad,  the  South- 
western Trunk  Road  from  Calcutta  to  Ganjam,  and 
the  Harbour  Works  at  Kurachi.  The  Electric  Tele- 
graph has  also  been  in  working  order  along  every  line  of 
railway  for  years,  and  connects  every  place  in  India ; 
and,  since  1870,  nothing  on  the  score  of  rapidity  and 
correctness,  in  our  Telegraph  communications  with 
India,  remains  to  be  desired.  Nearly  £4,000,000 
sterling  have  been  expended  by  private  companies 
and  by  Government  in  connecting  Europe  with  India 
by  Telegraph;  and  large  sums  have  also  been  expended 
in  constructing  Telegraph  Cables  between  India  and 
China,  Australia,  and  the  far  East. 

Let  me  give  you,  in  round  numbers,  two  or  three 
items  from  the  Indian  Budget  of  1879.  The  Land 
Revenue  brings  to  the  Imperial  exchequer  £22,000,000 
and  involves  an  expenditure  of  £3,000,000  ;  salt  yields 
£7,000,000  and  causes  an  expenditure  of  £400,000 ; 
and  opium  is  expected  to  yield  £9,000,000  and  to  in- 
volve an  expenditure  of  £2,500,000.  The  net  loss  by 
exchange,  expected  to  be  sustained  by  the  national  ex- 
chequer for  the  current  year,  is  put  down  at  £3,500,000 
sterling.  The  interest  of  the  National  Debt  of  India  for 
the  current  year,  is  nearly  £6,000,000  sterling.  Inas- 
much as  the  revenue  from  land,  salt,  and  opium,  and 
the  loss  by  exchange  are  peculiar  to  India,  allow  me 
to  give  you  some  facts  about  each  of  them. 

The  Land  Revenue  of  India  is  intimately  con- 
nected with  the  daily  life  of  the  people,  and  has  im- 
portant political  as  well  as  fiscal  bearings.  "  The 
welfare  and  contentment  of  the  people  depend  upon 
the  wise  adjustment  of  the  demand  on  the  produce  of 


ITS    PBOGBB88    AND   <  OKDtl  [OK,  Gl 

the  land ;  and  difficult  questions  relating  to  land 
revenue  have  always  had  the  most  close  and  careful 
attention  from  Indian  statesmen." 

A  permanent  settlement  of  the  Land  Revenue  was 
made  in  1793  as  to  Bengal,  Bahar,  and  Orissa,  and 
the  assessment  was  close  on  £3,000,000.  From  various 
CM  uses,  this  assessment  has  been  increased  by  £600,000, 
and  of  this  sum  Bahar  alone  yields  £400,000.  In 
this  settlement,  the  Government  made  terms  with  the 
Zemindars,  or  great  landlords,  and  secured  the  rights 
of  the  tenants,  or  ryots,  and  provisions  for  leases  at  esta- 
blished rates,  and  fixity  of  tenure  as  long  as  the 
ryots  paid  their  stipulated  rents.  Most  of  these 
great  landowners  have  disappeared  in  consequence  of 
their  mismanagement,  and  the  result  has  been  a  great 
increase  in  the  number  of  owners,  and  a  corresponding 
diminution  in  the  average  area  of  the  estates. 

Various  settlements  of  the  Land  Revenue  have 
been  made  in  the  North-west  Provinces,  which  became 
British  territory  in  1802.  The  last  great  revenue 
scheme  was  completed  in  1842,  and  was  fiscal,  admini- 
strative, and  judicial  in  its  character ;  for  it  aimed  at 
fixing  the  annual  revenue  payable  to  the  Imperial 
treasury,  arranging  by  whom,  and  in  what  way,  the 
people  were  to  be  ruled  and  the  taxes  paid,  and  also 
determining  the  rights  of  every  individual  in  the  soil. 
The  proprietors  recognised  were  not  always  village 
communities,  or  brotherhoods.  The  most  common 
tenure  is  in  that  in  which  a  village  belongs  to  a 
family,  and  the  cultivators  are  its  tenants.  The  land 
settlement  of  1842  included  80,800  townships,  and  an 
area  of  nearly  72,000  square  miles,  and  fixed  the 
annual  revenue  at  £4,054,000.  For  the  year  1876, 


62  OUR   INDIAN    EMPIRE  : 

the  Land  Eevenue  collected  in  the  North-west  Pro- 
vinces amounted  to  nearly  £4,300,000. 

As  to  Oude,  a  settlement,  village  by  village,  was 
made  after  its  annexation  in  1856;  and  the  actual 
occupants  of  the  soil,  called  village  zemindars,  or 
proprietory  copartners,  were  alone  to  be  dealt  with. 
The  Government  determined  to  have  nothing  to  do 
with  middle-men ;  and,  in  many  cases,  deprived  the 
old  landed  aristocracy  of  undoubted  rights  in  the 
property  of  the  soil.  The  policy  of  confiscation  was 
ultimately  abandoned,  and  the  talukdars  were  con- 
firmed in  possession  of  everything  they  held  at  the 
time  of  the  annexation,  and  the  rights  of  the  subordi- 
nate proprietors  were  confirmed  as  regards  all  they 
held  at  the  same  period.  The  Land  Revenue  collected 
in  Oude  in  1876  amounted  to  £1,403,843. 

Into  the  Punjab,  on  its  annexation,  was  introduced 
the  land  system  of  the  North-west  Provinces.  An 
essential  difference,  however,  exists  between  the  con- 
dition of  things  in  the  North-west  Provinces  and  in 
the  Punjab ;  for,  in  the  latter,  the  bulk  of  the  pro- 
prietors are  actual  cultivators ;  while,  in  the  former, 
they  are  not.  The  whole  area  of  the  Punjab  covers 
105,000  square  miles.  Out  of  32  districts,  there  are 
returns  of  the  land  tenures  for  29,  which  have  an  area 
of  90,400  square  miles.  In  these  there  are  29,500 
villages  held  by  close  on  2,000,000  cultivating  pro- 
prietors, and  only  1,300  villages  held  by  3,500 
proprietors  of  the  landed  class.  The  great  mass  of 
the  land  is  held  by  small  proprietors  who  culti- 
vate their  own  land ;  and  the  owners  are  associated 
together  in  village  communities  with  joint  interests 
and  responsibilities.  The  organization  of  the  pro- 


ITS    PROGRESS    AND    toNDlTION.  63 

prietors  of  land  into  village  communities  has  existed 
from  time  immemorial,  and  is  the  work  of  the  people 
themselves.  Each  Punjab  village  undertakes  the 
payment,  through  its  representative  council  of  Elders, 
of  the  revenue  assessed  upon  it,  and  the  payment  is 
distributed  among  individual  members  of  the  com- 
munity in  proportion  to  the  land  held  by  them.  The 
revenue  is  punctually  paid,  and  sales  of  land  are 
unknown.  The  Land  Revenue  of  the  Punjab  for  1872 
was  upwards  of  £2,000,000. 

In  the  Central  Provinces  is  to  be  found  almost 
every  form  of  land  tenure  existing  in  India,  namely, 
feudal,  zamindari,  and  tahutdari  tenures.  The  nature 
of  the  last  is  permanency  of  tenure  by  subordinate 
holders  and  by  village  communities.  The  prevailing 
tenure  is  called  malguzari,  and  exists  where  the  estate 
is  managed  by  a  single  proprietor,  and  the  land  is  held 
by  cultivators  whose  rents  are  thrown  into  a  common 
stock.  "  Profits  are  divided,  or  losses  shared,  with 
reference  to  the  respective  shares  of  the  different  pro- 
prietors." In  1872,  the  Land  Revenue  of  the  Central 
Provinces  amounted  to  upwards  of  £250,000.  Out  of 
an  area  of  36, 000, 000  acres,  a  little  less  than  one-third  is 
cultivated,  and  about  another  third  is  cultivable. 

The  prevailing  system  of  Land  Revenue  in  the  Mad- 
ras Presidency  is  the  ryotwar,  which  is  a  system  based 
on  a  settlement  made  yearly  with  each  ryot  or  culti- 
vator, and  not  with  a  proprietor  or  village  community. 
It  was  introduced  between  1818  and  1827,  and  has 
the  great  advantage  of  bringing  the  Government  and 
the  great  body  of  the  cultivators  into  direct  com- 
munication with  each  other.  A  maximum  rent  is 
fixed  on  each  field  ;  and  if  the  crops  fail,  the  rent  is 


64  OUR  INDIAN  EMPIRE: 

reduced.  During  the  year  1854,  reductions  were  made 
on  the  Land  Revenue  to  the  extent  of  more  than 
£250,000  sterling,  and  a  considerable  increase 
in  the  area  of  cultivation  took  place.  This 
increase  is  a  clear  proof  that  the  people  had  been  too 
heavily  taxed.  Taxation  may  diminish  the  area  of 
cultivation,  or  the  production  of  some  industrial  em- 
ployment, and  may  even  extinguish  either  of  them 
altogether.  The  Land  Revenue  of  the  Madras  Presi- 
dency for  1872  was  upwards  of  £4,500,000.  The  area 
of  cultivated  ryotwari  land  was  17,250,000  acres,  of 
which  fully  3,000,000  acres  were  irrigated,  and 
14,000,000  acres  unirrigated. 

Until  a  comparatively  recent  period,  the  Bombay 
Presidency  did  not  comprise  any  considerable  territory- 
subject  to  a  demand  on  the  land.  But,  in  1847,  the 
present  ryotwar  system  was  introduced,  and  was  based 
on  a  rent  settlement  fixed  on  each  field  for  a  period 
of  30  years,  and  not,  as  in  Madras,  on  an  annual 
settlement. 

Having  the  means  of  judging  of  the  results  of  the 
settlement  made  on  land  30  years  ago,  we  may  con- 
fidently say  that  they  have  been  eminently  satisfactory 
by  increasing  the  area  of  cultivation,  the  wealth,  and 
consequently  the  material  well-being  of  the  people, 
and  also  by  augmenting  the  amount  of  Land  Revenue 
payable  to  the  Government.  The  Land  Revenue  of 
Bombay,  including  Sinde,  which  became  a  part  of 
British  India  in  1843,  was,  in  1871,  close  on 
£3,500,000,  and  had  risen  to  £3,750,000  in  1872. 

Having  discussed  the  land  system  of  British  India 
as  far  as  circumstances  would  allow,  I  propose  to  make 
a  few  observations  as  to  the  taxation  raised  from  salt. 


IT-   PBOQBE88   AM>  to.M'iTiON.  65 


It  is  an  absolute  necessary  for  life  in  India,  both 
for  human  beings  and  for  cattle.  It  has  given  rise  to 
a  Government  monopoly  ;  and  salt  agencies  have  been 
established  for  the  production  of  salt  ;  and,  contrary  to 
all  true  rules  of  national  finance,  widely  different  rates 
of  duty  on  salt  existed  in  different  provinces.  The 
equalisation  of  these  rates,  and  the  abolition  of  an  ex- 
tensive Inland  Customs  line,  have  long  been  desired 
by  the  Indian  Government.  With  the  most  satis- 
factory results,  both  objects  have,  at  last,  been  almost 
effected.  The  Customs  line  was  nearly  2,300  miles 
in  length  ;  and,  at  an  annual  cost  of  about  £162,000, 
was  guarded  by  12,000  men  and  officers.  The  bene- 
ficial effects  of  this  financial  change  are  these  :  An 
expensive  and  vexatious  internal  barrier  was  abolished 
on  1st  April  last  ;  at  the  end  of  July  last  year,  the 
duty  on  salt  in  the  North-west  Provinces  and  in 
Bengal  was  almost  equal  ;  and,  even  although  the 
cost  has  been  increased  to  47,000,000  of  people,  it  has 
been  reduced  to  more  than  130,000,000  of  their 
fellow  subjects. 

To  carry  out  this  much  needed  fiscal  reform,  agree- 
ments have  been  made  with  the  native  princes  in 
whose  territories  salt  mines  exist.  By  those  agree- 
ments, the  whole  manufacture  of  salt  will  substantially 
pass  into  the  hands  of  the  British  Government  ;  and 
the  right  to  transit  duties,  imposed  by  these  native 
princes  upon  commodities  passing  through  their  ter- 
ritories, is  surrendered  in  several  instances. 

From  the  sale  of  opium,  according  to  the  Indian 
Budget  of  1879,  the  Government  expect  to  receive  a 
revenue  of  £9,000,000  sterling.  Opium  is  another 
Government  monopoly.  It  is  grown  by  the  British 


66  OUB   INDIAN   EMPIRE  : 

Government  in  Bengal,  and  can  be  raised  in  Malwa 
by  the  native  princes  of  Bahar  at  a  much  less  cost 
than  in  Bengal.  Therefore,  in  order  to  place  Bengal 
and  Bahar  opium  on  a  footing  of  equality  in  the 
market,  compensatory  duties  are  imposed  on  the  Malwa 
opium.  "  This  has  been  effected  by  levying  a  heavy 
duty  on  Malwa  opium  at  Bombay,  its  sole  legal  port 
of  export.  Up  to  1842,  the  duty  was  only  125  rupees 
per  chest,  and  the  quantity  of  opium  exported  from 
Malwa  was  equal  to  that  exported  from  Bengal.  The 
object  has  since  been  to  equalize  the  duty  in  two  ways: 
first,  by  increasing  the  quantity  and  lowering  the 
price  of  Bengal  opium ;  and,  secondly,  by  raising  the 
duty  on  Malwa  opium.  It  is  now — '1872-3' — 600 
rupees  per  chest." 

Thus,  the  revenue  from  opium  is  raised  according 
to  a  most  objectionable  principle  ;  and  whether  Indian 
financiers  like  the  prospect  or  not,  they  will  be  obliged 
to  remove  the  protective  duty  imposed  on  Malwa 
opium. 

The  next  point  which  demands  our  attention 
is  the  enormous  losses  arising  from  exchange.  The 
loss  borne  by  the  Indian  Exchequer  under  the 
head  of  exchange  is  an  important  element  in  our 
transactions  with  India,  and  must  be  paid  by  the 
tax  payers  of  India.  But  I  venture  to  predict  that 
no  process  of  temporary  loans  will  sensibly  diminish  the 
losses  which  will  yet  be  sustained ;  because  they 
naturally  arise  from  the  balance  of  trade  being  against 
us,  and  from  the  yearly  remittance  of  vast  sums  from 
India  to  this  country  as  the  direct  consequence  of  our 
connection  with  India  as  its  rulers,  and  as  its  largest 
creditors  for  extensive  public  and  private  works  con- 


ITS  rttoeMfle  .\vn  CONDITION.  r>7 


structed  in  India  by  means  of  British  capital.  Till 
we  have  a  recurrence  of  great  commercial  prosperity, 
and  thus  be  enabled  to  pay  India  by  means  of  our 
imported  commodities,  or  by  the  remittances  of  the 
merchants  of  this  country  to  those  of  other  countries, 
owing  money  to  India,  the  loss  by  exchange  will  not  be 
sensibly  altered  from  what  it  now  is.  The  imports  of 
commodities  from  India  to  Great  Britain  are  greatly  in 
excess  of  the  exports  of  commodities  from  Great 
Britain  to  India,  and  the  amount  of  the  excess  must 
be  paid  to  India  in  some  way.  To  remit  large  sums 
from  India  for  public  purposes,  or  .  for  private  invest- 
ment here,  at  a  time  when  the  balance  arising  from  the 
ordinary  commercial  relations  of  the  two  countries  is 
already  against  us,  has  the  necessary  effect  of  raising 
the  exchange  against  the  Indian  Government.  Let 
me  point  out  to  you  one  or  two  singular  facts  as  to 
this  loss  by  exchange.  By  lessening  the  remittances 
from  India  to  this  country  for  public  purposes,  or  by 
increasing  the  remittances  from  this  country  to  India 
for  permanent  investment,  we  would  diminish  the 
loss  sustained  by  the  Indian  Treasury  by  exchange. 
Formerly,  large  payments  had  to  be  made  to  China  for 
excess  of  exports  from  China  to  England,  and  also  by 
China  to  India  for  the  opium  and  other  imports  received  ; 
but,  for  sometime  past,  our  home  trade  with  China  has 
dwindled  down  to  nothing,  and  the  loss  by  exchange 
as  against  India  has  been  considerably,  and  as  I  think 
necessarily,  increased  to  an  enormous  extent.  When 
a  great  trade  was  carried  on  between  this  country  and 
China,  the  loss  by  exchange  was  reduced  to  zero. 
Thus  we  have  the  wonderful  result  that  the  badness 
of  our  trade  with  a  foreign  country  has  caused  great, 


68  OUR   INDIAN    EMPIRE  : 

and  still  increasing  loss  to  the  Indian  Government. 
On  the  other  hand,  if  India  had  not  been  joined  to 
this  country  as  it  has  been,  neither  the  exports  nor  the 
imports  of  India  would  have  reached  their  present 
magnitude.  I  would  only  further  observe  that 
merchants  carrying  on  business  with  India  are  also 
great  losers  by  exchange  on  their  remittances  from 
India. 

By  the  light  of  the  most  reliable  information, 
I  now  propose  to  show  how  far  an  effective  admini- 
stration of  civil  and  criminal  justice  is  attained  in 
British  India.  And,  in  the  first  place,  let  us  see 
what  is  the  state  of  India  as  to  crime. 

In  Bengal  there  were,  in  1872,  72,800  arrests,  and 
36,800  convictions,  and  of  394  murders  there  were 
only  160  detected.  In  this  province,  professional  cri- 
minals, embracing  thugs,  dacoits,  and  men  who  make  a 
trade  of  poisoning  and  robbery,  scarcely  exist;  and  yet 
it  is  said  that,  compared  with  the  amount  of  actual  crime, 
the  convictions  are  insignificant.  3,550  persons  were 
flogged,  or  one  for  every  eight  persons  imprisoned ; 
and,  after  confirmation  by  the  High  Court,  78  capital 
sentences  were  carried  into  execution. 

In  the  North-west  Provinces,  as  everywhere  else, 
poverty  and  crime  are  seen  to  be  very  closely  related. 
During  the  year  1872,  food  was  dearer  than  usual, 
and  there  was  a  consequent  increase  of  crime.  The  in- 
crease was  chiefly  in  petty  thefts.  The  same  state  of 
things  existed  in  Oude.  For  1872,  there  were  20,000 
convictions,  or  69  per  cent,  of  the  accused,  and  in  the 
preceding  year  the  ratio  was  70.  4,600  persons  were 
flogged,  of  whom  780  were  boys,  and  74  capital  sen- 
tences were  confirmed.  To  the  police  of  the  North- 


rrs  taooRBSfi  AND  <<>M>rnoN. 


west  Provinces  are  entrusted  the  supervision  of  the 
hereditary  thieves  and  the  suppression  of  infanticide. 
Strange  as  it  may  appear,  various  tribes  in  the  Punjab, 
the  North-west  Provinces,  and  Oude  systematically 
carry  on  theft  and  robbery.  They  live  quietly  in 
their  own  districts  for  a  part  of  the  year,  and  spend 
the  rest  in  wandering  about  the  country  to  rob  and 
plunder,  and,  according  to  a  fixed  rule,  divide  their 
gains.  By  establishing  reformatory  settlements, 
and  allowing  the  predatory  tribes  to  hold  land  at  a 
cheap  rate,  the  Government  is  doing  its  utmost  to 
change  the  habits  of  those  tribes  and  to  induce  them  to 
lead  honest  lives.  Since  1870,  very  stringent  rules  have 
been  enforced  for  the  suppression  of  infanticide,  and 
there  can  be  little  doubt  that  this  abominable  practice, 
which  in  the  North-west  Provinces  extends  to  the  de- 
struction of  females  only,  will  eventually  be  entirely  put 
down.  In  the  province  of  Bombay,  the  crime  of 
infanticide  is  little  known  ;  and  there  arrangements  to 
remove  the  motives  for  murdering  daughters  have 
been  voluntarily  made  by  the  people  themselves. 
These  measures  contemplate  the  reduction  of  the  ex- 
pense of  the  marriage  ceremony.  The  causes  which 
have  given  rise  to  the  crime  of  infanticide  are  very 
obscure.  Possibly  the  crime  is  now  mainly  attribut- 
able to  hereditary  custom.  Whether  this  is  so  or  not, 
it  will  most  assuredly  be  extinguished  by  stringent 
measures  for  its  eradication. 

In  the  Punjab,  out  of  358  murders  in  1872,  there 
were  140  sentences  of  death.  This  is  an  improvement 
on  the  previous  year. 

In  the  Bombay  Presidency,  a  new  system  of  Police 
was  created  a  few  years  ao-o.  and  there  \vas  ^ivat  need 

i 

\<  */ 


70  OUR    INDIAN    EMPIRE  : 

of  it ;  for  crimes  were  increasing  at  an  alarming  rate. 
In  1872,  the  convictions  bore  a  small  proportion  to 
the  crimes — being  only  39  per  cent,  or  2  to  5 — and 
68  capital  sentences  were  confirmed  as  against  66  in 
the  previous  year. 

As  an  example  of  the  good  effects  produced  by  our 
rule  in  India,  I  hope  you  will  allow  me  to  give  you 
an  account  of  two  semi-military  police  forces  in 
Bombay.  They  are  known  as  the  Khandesh  Bhil 
Corps,  and  the  Gujrat  Bhil  Corps.  The  Bhils  were 
the  aborigines  of  Khandesh,  a  fierce  mountain  tribe, 
dwelling  among  steep  rocks  and  pestilential  jungles, 
and  practising  robbery  as  a  business.  They  were 
the  object  of  mingled  terror,  contempt,  and  detestation 
to  the  people  of  the  plains  ;  and,  in  their  sudden 
forays,  spared  neither  age  nor  sex.  I  take  my  infor- 
mation from  the  Statement  for  India  for  1872  :  "In 
1818,  Khandesh  was  ceded  to  Britain;  and,  in  1826, 
Mountstuart  Elphinstone  conceived  the  idea  of  estab- 
lishing the  Bhils  in  agricultural  colonies,  and  organising 
a  Bhil  regiment.  The  agricultural  colonies  were  con- 
fided to  Captain  Ovans ;  and  to  Lieutenant  Outram  was 
assigned  the  dangerous  task  of  disciplining  these  law- 
less barbarians ;  while  Dr  Willoughby  established 
order  and  peace  among  the  wild  Bhils  of  Rajpeela. 
Outram  commenced  by  attacking  the  Bhils  in  their 
mountain  retreats,  at  the  head  of  a  single  detachment, 
and  compelled  them  to  sue  for  mercy.  Having  con- 
vinced them  that  their  rocky  defiles  were  not  impreg- 
nable, he  sent  back  his  troops,  and  throwing  himself 
among  his  recent  foes,  unarmed  and  unattended,  he 
claimed  and  received  a  reciprocity  of  the  confidence 
he  reposed  in  them.  He  accepted  their  hospitality, 


ITS   PROGRESS    AND   CONDITION.  71 

listened  to  their  wild  legends,  taught  them  many 
simple  mechanical  devices,  dressed  their  wounds,  pre- 
scribed for  their  ailments,  accompanied  them  in  the 
pursuit  of  tigers,  and  won  their  admiration  by  showing 
his  superiority  in  those  very  qualities  which  they  most 
valued  in  themselves.  In  less  than  a  year  he  had 
formed  a  Bhil  Corps,  which,  when  Outturn  gave  over 
its  command  in  1835,  consisted  of  GOO  well  disciplined 


men." 


But  this  digression  has  almost  been  too  long.  I 
turn  for  a  moment  to  the  administration  of  civil 
justice,  and  shall  merely  advert  to  two  matters  closely 
affecting  the  well-being  of  our  Indian  fellow  subjects. 

The  registration  of  deeds  and  other  documents 
in  India  plays  an  important  part  in  our  Govern- 
ment. To  the  former  class  belong  deeds  connected 
with  land.  For  example,  the  number  of  wills  registered 
in  1872  was  1,200,  or  300  more  than  in  the  previous 
year.  This  points  to  a  revolution  in  the  ancient  Indian 
law  of  succession,  which  is  being  gradually  superseded 
by  the  English  doctrine  of  freedom  in  testamentary 
disposition.  Again  "  in  the  North-west  Provinces,  in 
1872,  there  was  an  enormous  increase  in  the  registration 
of  deeds  for  sale  or  mortgage  of  immovable  property — 
from  86,400  to  102,700.  This  is  an  alarming  sign. 
But  it  is  uncertain  whether  the  increase  is  in  deeds 
executed  or  in  deeds  brought  for  registration ;  and 
whether,  if  the  former,  the  increase  is  due  to  the 
poverty  and  embarrassment  of  the  landed  class,-  or  to 
the  rising  price  of  land  tempting  men  to  sell."  Tins 
is  a  matter  requiring  the  gravest  consideration  of  the 
Indian  Government  and  the  people  of  this  country ; 


72  OUR   INDIAN    EMPIRE  : 

and  its  gravity  is  not  lessened,  but  rather  increased 
by  the  most  recent  information  on  the  subject. 

Such  meagre  particulars  must  serve  for  our  expli- 
cation of  the  administration  of  justice  and  police  in 
India.  Agriculture  must  next  engage  our  attention. 

India  is  peculiarly  an  agricultural  country ;  but 
unfortunately  it  is  frequently  visited  by  great  droughts 
and  terrible  famines.  "  The  harvests  of  India,  even 
in  years  when  they  fail  within  certain  areas,  are 
abundantly  sufficient  to  feed  the  people.  The  preven- 
tion of  famine  will  eventually  be  achieved  through  the 
increased  well-being  of  the  cultivators,  improved  agri- 
culture, a  more  perfect  system  of  communication,  and 
an  effectively  organised  meteorological  department." 
These  periodical  devastations  impoverish  the  country, 
involve  the  whole  of  India,  and  even  the  British 
Empire,  in  stupendous  financial  losses,  slay  millions  of 
people,  and  leave  the  survivors  in  extensive  districts 
permanently  weakened.  India  also  presents,  in  its 
different  regions,  extreme  modifications  of  climate  and 
geographical  features. 

Rice  forms  the  principal  food  grain  in  Bengal.  In 
Bahar  rice  is  also  the  staple  food ;  but,  where 
the  fields  are  high  and  dry,  one  of  the  two  daily  meals 
of  the  cultivators  is  usually  of  wheat,  maize,  or  pease. 
Rice  is,  however,  the  favourite  food ;  and  the  food  of 
the  ordinary  cultivators  is  one-half  of  rice  and  one- 
half  of  cereals,  millets,  and  pulses.  In  Patna  and 
Shahabar  maize  is  largely  used.  Potatoes  are  chiefly 
found  in  Assam  and  the  hill  districts.  In  the  Upper 
Provinces,  the  people  are  less  dependent  on  rice,  and 
use  other  cereals  in  its  place ;  and  in  the  Madras  and 


ITS    IMMM;I;KSS    .\  M  >    CONDITION,  73 

Boml>jiy  Presidencies,  the  dry  grain  cn>|>.^  t«>nu  tin- 
staple  food. 

Almost  from  the  commencement  of  British  rule  in 
India,  the  Government  has  recognised  the  duty  of 
making  advances,  called  takavi,  to  owners  and  occupiers 
of  land,  for  the  purpose  of  promoting  the  construction 
of  minor  works  of  agricultural  improvement. 

For  aiding  improved  agriculture  in  India,  agricul- 
tural societies  have  been  established ;  and,  acting  as 
pioneers  of  a  higher  agriculture,  have  been  fairly  use- 
ful. Moreover,  the  Horticultural  Societies  have 
introduced  several  new  vegetables  to  the  notice  of  the 
natives,  e.g.  potatoes,  cauliflower,  and  pease.  But, 
however  valuable  these  and  such  like  institutions,  the 
native  cultivators  know  a  great  deal  more  than  the 
Government  officials  give  them  credit  for.  The  reason 
of  this  is  not  far  to  seek.  "  The  processes  of  the 
natives  are  the  results  of  most  careful  empirical  ex- 
periments, carried  on  for  several  thousand  years." 

In  the  Bombay  Presidency,  at  least  in  the  Dharwar 
district,  the  introduction  of  American  cotton  has  been 
a  complete  success.  Among  the  crops  raised  for  sale 
and  export,  the  most  important  commercial  staple,  as 
regards  Bengal,  is  jute,  which  yields  a  soft  fibre  12 
feet  long.  Twenty  years  ago,  it  was  cultivated  by  the 
ryot  for  his  own  use  on  any  spare  piece  of  ground  ;  and, 
in  1872,  was  the  second  article  of  production  in 
Bengal.  The  cultivation  of  jute  has  improved  the 
condition  of  the  ryots,  and  has  not  injuriously  affected 
the  supply  of  food.  I  shall  again  refer  to  this  article 
when  I  consider  the  trade  and  manufactures  of  India. 

Another  fibre,  the  rhea,  is  vastly  superior  to  jute, 
and  yet  has  failed  to  become  an  object  of  profitable 


74  OUB   INDIAN   EMPIRE  : 

cultivation.  The  rhea  fibre  of  India  is  the  same  as 
China  grass,  Boehmeria  nivea,  and  is  a  stingless  nettle 
with  a  perennial  root,  whence  rise  nine  or  ten  straight 
slender  stems  to  about  six  feet,  and  from  the  exterior 
of  which  the  fibres  are  extracted.  Fresh  sets  of  stems 
will  yield  four  or  five  harvests  a  year,  but  the  manual 
labour  of  extracting  the  fibres  is  too  great  to  make 
the  cultivation  on  a  large  scale  profitable.  When 
properly  manipulated,  the  rhea  produces  one  of  the 
strongest  known  vegetable  fibres,  and  is  three  times 
as  strong  as  the  best  Russian  hemp.  All  attempts  to 
develop  the  trade  in  this  fibre  have,  as  yet,  failed, 
because  of  the  absence  of  suitable  mechanical  ap- 
pliances for  the  separation  of  the  fibre  and  the  bark 
from  the  stem.  Large  prizes  have  been  offered  by 
Government  for  a  sufficiently  economical  machine ; 
and,  although  hitherto  in  vain,  perhaps  success  will 
attend  the  efforts  now  being  made  to  obtain  the 
necessary  article.  Some  day  the  machine  will 
be  made,  and  the  lucky  inventor  will  make 
his  fortune,  and  establish  a  new  industry  for 
large  numbers  of  his  fe] low-countrymen.  I  submit 
these  observations,  as  to  the  possibility  of  availing 
yourselves  of  this  fibre  as  an  article  of  trade,  to  your 
serious  consideration. 

Sericulture  has  been  largely  developed  in  India 
since  our  connection  with  India.  The  East  Indian 
Company  took  great  pains  to  foster  the  production  of 
silk  ;  and  since  the  Company  ceased  its  trading  opera- 
tions in  1833,  and  the  trade  has  been  carried  on  by 
private  individuals,  the  average  quantity  of  silk  ex- 
ported has  greatly  increased,  and  the  price  very  much 
enhanced.  Indigo  is  cultivated  in  Bahar  and  in 


ITS    PROGRESS    AND    COMHTIorf.  75 

Bengal,  and  one-half  of  the  produce  exported  in  1872 
was  from  Bahar,  and  almost  entirely  from  the  districts 
on  the  north  side  of  the  Ganges,  Tirbut,  Champarum, 
and  Saran ;  and  in  1877  the  whole  quantity  exported 
from  India  was  worth  £3,500,000  sterling. 

The  mountainous  districts  of  India  yield  valuable 
crops  of  coffee  and  tea.  Hundreds  of  acres  have  been 
cleared  in  the  hill  districts,  and  rows  of  tea  and  coffee 
plants  have  taken  the  place  of  tall  forest  trees  and 
tangled  underwood.  The  extension  of  coffee  cultiva- 
tion in  the  hill  districts  of  Southern  India  has  been 
very  remarkable.  Begun  experimentally  in  the 
Wynaad  in  1840,  there  were  9,900  acres  under  coffee 
cultivation  in  1862  in  that  district  alone.  In  1872  the 
total  number  of  acres  in  India  under  coffee  cultivation 
was  29,600.  The  exports  in  1860  amounted  to  100,000 
cwts.  and  has  gradually  increased  to  300,000  cwts.  in 
1877.  Hence,  coffee  has  become  an  important  and 
increasing  source  of  wealth  to  India.  Tea  cultivation 
is  carried  on  in  Assam,  Cachar,  Silhet,  Chittagong, 
Darjiling,  and  Kanara.  This  industry  has  sprung  up 
within  living  memory.  It  began  in  1826,  and  was 
long  carried  on  by  Government  and  private  enterprise 
at  great  loss.  But  its  prospects  are  now  brighter  than 
ever  before. 

It  was  my  intention  to  describe  some  of  the  irriga- 
tion works  undertaken  by  the  Indian  Government ;  but 
I  find  time  will  not  allow  me  to  do  so.  Some  of 
these  works  surpass  anything  undertaken  in  any  other 
part  of  the  world.  To  such  a  country  as  India,  the 
importance  of  a  complete  system  of  irrigation  cannot 
be  exaggerated. 

I  now  come  to  the  consideration  of  Indian  trade 


7G  OUR  INDIAN  EMPIRE: 

and  commerce,  which  is  the  last  point  upon  which 
I  intend  to  touch. 

A  memorable  feature  in  the  trade  of  India  consists 
in  this,  that  only  a  small  part  of  it  is  represented  in 
the  returns  from  the  great  seaports.  This  arises  from 
the  bulk  of  the  production  being  consumed  in  India 
itself,  and  the  value  of  the  foreign  trade  being  only 
a  fraction  of  the  internal  coast  trade  combined.  Of 
the  home  trade  there  are  no  complete  statistics  ;  but  of 
the  trade  from  port  to  port,  there  is  proof  of  a  steady 
increase. 

The  value  of  opium  exported  in  1874  was  fully 
£11,000,000  sterling;  and  it  steadily  increased  till  it 
reached  £12,500,000  in  1877. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  value  of  raw  cotton  ex- 
ported from  India  has  steadily  fallen  from  £15,250,000 
in  1874  to  £9,250,000  in  1877.  Coincident  with  this 
fall  in  the  export  of  raw  cotton,  the  quantity  of  twist 
and  yarn  exported  has  been  increased  five  times,  and 
the  value  quadrupled.  The  decrease  in  the  quantity 
of  raw  cotton  exported  is  mainly  due  to  American 
competition,  low  prices,  and  to  some  extent  to  an  in- 
creasing demand  for  the  cotton  manufacture  of  India. 

A  large  quantity  of  cotton  is  worked  up  in  India ; 
and  the  Indian  duty  on  imported  piece  goods  fostered 
and  encouraged  the  home  manufacture.  But  the  aboli- 
tion of  this  protective  duty  will  place  the  British 
manufacturer  in  a  better  position  to  compete  with  the 
home  manufactured  cotton  goods  of  India.  In  the 
Bombay  presidency,  the  most  important  industry  is 
the  manufacture  of  cotton  cloth  and  yarns.  This 
manufacture  has  always  existed  there  in  nearly  every 
village.  The  cotton  is  cleaned  and  spun  into  threads 


PTB    PBOGRESfi    ANI»   r<»M>moN.  77 

by  all  classes  of  the  people.  ;md  there  are  weavers  and 
dyers  in  every  town  of  the  province. 

Printed  goods  have  also  long  been  manufactured, 
especially  in  the  large  towns  of  Gujrat,  stronger  and 
more  durable  than  European  goods.  But  it  is  only 
within  the  last  18  years  that  steam-spinning  and 
weaving  have  been  introduced.  They  are  largely 
extending  their  operations.  In  Bengal,  the  Punjab, 
the  Central  Provinces,  and  Mysore,  large  quantities 
of  cotton  goods  are  manufactured  for  home  consump- 
tion. Notwithstanding  all  this,  and  exclusive  of 
cotton  thread,  twist,  and  yarn,  the  value  of  imported 
cotton  price  goods  for  1877  was  £17,500,000  sterling, 
of  which  goods  to  the  value  of  £1,000,000  were  re- 
exported. 

The  local  cotton  mills  have  almost  annihilated  the 
English  trade  in  low  class  cotton  goods  and  yarns. 
The  produce  of  the  Indian  mills  find  a  ready  sale  at 
paying  prices,  and  India  gains  by  saving  the  cost  of 
sending  its  raw  material  to  Europe,  and  having  it  re- 
turned in  a  manufactured  shape  from  a  country  in 
which  the  price  of  unskilled  labour  is  much  greater 
than  in  India.  Even  in  Aden  and  Sinde,  the  cotton 
cloth  of  Bombay  can,  on  equal  terms,  compete  success- 
fully with  the  English  cottons.  The  effect  of  the 
abolition  of  the  protective  cotton  duties  may,  there- 
fore, not  be  so  beneficial  to  the  English  manufacturers 
as  some  of  them  expect.  The  secret  of  the  loss  of 
the  Indian  market  by  the  Manchester  manufacturers 
is  much  deeper  and  more  virulent  than  even  protec- 
tion itself.  It  is  to  be  traced  to  a  shamefully  dis- 
honest practice  of  introducing  moisture  into  the 
English  cloth,  and  of  using  an  excessive  quantity  of 


78  OUR  INDIAN  EMPIBE: 

size,  to  produce  weight.  This  evil  was  so  general  in 
1872  that  75  per  cent,  of  the  entire  stock  of  these 
cloths  at  Shanghae  were  unsaleable  as  sound  goods. 
Does  this  shameful  practice  still  exist  ?  Do  not  let  us 
deceive  ourselves.  In  business,  as  in  everything  else, 
honesty  is  the  best  policy.  If  English  manufactured 
goods  are  inferior  in  excellency  of  pattern  or  durability 
to  the  manufactured  goods  of  India,  or,  under  a 
system  of  free  competition,  even  of  foreign  countries, 
we  will  ultimately  and  permanently  be  driven  from  the 
Indian  market  in  this  as  in  all  other  articles  of  trade. 
If  we  are  to  maintain  our  commercial  supremacy, 
we  must  sell  our  merchandise  cheaper  than  any 
of  our  competitors,  and  must  find  out  the  most 
advantageous  markets  for  our  commerce. 

Seeds  are  third  in  the  list  of  Indian  exports,  and 
show  an  increasing  and  flourishing  trade.  In  1874, 
the  quantity  exported  was  6,000,000  of  cwts.  and  in 
1877  it  was  doubled,  and  the  value  between  1874  and 
1877  rose  from  £3,250,000  sterling  to  nearly  £7,500,000 
sterling. 

The  next  great  article  of  export  is  rice.  For  the 
foreign  trade  alone,  the  quantity  exported  during  1877 
was  18,500,000  cwts.  worth  nearly  £7,000,000 
sterling.  Of  rice  exported  from  Madras,  Ceylon 
receives  the  most. 

The  most  valuable  special  article  of  export  from 
Calcutta  is  jute.  The  quantity  of  jute  exported  in 
1828  was  364  cwts.,  worth  £62.  The  Russian  war  of 
1854  destroyed  the  supply  of  Russian  flax,  and  the 
demand  for  jute  rapidly  increased.  From  1858  to 
1863  the  average  importation  of  jute  from  Calcutta 
was  967,700  cwts.;  from  1863  to  1868  it  had  risen  to 


ITS    PROGRESS    AND  CONDITION.  79 

2,028,000  cwts.     The  quantity  of  raw  jute  exported 
in    1872    was    7,080,900    cwts.,    worth   £4,142,500. 
Since    1873,   the   export  of  jute   fibre   has   greatly 
diminished,    and   of    manufactured    jute   largely   in- 
creased.    During  1873-4,  the  jute  fibre  exported  was 
6,127,279  cwts.,  valued  at  £3,436,015.     In  the  follow- 
ing year,  the  quantity  and  value  exported  were,  in 
consequence  of  over  production,   still  farther  dimini- 
shed; in  1875-6,  the  quantity  exported  was  increased; 
in  1876-7  was  diminished ;  in  1877-8  was  increased; 
and  this  year  the  quantity  will  be  considerably  larger 
than  in  any  previous  year.     Those  who  hold  the  Con- 
servative Government  responsible  for  the  present  de- 
pression of  trade  would  act  more  wisely  by  examining 
the  dates   and  the   causes   of   that    depression.     Of 
Indian  raw  jute,  by  far  the  largest  quantity — nearly  the 
whole — has,  until   within  the   last   few  years,   been 
converted   into    cloth    and    yarns    in    Dundee    and 
its  neighbourhood ;   and  the  jute  trade  has  enabled 
several    in    this    large    and    important    community 
and    neighbourhood   to   acquire   enormous    fortunes. 
Lately,  however,  a  great  change  has  taken  place,  and, 
although  evident  signs  of  a  revival  of  our  staple  trade 
have  made  their  appearance,  demands  the  most  careful 
investigation  by  all  who  are  concerned  in  the  prosperity 
of  the  staple  trade  of  Dundee. 

Large  steam  mills  have  been  established  for 
spinning  and  weaving  the  jute  fibre  under  European 
management  in  India.  Women  and  boys  are  em- 
ployed in  the  spinning,  winding,  and  sewing,  and  men 
in  weaving  ;  and  just  as  the  cost  of  living  in  India  is 
very  much  less  than  here,  so  are  the  wages  of  the  com- 
mon jute  workers  proportionately  less  there  than  here. 


80  OUR  INDIAN  EMPIRE: 

The  work  is  practically  confined  to  making  gunny 
bags  and  cloth.  The  value  of  manufactured  jute  ex- 
ported was,  in  1874,  £250,000;  in  1875,  £500,000;  in 
1876,  £750,000;  and  for  the  last  few  years,  a  large 
and  increasing  export  trade  has  been  carried  on  between 
India  and  Egypt,  China,  Australia,  and  California,  in 
manufactured  goods. 

The  Indian  import  trade  in  coarse  jute  cloth  has 
thus  received  a  severe  and  permanent  check ;  and 
the  export  trade  has  enjoyed  a  great  and  steady 
increase.  For  us  to  compete  either  in  the  Indian 
or  the  neighbouring  markets  with  India  in  the 
manufacture  of  coarse  jute  cloth  is  hopeless ;  but  to 
do  so  in  the  finer  qualities,  where  improved  machinery 
and  skilled  labour  can  be  usefully  introduced  should, 
I  humbly  suggest,  be  one  of  the  chief  objects  of  our 
local  manufacturers.  Here,  unless  I  am  misinformed 
and  greatly  mistaken,  lies  the  secret  of  the  future 
development  of  the  local  jute  trade,  upon  which  your 
prosperity  and  happiness  may  to  a  large  extent 
depend  for  years  to  come.  Of  course,  I  do  not  here 
speak  of  the  Continental  or  American  trade,  as  to 
which  different  considerations  apply. 

There  has  been  a  great  increase  in  the  export  of 
tea,  of  which  17,750,000  Ibs.  were  exported  from  India 
in  1872,  worth  £1,500,000  sterling,  and  the  quantity 
exported  rapidly  increased  till  it  reached  33,500,000 
Ibs.,  worth  £3,000,000  sterling. 

Wheat  has  also  become  a  great  article  of  export. 
In  1874,  the  quantity  exported  was  1,000,000  cwts., 
worth  £500,000  sterling;  and  in  1877,  6,250,000 
cwts.,  worth  nearly  £3,000,000  sterling. 

The  special  product   of  the   Madras   Presidency, 


ITS    IMIOGRESS   AND   CONDITION.  81 

besides  cotton,  is  coffee,  the  great  mass  of  which  is 
brought  down  from  the  hill  districts  of  Mysore,  Curg, 
Wynaad,  and  the  Nilgiris,  to  be  shipped  from  the 
Malabar  ports.  The  whole  quantity  exported  from 
India  in  1874  was  300,000  cwts.,  worth  £1,250,000 
sterling;  and  in  1877  somewhat  less  than  300,000 
cwts.,  worth  £30,000  more  than  the  quantity  exported 
in  1874. 

The  chief  present  interest  in  the  sea-borne  traffic 
of  India  lies  in  the  development  of  the  transport  of 
merchandise  by  the  Suez  Canal.  In  1872,  out  of  the 
total  value  of  the  trade  of  India  with  Europe  and 
America,  about  £40,000,000,  or  60  per  cent,  passed 
through  the  Suez  Canal,  and  the  value  is  annually  in- 
creasing. A  trade  has  thus  sprung  up  with  the 
countries  bordering  on  the  Mediterranean.  The  ex- 
port trade  in  that  region  in  1872  was  worth 
£1,000,000  sterling,  but  India  received  less  than 
£200,000  worth  of  imports  in  return.  There  has 
been  a  great  decline  in  the  trade  with  Genoa,  and,  on 
the  other  hand,  Austria,  Syria,  and  Sicily  appear,  for 
the  first  time,  as  direct  customers  of  India. 

In  addition  to  the  sea-borne  commerce  of  India, 
there  is  the  land  traffic  through  the  passes  of  the 
Himalayas,  which  lead  from  Sinde  and  the  Punjab  to 
the  lofty  plateaux  of  Afghanistan,  Turkestan,  and 
Tibet.  In  1862  the  trade  beyond  the  mountain 
frontier  was  estimated  at  £1,000,000  sterling,  and  it 
has  considerably  increased  during  the  time  which  has 
since  elapsed. 

The  trade  of  the  Lohani  merchants,  called  Provin- 
dahs,  or  runners,  who  are  the  channels  of  communica- 
tion between  India  and  Central  Asia,  is  a  very  old 


82  OUR    INDIAN    EMPIRE  : 

one.  Only  militant  merchants  of  this  description 
could  have  made  a  profit  out  of  a  commerce  which 
had  to  traverse  difficult  mountain  ranges,  through 
tribes  of  savage  robbers,  and  the  countries  between 
them  seamed  with  the  customs'  lines  of  greedy  and 
shortsighted  chiefs.  But  the  Provindahs  banded  them- 
selves together  in  large  caravans  to  resist  exactions  that 
would  render  their  trade  impossible ;  and,  by  bribing, 
cajoling,  bullying,  and  defying  their  enemies,  twice  a 
year,  did  these  hardy  traders  fight  their  way  from  the 
deserts  of  Bokhara,  the  defiles  of  Paropamisus,  the 
Ghilzi  plateau,  and  the  passes  of  the  Suleiman  range, 
across  the  Indus  to  the  Punjab.  Much  of  this  is  now 
changed  for  the  better,  and  with  the  natural  result — a 
vast  development  of  trade.  Once  across  the  Indus, 
the  merchant  finds  himself  in  absolute  security. 
Were  the  rest  of  the  route  made  safe,  and  the  duties 
in  Afghanistan  fixed  at  a  moderate  ad  valorem  rate, 
the  Provindah  merchants  might  make  four  journeys 
instead  of  two  a  year,  and  the  value  of  the  trade 
would  assume  still  larger  proportions  than  heretofore. 
Before  the  interference  of  the  Russians  in  Central 
Asia,  English  cloth  and  tea  were  exported  from  Bok- 
hara to  Samarkand,  Khokand,  and  Tashkand,  but  the 
Russians  have  prohibited  the  English  trade  in  order 
to  establish  a  monopoly  for  themselves. 

The  commercial  traffic  between  British  India,  and 
Eastern  Turkestan,  across  the  Himalayas,  only  dates 
from  1867.  This  trade  might  be  largely  developed  by 
British  merchants.  Kashgar  is  only  390  miles  from 
Ihilam  in  the  Punjab ;  and  as  the  cost  of  transit  is 
less  between  England  and  Eastern  Turkestan  than 
between  Moscow  and  the  latter  country,  it  is  plain 


ITS   PBQOBiBa  AND  roM>riioN.  83 

that  we  could  sell  our  goods  cheaper  than  Russia, 
whose  great  »l»jr<-t  is  to  keep  us  out  of  this  market  by 
all  means  in  her  power.  All  that  requires  to  be  done 
is  to  send  suitable  goods  to  the  market,  and  study 
the  tastes  of  the  buyers.  A  treaty  of  commerce  was 
entered  into  between  India  and  Kashgar  and  Taskand 
in  1874. 

In  the  Eastern  Himalayas,  there  are  trade  routes 
from  India  to  Tibet  by  Nepal  and  Sikkim,  and  by  the 
country  of  the  Tawang  Bhutias.  The  prohibition  of 
trade  between  India  and  Tibet  is  solely  due  to  orders 
from  Peking.  The  local  officers  in  Tibet  would  gladly 
facilitate  a  direct  trade  with  us.  Here  is  another 
opening  for  our  commerce  in  the  course  of  time. 
Various  exploring  parties  have  made  considerable  pro- 
gress in  acquiring  a  knowledge  of  the  roads  to  Tibet 
from  India. 

The  statistics  which  I  have  submitted  to  you  as  to 
the  trade  of  India,  and  the  few  facts  which  I  have 
mentioned  as  to  the  possible  new  markets  for  the  goods 
of  this  country,  and  perhaps  of  this  town,  are, 
I  submit,  not  unworthy  of  your  serious  consideration. 

Ladies  and  Gentlemen  :  I  have  sincerely  to  thank 
you  for  the  attention  which  you  have  so  kindly  ac- 
corded to  me.  The  Conquest  and  Government  of  India 
by  Britain  surpasses  everything  of  a  similar  nature  in 
the  history  of  the  world.  Therefore,  while  we  are 
justified  in  looking  upon  our  position  in  India  with  no 
small  pride,  at  the  same  time,  we  must  ever  remem- 
ber that  exalted  station  involves  great  responsi- 
bilities. India  is  seldom  wholly  exempt  from  the 
terrible  calamities  of  famine  and  destitution,  and  its 
population,  in  many  regions,  dangerously  approaches 


84  OUR   INDIAN   EMPIRE  : 

the  verge  of  chronic  poverty.  Moreover,  it  is  a  country 
essentially  different  from  our  own  in  all  that  pertains  to 
modes  of  life,  its  customs,  its  laws,  and  its  religion. 
It  is  also  liable  to  the  subtle  influences  of  wild 
paroxysms  of  religious  hatred  and  fanaticism.  It  is 
also  the  blissful  paradise  of  a  semi-barbarous  and 
great  military  and  almost  neighbouring  people,  who, 
under  the  influence  of  almost  uncontrollable  im- 
pulses, and,  in  numerous  and  not  improbable  circum- 
stances, may,  at  no  distant  period,  endeavour  to 
paralyse  our  authority  in  Asia  in  order  to  carry 
out  their  schemes  of  ambition  and  aggrandisement 
in  Europe  and  in  Asia.  In  our  midst,  some  men  of 
great  weight  in  the  management  of  public  affairs 
pretend  to  ridicule  this  danger ;  but  they  are 
dangerous  leaders  at  the  present  crisis  of  the  history 
of  Europe.  We  must,  therefore,  be  on  the  alert 
against  external  foes  as  well  as  on  our  guard  against 
certain  blind  guides  at  home.  We  must  have  clear 
ideas  as  to  what  the  present  and  the  future  demand 
of  us,  and  act  accordingly.  A  policy  of  supine  in- 
action, or  of  sublime  confidence  in  the  absolute  recti- 
tude of  foreign  statesmen,  will  not  suffice  to  protect 
us  from  disaster,  and  is  unsuited  to  the  age  in  which 
we  li ve.  Success,  honour,  glory  are  the  rewards  of  the 
prudent,  the  active,  and  the  bold.  Keeping  our  eyes 
open,  ever  remembering  tha,t  we  are  subjects  of  the 
British  Empire,  we  have  no  cause  to  be  afraid  of  the 
result. 

Let  tis  study  the  past  history  of  our  country,  and 
especially  of  its  connection  with  India,  and  we  will 
unquestionably  arrive  at  a  just  and  prudent  course  of 
action.  We  must  develop  the  boundless  resources  of 


ITS   PBOG&BM     \\D  CONDITIOK.  85 

India  to  the  utmost  of  our  power.  We  must  give  it 
the  benefit  of  the  most  approved  commercial,  and 
economic,  and  financial  system.  We  must  carefully 
cut  down  unnecessary  or  extravagant  expenditure  in 
all  branches  of  the  public  service.  We  ought  to  look 
upon  India  as  affording  unlimited  scope  for  the  profitable 
investment  of  British  capital,  energy,  and  science. 
We  must,  as  far  as  consistent  with  the  maintenance 
of  our  paramount  authority,  avail  ourselves  of  the 
talents  of  the  natives  for  imperial  and  local  govern- 
ment. We  must  also  endeavour  to  keep  down  the 
size  and  the  cost  of  the  military  force  in  India,  and 
be  ready  to  defend  our  Indian  Empire  from  all  dangers 
within,  or  insidious  attacks  from  without.  Let  me  not 
be  misunderstood.  If  we  would  escape  unspeakable 
calamities,  we  must  have  no  hesitation  about  the 
preservation  of  our  Indian  Empire  as  an  essential  part 
of  our  dominions.  Let  justice,  mercy,  and  truth  inspire 
and  guide  our  public  conduct  at  home  and  abroad, 
and  we  have  no  cause  to  be  afraid  of  what  may  happen 
either  in  Europe  or  in  Asia.  May  peace,  security,  and 
honour  be  the  watchwords  of  our  Indian  policy ! 


WINTER,   DUNCAN   AND  CO.   PRIMTKB8,  DtMDEB. 


•a 

o 


t- 

.2 


o 

£  JS 

3  <-• 

^  H 


University  of  Toronto 
Library 


DO  NOT 

REMOVE 

THE 

CARD 

FROM 

THIS 

POCKET 


Acme  Library  Card  Pocket 
LOWE-MARTIN  CO.  LIMITED